texlive[60962] Master/texmf-dist: glossaries-extra (5nov21)
commits+karl at tug.org
commits+karl at tug.org
Fri Nov 5 23:03:29 CET 2021
Revision: 60962
http://tug.org/svn/texlive?view=revision&revision=60962
Author: karl
Date: 2021-11-05 23:03:28 +0100 (Fri, 05 Nov 2021)
Log Message:
-----------
glossaries-extra (5nov21)
Modified Paths:
--------------
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.tex
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbr-styles.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-abbrv.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-accsupp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym-desc.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-acronym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alias.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-altmodifier.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-marginpar.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree-sym.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-alttree.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-autoindex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-crossref2.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-docdef.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-entrycount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-external.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-fmt.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-footnote.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-header.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-indexhook.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-initialisms.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-linkcount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixedsort.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-mixture.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-name-font.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-nested.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-noidx-restricteddocdefs.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onelink.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-utf8.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly-xetex.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-onthefly.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-pages.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postdot.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-postlink.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-prefix.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record-nameref.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-record.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-restricteddocdefs.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main-hyp.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl-main.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-suppl.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-trans.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-undef.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample-unitentrycount.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/sample.pdf
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.dtx
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/source/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.ins
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-bookindex.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-longextra.sty
trunk/Master/texmf-dist/tex/latex/glossaries-extra/glossary-topic.sty
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES 2021-11-05 22:02:48 UTC (rev 60961)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/CHANGES 2021-11-05 22:03:28 UTC (rev 60962)
@@ -1,3 +1,43 @@
+1.47 (2021-11-04):
+
+ * glossaries-extra.sty:
+
+ - bug fix #185: \s at GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero not defined
+ https://www.dickimaw-books.com/bugtracker.php?key=185
+
+ - bug fix: bug fix #175 causes \glscurrentfieldvalue to be redefined
+
+ - new commands:
+
+ \glsxtrapptocsvfield
+ \GlsXtrIfValueInFieldCsvList
+ \xGlsXtrIfValueInFieldCsvList
+ \glsunsetcategoryattribute
+
+ - \glsseeitem list (provided by glossaries.sty) is now redefined
+ to make it more flexible. New helper commands:
+
+ \glsseefirstitem
+ \glsseelastoxfordsep
+
+ - added starred version of \glsxtrforcsvfield
+
+ - added check for existence of \glscapitalisewords
+
+ * glossaries-extra-stylemods.sty:
+
+ - added
+
+ \glslistitem
+ \glsaltlistitem
+ \glslistgroupheaderitem
+ \glslistgroupafterheader
+ \glslistinit
+
+ * glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty:
+
+ - added starred version of \GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount
+
1.46 (2021-09-20):
* Test bib files added to provide bib2gls support for the
@@ -8,7 +48,7 @@
* glossaries-extra.sty:
- - Package option record=alsoindex is has been changed to record=hybrid
+ - Package option record=alsoindex has been changed to record=hybrid
(alsoindex is now a deprecated synonym).
This name change is to avoid ambiguity. The "alsoindex" refers to not
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README 2021-11-05 22:02:48 UTC (rev 60961)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/README 2021-11-05 22:03:28 UTC (rev 60962)
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.46 (2021-09-20)
+LaTeX Package : glossaries-extra v1.47 (2021-11-04)
Author : Nicola Talbot
https://www.dickimaw-books.com/contact
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-code.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)
Modified: trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html 2021-11-05 22:02:48 UTC (rev 60961)
+++ trunk/Master/texmf-dist/doc/latex/glossaries-extra/glossaries-extra-manual.html 2021-11-05 22:03:28 UTC (rev 60962)
@@ -76,7 +76,6 @@
div.par-math-display, div.math-display{text-align:center;}
li p.indent { text-indent: 0em }
li p:first-child{ margin-top:0em; }
-li p:first-child{ margin-bottom; }
li p:last-child, li div:last-child { margin-bottom:0.5em; }
li p:first-child{ margin-bottom:0; }
li p~ul:last-child, li p~ol:last-child{ margin-bottom:0.5em; }
@@ -130,6 +129,7 @@
.hline hr, .cline hr{ height : 0px; margin:0px; }
.hline td, .cline td{ padding: 0; }
.hline hr, .cline hr{border:none;border-top:1px solid black;}
+.hline {border-top: 1px solid black;}
.tabbing-right {text-align:right;}
div.float, div.figure {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;}
div.float img {text-align:center;}
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@
>
<!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" >
</p><!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.46: an extension to the</span>
+class="cmr-17">glossaries-extra.sty v1.47: an extension to the</span>
<span
class="cmr-17">glossaries package</span>
</p>
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@
class="cmtt-12">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/</span></a></td></tr></table>
</div>
<!--l. 235--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmr-12">2021-09-20</span></p></div>
+class="cmr-12">2021-11-04</span></p></div>
<div
class="abstract"
>
@@ -393,102 +393,109 @@
href="#sec:acronymmods" id="QQ2-1-14">Acronym Style Modifications</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.10 <a
href="#glossaries" id="QQ2-1-16">Glossaries</a></span>
-<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.10.1 <a
+<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >2.11 <a
href="#sec:glosstylemods" id="QQ2-1-17">Glossary Style Modifications</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.1 <a
+href="#sec:stylehooks" id="QQ2-1-18">Style Hooks</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.2 <a
+href="#sec:glosstylenumlist" id="QQ2-1-19">Number List</a></span>
+<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >2.11.3 <a
+href="#x1-190002.11.3" id="QQ2-1-20">The <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >3 <a
-href="#newglossarystyles" id="QQ2-1-21">New Glossary Styles</a></span>
+href="#newglossarystyles" id="QQ2-1-24">New Glossary Styles</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.1 <a
-href="#x1-210003.1" id="QQ2-1-22"><span
+href="#x1-240003.1" id="QQ2-1-25"><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.2 <a
-href="#x1-220003.2" id="QQ2-1-23"><span
+href="#x1-250003.2" id="QQ2-1-26"><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >3.3 <a
-href="#x1-230003.3" id="QQ2-1-24"><span
+href="#x1-260003.3" id="QQ2-1-27"><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >4 <a
-href="#sec:abbreviations" id="QQ2-1-25">Abbreviations</a></span>
+href="#sec:abbreviations" id="QQ2-1-28">Abbreviations</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.1 <a
-href="#sec:tagging" id="QQ2-1-26">Tagging Initials</a></span>
+href="#sec:tagging" id="QQ2-1-29">Tagging Initials</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.2 <a
-href="#sec:abbrstyle" id="QQ2-1-27">Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:abbrstyle" id="QQ2-1-30">Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.3 <a
-href="#sec:abbrshortcuts" id="QQ2-1-28">Shortcut Commands</a></span>
+href="#sec:abbrshortcuts" id="QQ2-1-31">Shortcut Commands</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.4 <a
-href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-30">Predefined Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-33">Predefined Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.4.1 <a
-href="#sec:predefregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-31">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-34">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >4.4.2 <a
-href="#sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-32">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
+href="#sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles" id="QQ2-1-35">Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >4.5 <a
-href="#sec:newabbrvstyle" id="QQ2-1-33">Defining New Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
+href="#sec:newabbrvstyle" id="QQ2-1-36">Defining New Abbreviation Styles</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >5 <a
-href="#sec:headtitle" id="QQ2-1-34">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</a></span>
+href="#sec:headtitle" id="QQ2-1-37">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5.1 <a
-href="#simplisticapproach" id="QQ2-1-35">Simplistic Approach</a></span>
+href="#simplisticapproach" id="QQ2-1-38">Simplistic Approach</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >5.2 <a
-href="#newcommandsdesignedforchaptersectionheadings" id="QQ2-1-36">New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</a></span>
+href="#newcommandsdesignedforchaptersectionheadings" id="QQ2-1-39">New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >6 <a
-href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-37">Categories</a></span>
+href="#sec:categories" id="QQ2-1-40">Categories</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >7 <a
-href="#sec:countref" id="QQ2-1-38">Counting References</a></span>
+href="#sec:countref" id="QQ2-1-41">Counting References</a></span>
+
+
+
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >7.1 <a
-href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-39">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</a></span>
+href="#sec:entrycount" id="QQ2-1-42">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >7.2 <a
-href="#sec:linkcount" id="QQ2-1-40">Link Counting</a></span>
+href="#sec:linkcount" id="QQ2-1-43">Link Counting</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >8 <a
-href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-41">Auto-Indexing</a></span>
-
-
-
+href="#sec:autoindex" id="QQ2-1-44">Auto-Indexing</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >9 <a
-href="#sec:bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-42"><span
+href="#sec:bib2gls" id="QQ2-1-45"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.1 <a
-href="#selection" id="QQ2-1-43">Selection</a></span>
+href="#selection" id="QQ2-1-46">Selection</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.2 <a
-href="#sortinganddisplayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-44">Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</a></span>
+href="#sortinganddisplayingtheglossary" id="QQ2-1-47">Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.3 <a
-href="#x1-430009.3" id="QQ2-1-45">The <span
+href="#x1-460009.3" id="QQ2-1-48">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</a></span>
<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.1 <a
-href="#sec:supplocations" id="QQ2-1-46">Supplemental Locations</a></span>
+href="#sec:supplocations" id="QQ2-1-49">Supplemental Locations</a></span>
<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.2 <a
-href="#sec:recordnameref" id="QQ2-1-47">Nameref Record</a></span>
+href="#sec:recordnameref" id="QQ2-1-50">Nameref Record</a></span>
<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >9.3.3 <a
-href="#sec:resourcecommands" id="QQ2-1-48">Helper Commands for Resource Options</a></span>
+href="#sec:resourcecommands" id="QQ2-1-51">Helper Commands for Resource Options</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.4 <a
-href="#supplementarycommands" id="QQ2-1-49">Supplementary Commands</a></span>
+href="#supplementarycommands" id="QQ2-1-52">Supplementary Commands</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >9.5 <a
-href="#sec:recordcount" id="QQ2-1-50">Record Counting</a></span>
+href="#sec:recordcount" id="QQ2-1-53">Record Counting</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >10 <a
-href="#sec:miscnew" id="QQ2-1-51">Miscellaneous New Commands</a></span>
+href="#sec:miscnew" id="QQ2-1-54">Miscellaneous New Commands</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.1 <a
-href="#sec:fields" id="QQ2-1-52">Entry Fields</a></span>
+href="#sec:fields" id="QQ2-1-55">Entry Fields</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.2 <a
-href="#sec:printunsrt" id="QQ2-1-53">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</a></span>
+href="#sec:printunsrt" id="QQ2-1-56">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</a></span>
<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.2.1 <a
-href="#sec:printunsrthooks" id="QQ2-1-54">Hooks</a></span>
+href="#sec:printunsrthooks" id="QQ2-1-57">Hooks</a></span>
<br />   <span class="subsectionToc" >10.2.2 <a
-href="#sec:printunsrtfilter" id="QQ2-1-55">Filtering</a></span>
+href="#sec:printunsrtfilter" id="QQ2-1-58">Filtering</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.3 <a
-href="#sec:printunsrtinner" id="QQ2-1-56">Partial Glossaries</a></span>
+href="#sec:printunsrtinner" id="QQ2-1-59">Partial Glossaries</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.4 <a
-href="#sec:glossentry" id="QQ2-1-57">Standalone Entry Items</a></span>
+href="#sec:glossentry" id="QQ2-1-60">Standalone Entry Items</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >10.5 <a
-href="#sec:alias" id="QQ2-1-58">Entry Aliases</a></span>
+href="#sec:alias" id="QQ2-1-61">Entry Aliases</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >11 <a
-href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-59">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span>
+href="#sec:onthefly" id="QQ2-1-62">On-the-Fly Document Definitions</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >12 <a
-href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-60">Supplemental Packages</a></span>
+href="#sec:supplemental" id="QQ2-1-63">Supplemental Packages</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >12.1 <a
-href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-61">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
+href="#sec:prefix" id="QQ2-1-64">Prefixes or Determiners</a></span>
<br />  <span class="sectionToc" >12.2 <a
-href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-62">Accessibility Support</a></span>
+href="#sec:accsupp" id="QQ2-1-65">Accessibility Support</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >13 <a
-href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-63">Sample Files</a></span>
+href="#sec:samples" id="QQ2-1-66">Sample Files</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" >14 <a
-href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-64">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span>
+href="#sec:lang" id="QQ2-1-67">Multi-Lingual Support</a></span>
<br /> <span class="chapterToc" > <a
href="#glossary">Glossary</a></span>
</div>
@@ -626,7 +633,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(see <a
href="#sec:modifications"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:modifications
+class="cmbx-10">2</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>).
</p><!--l. 369--><p class="indent" >
@@ -896,7 +903,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>. See <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">4</span> </a><a
href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a> for further
details.)
</p><!--l. 539--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -1217,7 +1224,7 @@
information. (See <a
href="#sec:accsupp"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:accsupp </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">12.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a> for further
details.)
</p><!--l. 669--><p class="noindent" >Note that the <a
@@ -1252,7 +1259,7 @@
omitted if no options need to be passed. See <a
href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glosstylemods </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.11</span> </a><a
href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary
Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a> for further details. There are two special keyword values:
<a
@@ -1310,7 +1317,7 @@
warning in the transcript.) See <a
href="#sec:glsunset"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glsunset </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">First Use Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a> for further
details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -1457,7 +1464,7 @@
(see <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>). If you want to
use <a
@@ -1504,7 +1511,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>(see <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls
+class="cmbx-10">9</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
@@ -1627,7 +1634,7 @@
is indexed, which affects this option. See <a
href="#sec:recordnameref"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:recordnameref </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">9.3.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:recordnameref">Nameref
Record<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordnameref --></a> for further details.
</p><!--l. 828--><p class="noindent" >This option is best used with <a
@@ -1795,7 +1802,7 @@
<a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a> for further
details.
@@ -1863,7 +1870,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>, don’t index. (See <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle
+class="cmbx-10">5</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a>). You may
want to consider using <span
@@ -2229,7 +2236,7 @@
<a
href="#sec:onthefly"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:onthefly </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">11</span> </a><a
href="#sec:onthefly">On-the-Fly Document Definitions<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:onthefly --></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<!--l. 1082--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -2310,7 +2317,7 @@
to change this. (See <a
href="#sec:lang"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:lang </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">14</span> </a><a
href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a> for further
details.)
</p><!--l. 1121--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you don’t use the <a
@@ -2594,7 +2601,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrshortcuts
+class="cmbx-10">4.3</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>.) These settings don’t switch on the acronym
shortcuts provided by the <span
@@ -2753,7 +2760,7 @@
<a
href="#sec:glossentry"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glossentry </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">10.4</span> </a><a
href="#sec:glossentry">Standalone Entry Items<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glossentry --></a>).
</p><!--l. 1291--><p class="indent" > The commands used by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>to automatically produce an error if an entry is
@@ -2775,7 +2782,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">general</span>. See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further information about
categories.
</p></li>
@@ -2785,7 +2792,7 @@
id="dx1-6008"></a>, which allows an entry to be alias to another entry. See <a
href="#sec:alias"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:alias
+class="cmbx-10">10.5</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a> for further details.
</p></li>
@@ -2798,7 +2805,7 @@
“see also” treatment. See <a
href="#sec:see"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:see </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.3</span> </a><a
href="#sec:see">Cross-References (“see” and “see
also”)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:see --></a> for further details.</p></li></ul>
@@ -2902,7 +2909,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. (See <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations
+class="cmbx-10">4</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>.)
</p><!--l. 1368--><p class="indent" > The <span
@@ -3107,7 +3114,7 @@
id="dx1-7007"></a> attribute, see <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>
for further details.) Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
@@ -3293,7 +3300,7 @@
id="dx1-7024"></a> example in <a
href="#sec:glsunset"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glsunset </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:glsunset">First Use
Flag<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glsunset --></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -3848,7 +3855,7 @@
<a
href="#sec:modifications"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:modifications </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:modifications">Modifications to Existing Commands and Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:modifications --></a>. This now
displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
@@ -4171,17 +4178,50 @@
</p><!--l. 2049--><p class="noindent" >
which fully expands its argument and passes it to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2052--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2052--><p class="indent" > As from v1.47, <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>redefines <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseelist </span>to make it more flexible.
+The base package provides <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitem{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>which is used to format each element
+in the list and <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep </span>for the separator between the final two items
+(<span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseesep </span>is used between the other items). The modifications provide two
+additional commands:
+</p><!--l. 2058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8073"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseefirstitem{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 2060--><p class="noindent" >
+This defaults to <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseeitem{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span>and is used to format the first label in the
+list.
+</p><!--l. 2063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8074"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastoxfordsep </span></div><hr>
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 2065--><p class="noindent" >
+This defaults to <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsseelastsep </span>and is used if the list consists of three or more
+labels.
+</p><!--l. 2069--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8073"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
-</p><!--l. 2053--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8074"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-8075"></a> key implements the automatic indexing using
+</p><!--l. 2070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8076"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexseealso{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xr list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2055--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="noindent" >
which just does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -4191,49 +4231,46 @@
class="cmitt-10">xr</span><span
class="cmitt-10"> list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-
-
-
</div>
</div> unless the <a
href="#styopt.xindy"><span
class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a
- id="dx1-8075"></a> option is used with <span
+ id="dx1-8077"></a> option is used with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-8076"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
+ id="dx1-8078"></a> v4.30+, in which case a distinct
<span
class="cmtt-10">seealso </span>cross-reference class is used instead.
-<!--l. 2064--><p class="indent" > The command that produces this “see also” text is
-</p><!--l. 2065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-8077"></a> <span
+<!--l. 2081--><p class="indent" > The command that produces this “see also” text is
+</p><!--l. 2082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-8079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2067--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2084--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname</span><a
- id="dx1-8078"></a> (provided by language packages) is defined then <span
+ id="dx1-8080"></a> (provided by language packages) is defined then <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname </span>will
simply be defined to <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>otherwise it will be defined to <span
class="cmtt-10">see also</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2072--><p class="indent" > The language-sensitive <span
+</p><!--l. 2089--><p class="indent" > The language-sensitive <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>is used by general indexing packages, such as
<span
class="cmss-10">makeidx</span><a
- id="dx1-8079"></a>, so if you redefine <span
+ id="dx1-8081"></a>, so if you redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\alsoname </span>the change will apply to normal indexes as well
as glossaries. If you only want to change the text produced by the <span
class="cmss-10">seealso</span><a
- id="dx1-8080"></a> key
+ id="dx1-8082"></a> key
without affecting general indexing (with <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span>) then redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\seealsoname</span>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2079--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2096--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.4 </span> <a
id="sec:entryfmtmods"></a>Entry Display Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2082--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
+<!--l. 2099--><p class="noindent" >Recall from the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package that commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>display text at
that point in the document (optionally with a hyperlink to the relevant
@@ -4244,7 +4281,7 @@
it’s displayed depends on the command used (such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) and the entry
format.
-</p><!--l. 2089--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
+</p><!--l. 2106--><p class="indent" > The default entry format (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-9002"></a>) used in the <a
id="dx1-9003"></a>link-text by commands like
@@ -4268,7 +4305,10 @@
</p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2097--><p class="noindent" >If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
+
+
+
+ <!--l. 2114--><p class="noindent" >If an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
id="dx1-9010"></a> attribute set
@@ -4275,7 +4315,7 @@
(see <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>), the entry is considered a regular entry,
even if it has a value for the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
@@ -4299,7 +4339,7 @@
use.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2105--><p class="noindent" >An entry that doesn’t have a value for the <span
+ <!--l. 2122--><p class="noindent" >An entry that doesn’t have a value for the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-9018"></a> key is assumed to
be a regular entry, even if the <a
@@ -4311,12 +4351,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-9020"></a>.
-
-
-
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2111--><p class="noindent" >If an entry does has a value for the <span
+ <!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" >If an entry does has a value for the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-9021"></a> key and hasn’t been marked
as a regular entry through the <a
@@ -4332,24 +4369,24 @@
(see <a
href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrstyle </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">4.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>).
</p>
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2120--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
+<!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" > This means that entries with a short form can be treated as regular entries rather
than abbreviations if it’s more appropriate for the desired style.
-</p><!--l. 2124--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span
+</p><!--l. 2141--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt</span><a
id="dx1-9024"></a> now puts <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentry</span><a
id="dx1-9025"></a> in the argument of
the new command
-</p><!--l. 2126--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2143--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2128--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2145--><p class="noindent" >
This just does its argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. This means that if you want regular
entries in a different font but don’t want that font to apply to abbreviations, then
@@ -4362,7 +4399,7 @@
href="#catattr.textformat"><span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span></a><a
id="dx1-9028"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 2137--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 2154--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -4370,7 +4407,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-56">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{\textsf{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2140--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span
+<!--l. 2157--><p class="nopar" > You can access the label through <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. For example, you can query the
category:
@@ -4381,7 +4418,7 @@
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
 \glsifcategory{\glslabel}{general}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2146--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
+<!--l. 2163--><p class="nopar" > or query the category attribute, for example, provide a custom attribute called
<span
class="cmtt-10">font</span>:
@@ -4393,7 +4430,7 @@
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrregularfont}[1]{%
 \glsifattribute{\glslabel}{font}{sf}{\textsf{#1}}{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2154--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example:
+<!--l. 2171--><p class="nopar" > As from version 1.21, it’s simpler to just do, for example:
@@ -4401,21 +4438,21 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-59">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{textformat}{textsf}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2158--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span
+<!--l. 2175--><p class="nopar" > without redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrregularfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2161--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
+</p><!--l. 2178--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.30, there is also a command for abbreviations that encapsulates
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>:
-</p><!--l. 2163--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2180--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbreviationfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2165--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="noindent" >
This also just does its argument by default. Font changes made by abbreviation styles
are within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 2169--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2186--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostlinkhook </span>provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to insert information
after the <a
@@ -4424,29 +4461,29 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>is redefined
to
-</p><!--l. 2172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2174--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2191--><p class="noindent" >
This command will discard a following full stop (period) if the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
id="dx1-9032"></a> attribute
is set to “true” for the current entry’s category. It will also do
-</p><!--l. 2178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2180--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2197--><p class="noindent" >
if a full stop hasn’t be discarded and
-</p><!--l. 2182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkendsentence </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2184--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2201--><p class="noindent" >
if a full stop has been discarded.
-</p><!--l. 2187--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
+</p><!--l. 2204--><p class="indent" > It may be that you want to check some other setting (rather than a category
attribute) to determine whether or not to discard a following full stop. In which case
you can redefine:
-</p><!--l. 2190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2207--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span
@@ -4453,7 +4490,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2192--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2209--><p class="noindent" >
You can access the field’s label using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel</span>. This command should do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the
@@ -4467,9 +4504,9 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-60">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrifcustomdiscardperiod}[2]{#2}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2199--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
+<!--l. 2216--><p class="nopar" > which means that no additional checks are performed. (Only the recognised category
attributes will be checked.)
-</p><!--l. 2203--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span
+</p><!--l. 2220--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Avoid the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like commands within the
post-link hook as they will cause interference. Consider using commands like
@@ -4479,11 +4516,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>(<a
href="#sec:nested"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.8</span> </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>) instead.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2208--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2210--><p class="indent" > By default <span
+</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2227--><p class="indent" > By default <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink </span>just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
@@ -4495,7 +4532,7 @@
id="dx1-9037"></a> category, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkgeneral </span>if it has been
defined.)
-</p><!--l. 2215--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span
+</p><!--l. 2232--><p class="indent" > You can define the post-link hook command using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newcommand</span>, for
example:
@@ -4507,8 +4544,8 @@
 \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2221--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 2223--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 2238--><p class="nopar" > or, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2240--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostlink{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
@@ -4515,7 +4552,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2225--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2242--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -4529,7 +4566,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 2233--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
+<!--l. 2250--><p class="indent" > The sentence-ending hook is slightly more complicated. If the command
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
@@ -4544,18 +4581,18 @@
adjusted (in case the entry is in uppercase) unless the entry is followed by additional
material, in which case the following full stop is no longer redundant and needs to be
reinserted.
-</p><!--l. 2246--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
+</p><!--l. 2263--><p class="indent" > There are some convenient commands you might want to use when customizing
the post-<a
id="dx1-9041"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> category hooks:
-</p><!--l. 2248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2267--><p class="noindent" >
This will add the description in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-9043"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
-</p><!--l. 2253--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
+</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to append the description in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-9044"></a>first
use for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
@@ -4569,19 +4606,19 @@
  \glsxtrpostlinkAddDescOnFirstUse
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2260--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 2277--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2264--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2281--><p class="noindent" >
This will append the symbol (if defined) in parentheses on <a
id="dx1-9047"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. (Does nothing if
the symbol hasn’t been set.)
-</p><!--l. 2268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2285--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlinkAddSymbolDescOnFirstUse </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2270--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2287--><p class="noindent" >
(New to v1.31.) On <a
id="dx1-9049"></a>first use, this will append <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span
@@ -4590,7 +4627,7 @@
symbol is defined otherwise it just appends <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">description</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 2276--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
+</p><!--l. 2293--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide your own custom format be aware that you can’t use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-9050"></a> within the post-<a
@@ -4599,7 +4636,7 @@
id="dx1-9052"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will have
been unset. Instead you can use
-</p><!--l. 2279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-9053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifwasfirstuse{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span
@@ -4606,7 +4643,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2281--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="noindent" >
This will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the last used entry was the <a
id="dx1-9054"></a>first use for that entry, otherwise it
@@ -4617,7 +4654,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so don’t rely on it outside of the post-<a
id="dx1-9055"></a>link-text
hook.
-</p><!--l. 2289--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 2306--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
id="dx1-9056"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
@@ -4640,8 +4677,8 @@
id="dx1-9063"></a>first use otherwise
the inline full format would include the footnote, which is inappropriate.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 2298--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2300--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
+</p><!--l. 2315--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2317--><p class="indent" > For example, if you want to place the description in a footnote after the <a
id="dx1-9064"></a>link-text
on <a
id="dx1-9065"></a>first use for the <span
@@ -4656,8 +4693,8 @@
  \glsxtrifwasfirstuse{\footnote{\glsentrydesc{\glslabel}}}{}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2306--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2308--><p class="indent" > The <a
+<!--l. 2323--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2325--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-9067"></a> abbreviation style uses the post-<a
@@ -4664,12 +4701,12 @@
id="dx1-9068"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook to place the
footnote after trailing punctuation characters.
-</p><!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2330--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2313--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2330--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.5 </span> <a
id="sec:entrycountmods"></a>Entry Counting Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2316--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a
+<!--l. 2333--><p class="noindent" >If you are using <a
id="dx1-10001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you may find it more convenient to use the record count
@@ -4676,11 +4713,11 @@
commands described in <a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 2320--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2337--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
id="dx1-10002"></a> command is modified to allow for the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
@@ -4692,9 +4729,9 @@
<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2326--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
+</p><!--l. 2343--><p class="indent" > For example, instead of just doing:
@@ -4702,7 +4739,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-64">
\glsenableentrycount
</pre>
-<!--l. 2329--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
+<!--l. 2346--><p class="nopar" > you now need to do:
@@ -4711,24 +4748,24 @@
\glsenableentrycount
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{1}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2334--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
+<!--l. 2351--><p class="nopar" > This will enable the entry counting for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
id="dx1-10004"></a> category, but any
entries assigned to other categories will be unchanged.
-</p><!--l. 2339--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
+</p><!--l. 2356--><p class="indent" > Further information about entry counting, including the new per-unit feature, is
described in <a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycount </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a
href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2359--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2342--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2359--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.6 </span> <a
id="sec:glsunset"></a>First Use Flag</h3>
-<!--l. 2345--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 2362--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides
-</p><!--l. 2347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 2364--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsused</span><a
id="dx1-11001"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -4738,7 +4775,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >
to determine whether or not an entry has been used. This requires the entry to have
been defined. If the entry is undefined, then the underlying boolean variable doesn’t
exist and so is neither true nor false. This command will produce an error with the
@@ -4757,7 +4794,7 @@
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ will be performed if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ doesn’t
exist.
-</p><!--l. 2359--><p class="indent" > The <a
+</p><!--l. 2376--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
id="dx1-11004"></a> option automatically implements <a
@@ -4770,7 +4807,7 @@
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. In this case, you may prefer
to use:
-</p><!--l. 2363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfUnusedOrUndefined{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -4779,7 +4816,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2365--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2382--><p class="noindent" >
(new to v1.34) which does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is undefined or if
@@ -4795,23 +4832,23 @@
id="dx1-11009"></a> should be used, see <a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entryfmtmods </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.4</span> </a><a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display
Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 2374--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
-</p><!--l. 2375--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2391--><p class="indent" > There are two new commands provided with version 1.31+:
+</p><!--l. 2392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreseteach{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2377--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2394--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 2379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunseteach{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2381--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2398--><p class="noindent" >
These behave like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalreset </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>but the argument is a
@@ -4819,7 +4856,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 2385--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span
+</p><!--l. 2402--><p class="indent" > The internal command used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is modified first to allow for the
changing in entry counting, described above, but also to allow for buffering pending
unsets when commands like <span
@@ -4835,7 +4872,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-66">
\ul{Some text about \gls{html}.}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2394--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
+<!--l. 2411--><p class="nopar" > This causes the confusing error:
@@ -4843,7 +4880,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-67">
Glossary entry `{html}' has not been defined.
</pre>
-<!--l. 2398--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2415--><p class="nopar" > The simplest workaround is to put <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span> inside the argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\mbox</span>. For
example:
@@ -4854,7 +4891,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-68">
\ul{Some text about \mbox{\gls{html}}.}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2403--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
+<!--l. 2420--><p class="nopar" > This can work provided it’s not the first use of this entry. It if is, then unsetting the
first use flag causes a problem and results in the error:
@@ -4863,15 +4900,15 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-69">
! Package soul Error: Reconstruction failed.
</pre>
-<!--l. 2409--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+<!--l. 2426--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of temporarily switching off <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset</span>
so that it just makes a note of the entry’s label but doesn’t actually perform the
change:
-</p><!--l. 2413--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2415--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2432--><p class="noindent" >
The unstarred version doesn’t check for duplicates, so the internal list may
end up with multiple occurrences of the same label. The starred version
only adds a label to the internal list if it’s not already in it. Note that this
@@ -4879,12 +4916,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and does not affect the local
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2423--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span
+</p><!--l. 2440--><p class="indent" > Later you can restore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>and unset all buffered labels using:
-</p><!--l. 2425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2427--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2444--><p class="noindent" >
The starred form <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering* </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslocalunset </span>instead. For
@@ -4906,37 +4943,37 @@
Next use: \gls{html}.
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2446--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
+<!--l. 2463--><p class="nopar" > Before you stop the unset buffering, you can iterate over the current buffer
using
-</p><!--l. 2449--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForUnsetBufferedList{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2451--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2468--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument (which is the entry label).
This is best used with the starred version <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStartUnsetBuffering* </span>to avoid
duplicates.
-</p><!--l. 2456--><p class="indent" > You can discard the buffer and restore <span
+</p><!--l. 2473--><p class="indent" > You can discard the buffer and restore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>to its normal behaviour with
(new to v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 2458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2475--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDiscardUnsetBuffering </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2460--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2462--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until
+</p><!--l. 2477--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2479--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that since the change in the first use flag now doesn’t occur until
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering</span>, multiple references of the same term within the
buffering zone will always be treated as first use (if the term wasn’t used before the
buffering started). </div>
-</p><!--l. 2468--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2470--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span
+</p><!--l. 2485--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2487--><p class="indent" > There can still be a problem here as content within <span
class="cmtt-10">\mbox </span>can’t break across a
line so you may end up with an overfull line or excessive white space within the
paragraph.
-</p><!--l. 2474--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
+</p><!--l. 2491--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\protect</span>:
@@ -4947,7 +4984,7 @@
\ul{Some text about \protect\gls{html}.}
\GlsXtrStopUnsetBuffering
</pre>
-<!--l. 2479--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another
+<!--l. 2496--><p class="nopar" > but the formatting (underlining in this example) won’t be applied. Another
possibility is:
@@ -4970,7 +5007,7 @@
Next use: \gls{html}.
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2502--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span
+<!--l. 2519--><p class="nopar" > This moves <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>outside of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>and uses <span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span><a
@@ -4985,7 +5022,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gul</span>, which locally changes the regular
font and the default abbreviation font to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\ul</span>. It then uses
-</p><!--l. 2509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-11019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrExpandedFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
@@ -4992,7 +5029,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2511--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2528--><p class="noindent" >
which (protected) fully expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ before applying ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩, which must be a control
@@ -5004,12 +5041,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\ul </span>can’t deal with. For example, if an abbreviation style is used
that contains complex formatting or if the field value contains problematic
content.
-</p><!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2521--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2538--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.7 </span> <a
id="plurals"></a>Plurals</h3>
-<!--l. 2523--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
+<!--l. 2540--><p class="noindent" >Some languages, such as English, have a general rule that plurals are formed from
the singular with a suffix appended. This isn’t an absolute rule. There are
plenty of exceptions (for example, geese, children, churches, elves, fairies,
sheep). The <span
@@ -5023,7 +5060,7 @@
the term is a symbol) and in some cases the plural may be identical to the
singular.
-</p><!--l. 2532--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
+</p><!--l. 2549--><p class="indent" > To make life easier for languages where the majority of plurals can simply be
formed by appending a suffix to the singular, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-12003"></a> package lets the <span
@@ -5039,11 +5076,11 @@
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-12007"></a> supplied as well, and you only need to use it for the
exceptions.
-</p><!--l. 2541--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span
+</p><!--l. 2558--><p class="indent" > For languages that don’t have this general rule, the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
id="dx1-12008"></a> field will always need to
be supplied, where needed.
-</p><!--l. 2544--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2561--><p class="indent" > There are other plural fields, such as <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-12009"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
@@ -5053,12 +5090,12 @@
you are using a language that doesn’t have a simple suffix rule, you’ll have to
supply the plural forms if you need them (and if a plural makes sense in the
context).
-</p><!--l. 2550--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span
+</p><!--l. 2567--><p class="indent" > If these fields are omitted, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-12012"></a> package follows these rules: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2553--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ <!--l. 2570--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
id="dx1-12013"></a> is missing, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to the <span
@@ -5092,7 +5129,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>appended.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2563--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ <!--l. 2580--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
id="dx1-12025"></a> field is missing, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix </span>is appended to
@@ -5103,7 +5140,7 @@
id="dx1-12027"></a> field has been supplied.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 2567--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ <!--l. 2584--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
id="dx1-12028"></a> field is missing then, <span
class="cmti-10">with the base </span><span
@@ -5118,7 +5155,7 @@
id="dx1-12031"></a> field.
</p>
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 2573--><p class="indent" > This <span
+<!--l. 2590--><p class="indent" > This <span
class="cmti-10">last case is changed </span>with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. With this extension package, the
<span
@@ -5133,10 +5170,10 @@
implemented, <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is redefined. In most cases its redefined to
use
-</p><!--l. 2581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2598--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-12035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2583--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2600--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>. Some of the abbreviation styles have their
@@ -5152,7 +5189,7 @@
the style. Redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrpluralsuffix </span>will have no affect, since it’s not used by the
new abbreviation mechanism.
-</p><!--l. 2593--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
+</p><!--l. 2610--><p class="indent" > If you require a mixture (for example, in a multilingual document), there are two
attributes that affect the short plural suffix formation. The first is <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
@@ -5165,7 +5202,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-73">
'\abbrvpluralsuffix
</pre>
-<!--l. 2598--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span
+<!--l. 2615--><p class="nopar" > That is, an apostrophe followed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span>is appended. The second
attribute is <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
@@ -5176,12 +5213,12 @@
same as <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
id="dx1-12039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2621--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2604--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 2621--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.8 </span> <a
id="sec:nested"></a>Nested Links</h3>
-<!--l. 2607--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
+<!--l. 2624--><p class="noindent" >Complications arise when you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-13001"></a> in the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
@@ -5194,7 +5231,7 @@
For example, SHTML is an abbreviation for SSI enabled HTML, where SSI is an
abbreviation for Server Side Includes and HTML is an abbreviation for Hypertext
Markup Language.
-</p><!--l. 2615--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
+</p><!--l. 2632--><p class="indent" > Things can go wrong if we try the following with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package:
@@ -5205,12 +5242,12 @@
\newacronym{html}{HTML}{Hypertext Markup Language}
\newacronym{shtml}{S\gls{html}}{\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2621--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2623--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
+<!--l. 2638--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2640--><p class="indent" > The main problems are:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-13006x1">
- <!--l. 2625--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 2642--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nestedfirstucprob"></a> The first letter upper casing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-13007"></a>, won’t work for the
@@ -5227,7 +5264,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-75">
\gls{\uppercase ssi} enabled \gls{html}
</pre>
- <!--l. 2631--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 2648--><p class="nopar" > which just doesn’t work. Grouping the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{ssi}</span></span></span> doesn’t work either as this
will effectively try to do
@@ -5237,7 +5274,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-76">
\uppercase{\gls{ssi}} enabled \gls{html}
</pre>
- <!--l. 2636--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
+ <!--l. 2653--><p class="nopar" > This will upper case the label <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>so the entry won’t be recognised.
This problem will also occur if you use the all capitals version, such as
<span
@@ -5246,7 +5283,7 @@
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-13011x2">
- <!--l. 2641--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 2658--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nonexpandprob"></a> The long and abbreviated forms accessed through <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrylong</span><a
id="dx1-13012"></a> and
@@ -5257,7 +5294,7 @@
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-13015x3">
- <!--l. 2646--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 2663--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nestedsortprob"></a> The nested commands may end up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
id="dx1-13016"></a> key, which will confuse the
@@ -5265,7 +5302,7 @@
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-13018x4">
- <!--l. 2649--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 2666--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob"></a> The <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces inconsistent results depending on whether the <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi</span>
@@ -5282,15 +5319,15 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-77">
This section discusses \gls{ssi}, \gls{html} and \gls{shtml}.
</pre>
- <!--l. 2655--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ <!--l. 2672--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 2658--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
+ <!--l. 2675--><p class="noindent" >This section discusses server side includes (SSI), hypertext
markup language (HTML) and SSI enabled HTML (SHTML).</p></blockquote>
- <!--l. 2661--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ <!--l. 2678--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-13019"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry produces “SSI enabled HTML (SHTML)”.
- </p><!--l. 2664--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2681--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry is used before the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>but the <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>entry is
@@ -5304,17 +5341,17 @@
The sample files are either \gls{html} or \gls{shtml}, but let's
first discuss \gls{ssi}.
</pre>
- <!--l. 2670--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ <!--l. 2687--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 2673--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
+ <!--l. 2690--><p class="noindent" >The sample files are either hypertext markup language (HTML)
or server side includes (SSI) enabled HTML (SHTML), but let’s
first discuss SSI.</p></blockquote>
- <!--l. 2678--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ <!--l. 2695--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-13020"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
enabled HTML (SHTML)”, which looks a bit strange.
- </p><!--l. 2682--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2699--><p class="noindent" >Now let’s suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used before (or without) the other two
entries:
@@ -5324,17 +5361,17 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-79">
This article is an introduction to \gls{shtml}.
</pre>
- <!--l. 2686--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
+ <!--l. 2703--><p class="nopar" > This produces:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 2689--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
+ <!--l. 2706--><p class="noindent" >This article is an introduction to server side includes (SSI)
enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML).</p></blockquote>
- <!--l. 2692--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
+ <!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" >So the <a
id="dx1-13021"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry now produces “server side includes (SSI)
enabled hypertext markup language (HTML) (SHTML)”, which is even more
strange.
- </p><!--l. 2696--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2713--><p class="noindent" >This is all aggravated by setting the style using the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span>. For example:
@@ -5345,7 +5382,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-80">
\setacronymstyle{long-short}
</pre>
- <!--l. 2701--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
+ <!--l. 2718--><p class="nopar" > as this references the label through the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>when displaying the
long and short forms, but this value changes with each use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, so
@@ -5357,7 +5394,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">html </span>by
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{html}</span></span></span>.
- </p><!--l. 2709--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
+ </p><!--l. 2726--><p class="noindent" >Another oddity occurs if you reset the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry between uses of the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>
entry. For example:
@@ -5368,10 +5405,10 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-81">
\gls{shtml} ... \glsreset{html}\gls{shtml}
</pre>
- <!--l. 2713--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
+ <!--l. 2730--><p class="nopar" > The next use of <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>produces “Shypertext markup language (HTML)”,
which is downright weird.
- </p><!--l. 2717--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
+ </p><!--l. 2734--><p class="noindent" >Even without this, the short form has nested formatting commands, which
amount to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{S\acronymfont{HTML}}</span></span></span>. This may not be a problem
for some styles, but if you use one of the “sm” styles (that use <span
@@ -5381,7 +5418,7 @@
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-13025x5">
- <!--l. 2723--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 2740--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:indexingprob"></a> Each time the <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>entry is used, the <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>entry will also be indexed and
@@ -5395,7 +5432,7 @@
</p></li>
<li
class="enumerate" id="x1-13028x6">
- <!--l. 2729--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 2746--><p class="noindent" ><a
id="itm:nestedhyplinkprob"></a> If <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-13029"></a> is in use, you’ll get nested hyperlinks and there’s no consistent way
@@ -5407,7 +5444,7 @@
glossary.
</p>
</li></ol>
-<!--l. 2738--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
+<!--l. 2755--><p class="indent" > For these reasons it’s better to use the simple expandable commands
like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
id="dx1-13031"></a> or <span
@@ -5424,7 +5461,7 @@
 [description={\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}]
 {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2746--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+<!--l. 2763--><p class="nopar" > with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>or:
@@ -5435,7 +5472,7 @@
 [description={\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled \glsxtrshort{html}}]
 {shtml}{SHTML}{SSI enabled HTML}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2752--><p class="nopar" > with <span
+<!--l. 2769--><p class="nopar" > with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. This fixes all the above listed problems (as long as you don’t
use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdesc</span><a
@@ -5446,7 +5483,7 @@
id="dx1-13034"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> issue, but it doesn’t fix any of the other problems listed
above.
-</p><!--l. 2759--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
+</p><!--l. 2776--><p class="indent" > If it’s simply that you want to use the abbreviation font, you can use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>:
@@ -5460,10 +5497,10 @@
\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{\glsabbrvfont{ssi} enabled
\glsabbrvfont{html}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2768--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
+<!--l. 2785--><p class="nopar" > This will pick up the font style setting of the outer entry (shtml, in the above case).
This isn’t a problem in the above example as all the abbreviations use the same
style.
-</p><!--l. 2773--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span
+</p><!--l. 2790--><p class="indent" > However if you’re really determined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
id="dx1-13035"></a> in a field that may be included
within some <a
@@ -5487,7 +5524,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-85">
\gls{ssi} enabled \gls{html}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2784--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
+<!--l. 2801--><p class="nopar" > is treated as
@@ -5496,7 +5533,7 @@
{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}} enabled
{\glstext[hyper=false,noindex]{html}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2789--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a
+<!--l. 2806--><p class="nopar" > This overcomes problems <a
href="#itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob">4<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:inconsistentfirstuseprob --></a>, <a
href="#itm:indexingprob">5<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:indexingprob --></a> and <a
href="#itm:nestedhyplinkprob">6<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedhyplinkprob --></a> listed above, but still doesn’t fix problems <a
@@ -5512,7 +5549,7 @@
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13040"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 2800--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2817--><p class="indent" > Additionally, any instance of the long form commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
id="dx1-13041"></a> or
<span
@@ -5550,7 +5587,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-87">
\newacronym{shtml}{SHTML}{\acrshort{ssi} enabled \acrshort{html}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2813--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a
+<!--l. 2830--><p class="nopar" > then (using the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-13047"></a> style) the <a
@@ -5564,7 +5601,7 @@
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled
{\acronymfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
</pre>
-<!--l. 2819--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
+<!--l. 2836--><p class="nopar" > whereas if the entry is defined as:
@@ -5573,7 +5610,7 @@
\newabbreviation{shtml}{SHTML}{\glsxtrshort{ssi} enabled
\glsxtrshort{html}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2824--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
+<!--l. 2841--><p class="nopar" > then the <a
id="dx1-13049"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> will be like:
@@ -5584,7 +5621,7 @@
{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{ssi}}} enabled
{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}} (SHTML)
</pre>
-<!--l. 2829--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
+<!--l. 2846--><p class="nopar" > Note that the first optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>is ignored in
this context. (The final optional argument will be inserted, if present.) The
@@ -5595,8 +5632,8 @@
id="dx1-13051"></a>. Note
that <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>doesn’t set the abbreviation style.
-</p><!--l. 2837--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use:
-</p><!--l. 2838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2854--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use:
+</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -5603,7 +5640,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2840--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2857--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the field label and corresponds to a command in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>⟨<span
@@ -5613,30 +5650,30 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ (e.g. <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>).
-</p><!--l. 2845--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
-</p><!--l. 2846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command for the most common fields:
+</p><!--l. 2863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsps{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2848--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2865--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}</span></span></span><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>, and
-</p><!--l. 2850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2852--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2869--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{text}</span></span></span><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2855--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 2872--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>command behaves much like the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmt</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ commands described
@@ -5643,7 +5680,7 @@
in <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">5</span> </a><a
href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> but
the post-link hook is also suppressed and extra grouping is added. It automatically
sets <span
@@ -5654,12 +5691,12 @@
id="dx1-13056"></a> to <span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>. If you want to change this, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 2862--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetpopts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2864--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2881--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -5668,15 +5705,15 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-91">
\glsxtrsetpopts{hyper=false}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2868--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
+<!--l. 2885--><p class="nopar" > will just switch off the hyperlinks but not the indexing. Be careful using
this command or you can end up back to the original problem of nested
links.
-</p><!--l. 2873--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
+</p><!--l. 2890--><p class="indent" > The hyper link is re-enabled within glossaries. This is done through the
command:
-</p><!--l. 2875--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2892--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossxtrsetpopts </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2877--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2894--><p class="noindent" >
which by default just does
@@ -5685,7 +5722,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-92">
\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2881--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span
+<!--l. 2898--><p class="nopar" > You can redefine this if you want to adjust the setting when <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp </span>is used in the
glossary. For example:
@@ -5695,8 +5732,8 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-93">
\renewcommand{\glossxtrsetpopts}{\glsxtrsetpopts{noindex=false}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2886--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2888--><p class="indent" > For example,
+<!--l. 2903--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 2905--><p class="indent" > For example,
@@ -5704,7 +5741,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-94">
\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2891--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
+<!--l. 2908--><p class="nopar" > is equivalent to
@@ -5714,7 +5751,7 @@
 \glsxtrshort[hyper=false,noindex]{ssi}[]%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2897--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
+<!--l. 2914--><p class="nopar" > in the main body of the document or
@@ -5724,8 +5761,8 @@
 \glsxtrshort[noindex]{ssi}[]%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2903--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
-</p><!--l. 2906--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 2920--><p class="nopar" > inside the glossary. (Note the post-link hook is locally disabled.)
+</p><!--l. 2923--><p class="indent" > If <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrp{short}{ssi}</span></span></span> occurs in a sectioning mark, it’s equivalent
to
@@ -5735,11 +5772,11 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-97">
{\glsxtrheadshort{ssi}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2910--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a
+<!--l. 2927--><p class="nopar" > (which recognises the <a
href="#catattr.headuc"><span
class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a
id="dx1-13059"></a> attribute.)
-</p><!--l. 2913--><p class="indent" > If <span
+</p><!--l. 2930--><p class="indent" > If <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
id="dx1-13060"></a> has been loaded, then the bookmark will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
@@ -5746,8 +5783,8 @@
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩
(<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort{ssi}</span></span></span> in the above example).
-</p><!--l. 2917--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands
-</p><!--l. 2918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2934--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands
+</p><!--l. 2935--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrp{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -5754,9 +5791,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2920--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2937--><p class="noindent" >
for first letter upper case and
-</p><!--l. 2922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 2939--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-13062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrp{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
@@ -5763,9 +5800,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 2924--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="noindent" >
for all upper case.
-</p><!--l. 2927--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
+</p><!--l. 2944--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use any of the case-changing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
id="dx1-13063"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glstext</span><a
@@ -5777,8 +5814,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
id="dx1-13066"></a>, in the definition of entries for any of the fields that may be used
by those case-changing commands. </div>
-</p><!--l. 2933--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 2935--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a
+</p><!--l. 2950--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 2952--><p class="indent" > You can, with care, protect against issue <a
href="#itm:nestedfirstucprob">1<!--tex4ht:ref: itm:nestedfirstucprob --></a> by inserting an empty group at the
start if the long form starts with a command that breaks the first letter uppercasing
commands like <span
@@ -5785,7 +5822,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>, but you still won’t be able to use the all caps commands, such
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>.
-</p><!--l. 2941--><p class="indent" > If you <span
+</p><!--l. 2958--><p class="indent" > If you <span
class="cmti-10">really need </span>nested commands, the safest method is
@@ -5795,8 +5832,8 @@
\newabbreviation{shtml}{shtml}{{}\glsxtrp{short}{ssi} enabled
\glsxtrp{short}{html}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2945--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
-</p><!--l. 2948--><p class="indent" > Example document:
+<!--l. 2962--><p class="nopar" > but be aware that it may have some unexpected results occasionally.
+</p><!--l. 2965--><p class="indent" > Example document:
@@ -5826,13 +5863,13 @@
\printglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2986--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3003--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 2988--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3005--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.9 </span> <a
id="sec:acronymmods"></a>Acronym Style Modifications</h3>
-<!--l. 2991--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 3008--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a new way of dealing with abbreviations and
@@ -5843,7 +5880,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(see <a
href="#sec:abbreviations"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbreviations
+class="cmbx-10">4</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:abbreviations">Abbreviations<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbreviations --></a>). The simplest way to update a document that uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>from
@@ -5857,7 +5894,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-100">
\setabbreviationstyle[acronym]{long-short}
</pre>
-<!--l. 2999--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span
+<!--l. 3016--><p class="nopar" > before you define any entries. If you have used commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
id="dx1-14002"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
@@ -5891,7 +5928,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
id="dx1-14013"></a> etc.
-</p><!--l. 3010--><p class="indent" > For example, the following document using just <span
+</p><!--l. 3027--><p class="indent" > For example, the following document using just <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
@@ -5908,7 +5945,7 @@
\printglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3021--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span
+<!--l. 3038--><p class="nopar" > can be easily adapted to use <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>:
@@ -5925,7 +5962,7 @@
\printglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3033--><p class="nopar" > Table <a
+<!--l. 3050--><p class="nopar" > Table <a
href="#tab:acrabbrvstyles">2.1<!--tex4ht:ref: tab:acrabbrvstyles --></a> lists the nearest equivalent <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviation styles for the
predefined acronym styles provided by <span
@@ -5933,7 +5970,7 @@
different formatting commands. See <a
href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:predefabbrvstyles </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">4.4</span> </a><a
href="#sec:predefabbrvstyles">Predefined
Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:predefabbrvstyles --></a> for further details.
</p>
@@ -5941,7 +5978,7 @@
-<!--l. 3040--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 3057--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:acrabbrvstyles"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -5965,34 +6002,34 @@
id="TBL-2-1" /><col
id="TBL-2-2" /></colgroup><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-1-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3047--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">Old Style Name</span> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-1-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3048--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td10"><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmbx-10">New Style Name</span> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-2-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short</span><a
id="dx1-14015"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-2-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3049--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14016"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-3-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short</span><a
id="dx1-14017"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-3-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3050--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a
id="dx1-14018"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-4-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
id="dx1-14019"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-4-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3051--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
id="dx1-14020"></a> <br
@@ -6009,64 +6046,64 @@
class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-5-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span><a
id="dx1-14021"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-5-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3053--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-14022"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-6-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sc-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-14023"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-6-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3054--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-14024"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-7-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3072--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long</span><a
id="dx1-14025"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-7-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3055--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3072--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a
id="dx1-14026"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-8-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3073--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14027"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-8-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3056--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3073--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14028"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-9-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sc-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14029"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-9-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3057--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3074--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14030"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-10-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sm-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14031"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-10-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3058--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3075--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14032"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-11-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14033"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-11-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3059--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3076--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14034"></a> <br
@@ -6083,100 +6120,100 @@
class="cmsy-10">}}</span> </p> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-12-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3078--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14035"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-12-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3061--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3078--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14036"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-13-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3079--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sc-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14037"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-13-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3062--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3079--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14038"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-14-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3080--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">sm-short-long-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14039"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-14-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3063--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3080--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14040"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-15-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3081--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">dua</span><a
id="dx1-14041"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-15-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3064--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3081--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
id="dx1-14042"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-16-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">dua-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14043"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-16-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3065--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3082--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14044"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-17-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3083--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span><a
id="dx1-14045"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-17-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3066--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3083--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-14046"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-18-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a
id="dx1-14047"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-18-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3067--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-14048"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-19-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3085--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a
id="dx1-14049"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-19-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3068--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3085--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span></a><a
id="dx1-14050"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-20-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3086--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14051"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-20-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3069--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3086--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14052"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-21-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3087--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14053"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-21-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3070--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3087--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14054"></a> </p></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-2-22-"><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-1"
-class="td01"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="td01"><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm-desc</span><a
id="dx1-14055"></a> </p></td><td style="white-space:normal; text-align:left;" id="TBL-2-22-2"
-class="td10"><!--l. 3071--><p class="noindent" ><a
+class="td10"><!--l. 3088--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span></a><a
id="dx1-14056"></a> </p></td></tr></table></div>
@@ -6185,7 +6222,7 @@
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 3075--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
+<!--l. 3092--><p class="indent" > The reason for introducing the new style of abbreviation commands provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is because the original acronym commands provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>are
@@ -6194,13 +6231,13 @@
However, if you really want to restore the generic acronym function provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 3082--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-14057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3084--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3101--><p class="noindent" >
(before any use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
-</p><!--l. 3087--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 3104--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms </span>should not be used in combination with the newer
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>abbreviations. Don’t combine old and new style entries with the same
@@ -6210,7 +6247,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>acronym mechanism doesn’t work well with the newer
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>commands.
-</p><!--l. 3093--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
+</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>, don’t use any of the commands provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>intended for abbreviations (such as <span
@@ -6222,8 +6259,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
id="dx1-14061"></a> as it will cause unexpected results.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 3099--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3101--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span
+</p><!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3118--><p class="indent" > In general, there’s rarely any need for <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>. If you have a document
that uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
@@ -6235,15 +6272,15 @@
(See <a
href="#sec:newabbrvstyle"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:newabbrvstyle </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">4.5</span> </a><a
href="#sec:newabbrvstyle">Defining New Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:newabbrvstyle --></a> for further
details.)
-</p><!--l. 3108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3125--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-14064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3110--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="noindent" >
The space command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspace </span>used by the <span
class="cmss-10">long-sp-short</span><a
@@ -6250,14 +6287,14 @@
id="dx1-14065"></a> acronym style provided
by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>is modified so that it uses
-</p><!--l. 3114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3131--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-14066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsacspacemax </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3116--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3133--><p class="noindent" >
instead of the hard-coded 3em. This is a command not a length and so can be
changed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3120--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span
+</p><!--l. 3137--><p class="indent" > Any of the new abbreviation styles that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span><a
id="dx1-14067"></a> (such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
@@ -6272,15 +6309,15 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-103">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3125--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3127--><p class="indent" > The <a
+<!--l. 3142--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 3144--><p class="indent" > The <a
id="dx1-14069"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 3128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 3145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\firstacronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3130--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3147--><p class="noindent" >
is redefined to use the <a
id="dx1-14070"></a>first use abbreviation font command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont</span><a
@@ -6287,12 +6324,12 @@
id="dx1-14071"></a>.
This will be reset if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3135--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
-</p><!--l. 3136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
+</p><!--l. 3152--><p class="indent" > The subsequent use acronym font command
+</p><!--l. 3153--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3138--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="noindent" >
is redefined to use the subsequent use abbreviation font command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span><a
id="dx1-14072"></a>.
@@ -6299,10 +6336,10 @@
This will be reset if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span>.
</p>
-<!--l. 3143--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 3160--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10 </span> <a
id="glossaries"></a>Glossaries</h3>
-<!--l. 3145--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 3162--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
id="dx1-15001"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -6316,21 +6353,21 @@
<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further details.) As from v1.12 both the starred and
unstarred version check that the glossary doesn’t already exist. (The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package omits this check.)
-</p><!--l. 3154--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
-</p><!--l. 3155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3171--><p class="indent" > You can now provide an ignored glossary with:
+</p><!--l. 3172--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-15003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3157--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" >
which will only define the glossary if it doesn’t already exist. This also has a starred
version that doesn’t automatically switch off hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 3162--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span
+</p><!--l. 3179--><p class="indent" > The individual glossary displaying commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
id="dx1-15004"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span><a
@@ -6340,7 +6377,7 @@
</p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 3167--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 3184--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">target</span><a
id="dx1-15006"></a>. This is a boolean key which can be used to switch off the automatic
hypertarget for each entry. Unlike <span
@@ -6353,7 +6390,7 @@
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 3174--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 3191--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">targetnameprefix</span><a
id="dx1-15007"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span
@@ -6365,7 +6402,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>).
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 3179--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 3196--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">prefix</span><a
id="dx1-15008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span
@@ -6381,7 +6418,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 3185--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 3202--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">label</span><a
id="dx1-15011"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">={</span>⟨<span
@@ -6394,16 +6431,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>to the glossary’s TOC title (to provide text for
<span
class="cmtt-10">\nameref</span>). You can also set the label before the glossary using:
- </p><!--l. 3190--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ </p><!--l. 3207--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-15012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetglossarylabel{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 3192--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 3209--><p class="noindent" >
but take care of duplicate labels if it’s not scoped.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 3196--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 3213--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">groups</span><a
id="dx1-15013"></a>. This is a boolean key (new to v1.44) designed for use with
<span
@@ -6413,7 +6450,7 @@
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>.
- </p><!--l. 3201--><p class="noindent" >If true (default), group formation (group header and group skip) will be
+ </p><!--l. 3218--><p class="noindent" >If true (default), group formation (group header and group skip) will be
attempted if the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
id="dx1-15014"></a> key has been defined and set. Note that some styles
@@ -6424,7 +6461,7 @@
setting.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 3210--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 3227--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">leveloffset</span><a
id="dx1-15015"></a>. This key (new to v1.44) is designed for use with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>
@@ -6434,7 +6471,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>.
- </p><!--l. 3215--><p class="noindent" >The value may either be a simple integer ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 3232--><p class="noindent" >The value may either be a simple integer ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ to indicate assignment or in the
form <span
class="cmtt-10">++</span>⟨<span
@@ -6451,7 +6488,7 @@
it would be treated by the glossary style as though it was actually a
level 1 entry. (Remember that some styles don’t support hierarchical
glossaries.)
- </p><!--l. 3226--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group formation (if supported) will still occur between entries
+ </p><!--l. 3243--><p class="noindent" >Note that the group formation (if supported) will still occur between entries
that don’t have a parent, regardless of the level offset. This can cause odd
results but can be switched off with <span
class="cmss-10">groups</span><a
@@ -6458,12 +6495,12 @@
id="dx1-15016"></a>. See <a
href="https://dickimaw-books.com/gallery/index.php?label=bib2gls-inner" >Gallery: Inner or Nested
Glossaries</a> for an example.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 3250--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 3233--><p class="noindent" ><a
-href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.10.1 </span> <a
- id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h4>
-<!--l. 3236--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 3250--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11 </span> <a
+ id="sec:glosstylemods"></a>Glossary Style Modifications</h3>
+<!--l. 3253--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-16001"></a> package (more conveniently loaded through the
<span
@@ -6474,12 +6511,12 @@
provided with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. These modifications are described in more detail
in <a
-href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span
+href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:stylemods </a><a
-href="#x1-190002.10.1">The <span
+class="cmbx-10">2.11.3</span> </a><a
+href="#x1-190002.11.3">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 3243--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3260--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
id="dx1-16003"></a> package tries to determine the group title from its label by first
checking if <span
@@ -6500,7 +6537,7 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
which shouldn’t clash with another package. You can set the group title
using
-</p><!--l. 3255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-16006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -6507,7 +6544,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3257--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3274--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -6516,9 +6553,9 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-104">
\glsxtrsetgrouptitle{A}{A (a)}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3261--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
+<!--l. 3278--><p class="nopar" > This uses a global assignment. If you need to scope the change you can
use
-</p><!--l. 3264--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3281--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-16007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocalsetgrouptitle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -6525,12 +6562,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3266--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3268--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3283--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3285--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-170002.10.1"></a>Style Hooks</h5>
-<!--l. 3271--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span
+<!--l. 3285--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.1 </span> <a
+ id="sec:stylehooks"></a>Style Hooks</h4>
+<!--l. 3288--><p class="noindent" >The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-17001"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
@@ -6538,8 +6576,9 @@
account the <a
href="#catattr.glossname"><span
class="cmss-10">glossname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-17003"></a>, <span
-class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span><a
+ id="dx1-17003"></a>, <a
+href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span
+class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a
id="dx1-17004"></a>, <a
href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span
class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a
@@ -6550,25 +6589,25 @@
<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>). This means you can make simple font or case-changing
modifications to the name and description without defining a new glossary
style.
-</p><!--l. 3278--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.42.) The command <span
+</p><!--l. 3295--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.42.) The command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
id="dx1-17007"></a> is modified to take into
account the <a
href="#catattr.glosssymbolfont"><span
class="cmss-10">glosssymbolfont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-17008"></a>. Note that, unlike the above, there’s no corresponding
-attribute to change the case as it’s usually not appropriate to change the case of a
-symbol (and for some symbols, such as pictographs, there’s no concept of case). If
-<span
+ id="dx1-17008"></a> attribute. Note that, unlike the above, there’s no
+corresponding attribute to change the case as it’s usually not appropriate to change
+the case of a symbol (and for some symbols, such as pictographs, there’s no concept
+of case). If <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a
id="dx1-17009"></a> has been defined <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-17010"></a> will be defined to do:
-</p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-17010"></a> will be defined to
+do: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a
@@ -6585,12 +6624,12 @@
class="cmti-10"> code</span>⟩ part is robust and deals with the actual typesetting of the symbol.
The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">PDF</span>⟩ part is simply:
-<!--l. 3291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 3308--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3293--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3310--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined to just do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -6601,7 +6640,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrypdfsymbol </span>to use a more appropriate field. (If you do redefine this
command, remember that it needs to fully expand.)
-</p><!--l. 3300--><p class="indent" > For example, if you are using <span
+</p><!--l. 3317--><p class="indent" > For example, if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
id="dx1-17014"></a>, you could use the <span
class="cmss-10">symbolaccess</span><a
@@ -6614,7 +6653,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-105">
\renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentrysymbolaccess{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3304--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a
+<!--l. 3321--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, if you are using <a
id="dx1-17016"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> you can use the TeX parser library to
@@ -6630,7 +6669,7 @@
  replicate-fields={symbol=user1},
  interpret-fields={user1}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3311--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span
+<!--l. 3328--><p class="nopar" > This stores the interpreted value of the symbol in the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
id="dx1-17018"></a> field, so you can then
do:
@@ -6641,14 +6680,14 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-107">
\renewcommand{\glsentrypdfsymbol}[1]{\glsentryuseri{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3316--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> with this method.) This allows
+<!--l. 3333--><p class="nopar" > (You may need <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> with this method.) This allows
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol </span>to be used in a section heading with standalone definitions.
-</p><!--l. 3321--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span
+</p><!--l. 3338--><p class="indent" > If you want to adapt a style to use another field instead of <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-17019"></a>, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 3323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -6655,38 +6694,39 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3342--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves just like <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys <a
+class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>(that is, it obeys the <a
href="#catattr.glossname"><span
class="cmss-10">glossname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-17021"></a>, <a
+ id="dx1-17021"></a> attribute,
+uses either the <a
href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-17022"></a> or
-<span
-class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>and uses the post-name hook) but it uses the given ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ instead of
-<span
+ id="dx1-17022"></a> attribute or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>to format the text, and uses
+the post-name hook) but it uses the given ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ instead of <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
id="dx1-17023"></a>. The ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ argument must be the internal field name (for example <span
-class="cmtt-10">desc </span>rather
-than <span
+class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩
+argument must be the internal field name (for example <span
+class="cmtt-10">desc </span>rather than
+<span
class="cmtt-10">description</span>). See the key to field mappings table in the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user
manual.
-</p><!--l. 3334--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
+</p><!--l. 3351--><p class="indent" > There is a hook after <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-17024"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a
id="dx1-17025"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 3336--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3338--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3355--><p class="noindent" >
By default this checks the <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
@@ -6693,7 +6733,7 @@
id="dx1-17027"></a> attribute. If the attribute exists for the
category to which the label belongs, then the name is automatically indexed
using
-</p><!--l. 3343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 3360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname</span><a
id="dx1-17028"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -6702,13 +6742,13 @@
class="cmsy-10">{</span><span
class="cmtt-10">indexname</span><span
class="cmsy-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3344--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3361--><p class="noindent" >
See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:autoindex </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">8</span> </a><a
href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
-</p><!--l. 3348--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span
+</p><!--l. 3365--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.04, the post-name hook <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>will also use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span
@@ -6727,8 +6767,8 @@
\newcommand*{\glsxtrpostnamesymbol}{\space
 (\glsentrysymbol{\glscurrententrylabel})}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3359--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3361--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 3376--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
+</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
@@ -6735,7 +6775,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3363--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -6749,23 +6789,23 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3370--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
-</p><!--l. 3371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+<!--l. 3387--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.25, the post-name hook also does
+</p><!--l. 3388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsextrapostnamehook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3373--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3390--><p class="noindent" >
(before <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩) to allow for additional non-category related code.
This does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 3378--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
+</p><!--l. 3395--><p class="indent" > The post-description code used within the glossary is modified so that it also
does
-</p><!--l. 3380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdescription </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3382--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3399--><p class="noindent" >
This occurs before the original <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>, so if the <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
@@ -6773,7 +6813,7 @@
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
id="dx1-17033"></a>
option is used, it will be inserted before the terminating full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3387--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
+</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" > This new command will do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostdesc</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ if it exists, where
⟨<span
@@ -6787,7 +6827,7 @@
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
id="dx1-17035"></a>. For
convenience, as from v1.31, you can use
-</p><!--l. 3394--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefpostdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
@@ -6794,7 +6834,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3396--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3413--><p class="noindent" >
This is simply a shortcut for: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -6808,19 +6848,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div>
</div> Note that it doesn’t check if the command has already been defined.
-<!--l. 3403--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
+<!--l. 3420--><p class="indent" > Since both <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>set
-</p><!--l. 3404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3421--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-17037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3406--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3423--><p class="noindent" >
to the label for the current entry, you can use this within the definition of these
post-description hooks if you need to reference the label.
-</p><!--l. 3411--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
+</p><!--l. 3428--><p class="indent" > For example, suppose you want to insert the plural form in brackets after the
description in the glossary, but only for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
id="dx1-17038"></a> category, then you could
@@ -6833,10 +6873,10 @@
\renewcommand{\glsxtrpostdescgeneral}{\space
 (plural: \glsentryplural{\glscurrententrylabel})}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3417--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
+<!--l. 3434--><p class="nopar" > This means you don’t have to define a custom glossary style, which you may find
more complicated. (It also allows more flexibility if you decide to change the
underlying glossary style.)
-</p><!--l. 3422--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
+</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> This feature can’t be used for glossary styles that ignore <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>or if
you redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>without including <span
@@ -6847,29 +6887,30 @@
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a
id="dx1-17039"></a> option to suppress the terminating full stop.) See <a
-href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span
+href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:stylemods </a><a
-href="#x1-190002.10.1">The
+class="cmbx-10">2.11.3</span> </a><a
+href="#x1-190002.11.3">The
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a> to patch the predefined styles provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
that are missing <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3431--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3433--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3448--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-180002.10.1"></a>Number List</h5>
-<!--l. 3436--><p class="noindent" >The <a
+<!--l. 3450--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.2 </span> <a
+ id="sec:glosstylenumlist"></a>Number List</h4>
+<!--l. 3453--><p class="noindent" >The <a
id="dx1-18001"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> is now placed inside the argument of
-</p><!--l. 3437--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3454--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3439--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3456--><p class="noindent" >
This is internally used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>. The <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
@@ -6880,7 +6921,7 @@
id="dx1-18004"></a>number list, but it
still saves the <a
id="dx1-18005"></a>number list in case it’s required.
-</p><!--l. 3445--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a
+</p><!--l. 3462--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to suppress the <a
id="dx1-18006"></a>number list always use the <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
@@ -6887,13 +6928,13 @@
id="dx1-18007"></a> option
instead of redefining <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers </span>to do nothing. </div>
-</p><!--l. 3449--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3451--><p class="indent" > For example, to change the font for the entire <a
+</p><!--l. 3466--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3468--><p class="indent" > For example, to change the font for the entire <a
id="dx1-18008"></a>number list redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFormatLocationList </span>as appropriate. Don’t modify <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossaryentrynumbers</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3455--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a
+</p><!--l. 3472--><p class="indent" > Sometimes users like to insert “page” or “pages” in front of the <a
id="dx1-18009"></a>number list. This
is quite fiddly to do with the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, but <span
@@ -6900,7 +6941,7 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>provides a
way of doing this. First you need to enable this option and specify the text to display
using:
-</p><!--l. 3460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">page</span>⟩<span
@@ -6907,7 +6948,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">pages</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3462--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3479--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">page</span>⟩ is the text to display if the <a
id="dx1-18011"></a>number list only contains a single location and
@@ -6920,25 +6961,25 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-110">
\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag{Page: }{Pages: }
</pre>
-<!--l. 3468--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
-</p><!--l. 3471--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span
+<!--l. 3485--><p class="nopar" > An extra run is required when using this command.
+</p><!--l. 3488--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Use <span
class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>not <span
class="cmtt-10">@gobble </span>as the format if you want to suppress the page
number (and only index the entry once). </div>
-</p><!--l. 3474--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3476--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 3491--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3493--><p class="indent" > See the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-pages.tex</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3478--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
+</p><!--l. 3495--><p class="indent" > Note that <a
id="dx1-18012"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can be instructed to insert a prefix at the start of non-empty
location lists, which can be used as an alternative to <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnablePreLocationTag</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3482--><p class="indent" > <a
+</p><!--l. 3499--><p class="indent" > <a
id="dx1-18013"></a><a
href="#glo:locationlist">Location lists</a> displayed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>internally use
-</p><!--l. 3484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
@@ -6949,7 +6990,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3486--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3503--><p class="noindent" >
This command is provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, but is modified by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check
@@ -6958,8 +6999,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">)</span></span></span> which are discarded to
obtain the actual control sequence name that forms the location formatting
command.
-</p><!--l. 3493--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
-</p><!--l. 3494--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3510--><p class="indent" > If the range identifiers aren’t present, this just uses
+</p><!--l. 3511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
@@ -6966,9 +7007,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3496--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3513--><p class="noindent" >
otherwise it uses
-</p><!--l. 3498--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaystartloc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
@@ -6975,11 +7016,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3500--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3517--><p class="noindent" >
for the start of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩)
or
-</p><!--l. 3503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendloc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
@@ -6986,14 +7027,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3505--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="noindent" >
for the end of a range (where the identifier has been stripped from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 3509--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in
-</p><!--l. 3510--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3526--><p class="indent" > By default the start range command saves the format in
+</p><!--l. 3527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3512--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3529--><p class="noindent" >
and does <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7004,9 +7045,9 @@
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
(If the format is empty, it will be replaced with <span
class="cmtt-10">glsnumberformat</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 3520--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
+</p><!--l. 3537--><p class="indent" > The end command checks that the format matches the start of the range,
does
-</p><!--l. 3522--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+</p><!--l. 3539--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
id="dx1-18019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplayendlochook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
@@ -7013,7 +7054,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3524--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3541--><p class="noindent" >
(which does nothing by default), followed by <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysingleloc{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7027,7 +7068,7 @@
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
and then sets <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlocrangefmt </span>to empty.
-</p><!--l. 3531--><p class="indent" > This means that the list
+</p><!--l. 3548--><p class="indent" > This means that the list
@@ -7037,7 +7078,7 @@
\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{)textbf}{1}.
</pre>
-<!--l. 3536--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
+<!--l. 3553--><p class="nopar" > doesn’t display any differently from
@@ -7047,14 +7088,15 @@
\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1},
\glsnoidxdisplayloc{}{page}{textbf}{1}.
</pre>
-<!--l. 3542--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
+<!--l. 3559--><p class="nopar" > but it does make it easier to define your own custom list handler that can
accommodate the ranges.
-</p><!--l. 3546--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3563--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
- <h5 class="subsubsectionHead"><a
- id="x1-190002.10.1"></a>The <span
-class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h5>
-<!--l. 3549--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span
+<!--l. 3563--><p class="noindent" ><a
+href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">2.11.3 </span> <a
+ id="x1-190002.11.3"></a>The <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package</h4>
+<!--l. 3566--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.02, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>now includes the package <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
id="dx1-19001"></a> that
@@ -7071,7 +7113,7 @@
\usepackage{glossary-longragged}
\usepackage{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3558--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span
+<!--l. 3575--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively you can load <span
class="cmtt-10">glossary-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.sty </span>at the same time by passing ⟨<span
@@ -7087,7 +7129,7 @@
\usepackage{glossaries-extra}
\usepackage[longragged]{glossaries-extra-stylemods}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3566--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a
+<!--l. 3583--><p class="nopar" > Another option is to use the <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-19003"></a> key when you load <span
@@ -7104,7 +7146,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-115">
\usepackage[style=long3col,stylemods]{glossaries-extra}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3573--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a
+<!--l. 3590--><p class="nopar" > Or the value of <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
id="dx1-19005"></a> may be a comma-separated list of the style package
@@ -7116,7 +7158,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-116">
\usepackage[style=mcoltree,stylemods=mcols]{glossaries-extra}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3578--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
+<!--l. 3595--><p class="nopar" > Remember to group the value if it contains any commas:
@@ -7124,13 +7166,17 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-117">
\usepackage[stylemods={mcols,longbooktabs}]{glossaries-extra}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3582--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3584--><p class="indent" > Note that the <span
+<!--l. 3599--><p class="nopar" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 3601--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a
+ id="x1-200002.11.3"></a><span
+class="cmbx-10">Inline Style</span></span>
+ Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
- id="dx1-19006"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
+ id="dx1-20001"></a> style is dealt with slightly differently. The original definition
provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-inline</span><a
- id="dx1-19007"></a> package uses <span
+ id="dx1-20002"></a> package uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription </span>at the end of the
glossary (not after each entry description) within the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspostinline</span>.
@@ -7145,23 +7191,27 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glspostdescription</span>). This means that the
modified <span
class="cmss-10">inline</span><a
- id="dx1-19008"></a> style isn’t affected by the <a
+ id="dx1-20003"></a> style isn’t affected by the <a
href="#styopt.nopostdot"><span
class="cmss-10">nopostdot</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19009"></a> option, but the post-description
+ id="dx1-20004"></a> option, but the post-description
category hook can still be used.
-</p><!--l. 3598--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p>
+<!--l. 3617--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a
+ id="x1-210002.11.3"></a><span
+class="cmbx-10">Tabular Styles</span></span>
+ The <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-19010"></a><a
- id="dx1-19011"></a>-like styles, such as <span
+ id="dx1-21001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-21002"></a>-like styles, such as <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-19012"></a> are adjusted so that the <span
+ id="dx1-21003"></a> are adjusted so that the <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsnogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-19013"></a>
+ id="dx1-21004"></a>
conditional (set with <a
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19014"></a>) is moved outside of the definition of
+ id="dx1-21005"></a>) is moved outside of the definition of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid problems that cause an “Incomplete <span
class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error with
@@ -7171,21 +7221,21 @@
change this conditional using <span
class="cmtt-10">\setupglossaries </span>or using the <span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-19015"></a> option in
+ id="dx1-21006"></a> option in
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, you must also
reset the glossary style.
-</p><!--l. 3609--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span
+</p><!--l. 3630--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.21, the hard-coded <span
class="cmtt-10">\space </span>before the <a
- id="dx1-19016"></a><a
+ id="dx1-21007"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in many of
the predefined styles is replaced with
-</p><!--l. 3612--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19017"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-21008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3614--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3635--><p class="noindent" >
This just defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\space </span>but may be redefined as required. For example:
@@ -7195,85 +7245,130 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-118">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrprelocation}{\dotfill}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3619--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 3621--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 3640--><p class="nopar" >
+</p>
+<!--l. 3642--><p class="noindent" ><span class="paragraphHead"><a
+ id="x1-220002.11.3"></a><span
+class="cmbx-10">List Styles</span></span>
+ The <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-19018"></a> styles use
-</p><!--l. 3622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19019"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22001"></a> styles use
+</p><!--l. 3645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3624--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 3626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3649--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3628--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3651--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 3631--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
+</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, the description (including the post-description hook) is governed
by:
-</p><!--l. 3633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3635--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3658--><p class="noindent" >
for the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-19022"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-22005"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
- id="dx1-19023"></a> styles (but not the <span
+ id="dx1-22006"></a> styles (but not the <span
class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
- id="dx1-19024"></a> variations).
-</p><!--l. 3639--><p class="indent" > For just the <span
+ id="dx1-22007"></a> variations).
+</p><!--l. 3662--><p class="indent" > As from v1.47, the item is governed by:
+</p><!--l. 3663--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22008"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslistitem{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3665--><p class="noindent" >
+The <span
+class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
+ id="dx1-22009"></a> styles use:
+</p><!--l. 3667--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22010"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsaltlistitem{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3669--><p class="noindent" >
+which internally uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslistitem</span>. The header item (for the list styles that should
+the group title) is governed by:
+</p><!--l. 3672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22011"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupheaderitem{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">group-label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">header code</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3674--><p class="noindent" >
+This ignores the ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">group-label</span>⟩ by default and simply places the second argument in the
+optional argument of <span
+class="cmtt-10">\item</span>. The ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">header code</span>⟩ is the formatted group title,
+possibly including a hypertarget. The spacing after the group item is given
+by:
+</p><!--l. 3679--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22012"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupafterheader </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 3681--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3683--><p class="indent" > For just the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-19025"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span
+ id="dx1-22013"></a> style and its letter group variations (not the <span
class="cmss-10">altlist</span><a
- id="dx1-19026"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-22014"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">listdotted</span><a
- id="dx1-19027"></a>
+ id="dx1-22015"></a>
variations) the <a
- id="dx1-19028"></a><a
+ id="dx1-22016"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> for child entries is followed by
-</p><!--l. 3642--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19029"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3686--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistchildpostlocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3644--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to a full stop.
-</p><!--l. 3647--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="indent" > The default value of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistdottedwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-19030"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start
+ id="dx1-22018"></a> is changed so that it’s set at the start
of the document (if it hasn’t been changed in the preamble). This should
take into account situations where <span
class="cmtt-10">\hsize </span>isn’t set until the start of the
document.
-</p><!--l. 3652--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a
+</p><!--l. 3696--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups (if not <a
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19031"></a>) is now given by:
-</p><!--l. 3654--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19032"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22019"></a>) is now given by:
+</p><!--l. 3698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslistgroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3656--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\indexspace </span>with penalties to deter page breaks. This command
isn’t used if <a
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19033"></a> is set.
-</p><!--l. 3661--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ id="dx1-22021"></a> is set.
+</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19034"></a> package introduced new commands in v4.22, <span
+ id="dx1-22022"></a> package introduced new commands in v4.22, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-19035"></a>
+ id="dx1-22023"></a>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-19036"></a>, which are used to format the letter group
+ id="dx1-22024"></a>, which are used to format the letter group
headings and the navigation elements for the appropriate styles. These two
new commands are defined in terms of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span><a
- id="dx1-19037"></a> since that was
+ id="dx1-22025"></a> since that was
the command originally used for the group headings and navigation. This
now allows these different elements to be defined independently, but the
most common redefinition is for <span
@@ -7283,17 +7378,14 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>has been defined, as from v1.31 <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-19038"></a>
+ id="dx1-22026"></a>
defines:
-</p><!--l. 3674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19039"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3718--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 3676--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3720--><p class="noindent" >
which simply does <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
@@ -7304,48 +7396,51 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenavigationfmt </span>all in terms of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3682--><p class="indent" > This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only
+</p><!--l. 3726--><p class="indent" > This means that if you want to change all three to use a particular style you only
need to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedefaultnamefmt</span>, but if you only want to redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt </span>without affecting the other two commands, then you now
can.
-</p><!--l. 3688--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups without headers is given by:
-</p><!--l. 3689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19040"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3732--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups without headers is given by:
+</p><!--l. 3733--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3691--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3735--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\indexspace</span><a
- id="dx1-19041"></a> without penalties. This command isn’t
+ id="dx1-22029"></a> without penalties. This command isn’t
used if <a
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19042"></a> is set. (The penalties introduced in v1.41 were moved to
+ id="dx1-22030"></a> is set. (The penalties introduced in v1.41 were moved to
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeheadergroupskip </span>in v1.42 as they are inappropriate when there’s no
header.)
-</p><!--l. 3697--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from
+</p><!--l. 3741--><p class="indent" > The separator between groups with headers is now given by (as from
v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 3698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19043"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderskip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3700--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3744--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupskip </span>with penalties to deter page breaks after the
group heading.
-</p><!--l. 3704--><p class="indent" > The styles that display the group titles now use:
-</p><!--l. 3705--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19044"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3748--><p class="indent" > The styles that display the group titles now use:
+</p><!--l. 3749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreePreHeader{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3707--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the group label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is the group title. This does nothing by
+
+
+
default and is inserted before the group title. You can redefine it to add the group
title to the PDF bookmarks. For example, if the glossary title uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\chapter</span>
@@ -7359,129 +7454,129 @@
 \pdfbookmark[1]{#2}{\currentglossary.#1}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 3717--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span
+<!--l. 3761--><p class="nopar" > will insert section-level bookmarks. The use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>helps to provide
unique bookmark labels in the event of multiple glossaries.
-</p><!--l. 3722--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3766--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19045"></a> package provides the commands
-</p><!--l. 3723--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19046"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-22033"></a> package provides the commands
+</p><!--l. 3767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreepredesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3725--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3769--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 3727--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19047"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildpredesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3729--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3773--><p class="noindent" >
(which both default to a space) and uses them in the <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19048"></a>-like styles, but not for the
+ id="dx1-22036"></a>-like styles, but not for the
<span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19049"></a> style. The <span
+ id="dx1-22037"></a> style. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-19050"></a> package modifies the <span
+ id="dx1-22038"></a> package modifies the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19051"></a> style so that it
+ id="dx1-22039"></a> style so that it
has equivalent hooks:
-</p><!--l. 3734--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19052"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreepredesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3736--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 3738--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19053"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsalttreechildpredesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3740--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3784--><p class="noindent" >
These do nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 3743--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-19054"></a>-like and <span
+ id="dx1-22042"></a>-like and <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19055"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a
- id="dx1-19056"></a><a
+ id="dx1-22043"></a>-like styles insert the pre-<a
+ id="dx1-22044"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> space with
-</p><!--l. 3745--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19057"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3747--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3791--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation</span>) for top-level items and
-</p><!--l. 3749--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19058"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3751--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>) for child items.
-</p><!--l. 3754--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span
+</p><!--l. 3798--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package also provides:
-</p><!--l. 3756--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19059"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamedesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3758--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3802--><p class="noindent" >
which is used by the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-19060"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
+ id="dx1-22048"></a> styles to display the pre-description separator, the
description and the post-description hook. Similarly for the symbol:
-</p><!--l. 3762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19061"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3806--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamesymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3764--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3808--><p class="noindent" >
The above are just used for top-level entries. Child entries don’t have the name or
symbol displayed for the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-19062"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child
+ id="dx1-22050"></a> styles, so there’s only a command for the child
description:
-</p><!--l. 3768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19063"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3812--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenonamechilddesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3770--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3814--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3772--><p class="indent" > For the <span
+</p><!--l. 3816--><p class="indent" > For the <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19064"></a> styles (but not the <span
+ id="dx1-22052"></a> styles (but not the <span
class="cmss-10">treenoname</span><a
- id="dx1-19065"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-22053"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19066"></a> styles), the description is
+ id="dx1-22054"></a> styles), the description is
displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 3774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19067"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22055"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3776--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="noindent" >
and the symbol with:
-</p><!--l. 3778--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19068"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3822--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22056"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3780--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3824--><p class="noindent" >
Again the above two commands are just for top-level entries. The child entries
use:
-</p><!--l. 3783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19069"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3785--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3829--><p class="noindent" >
for the description and
-</p><!--l. 3787--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19070"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3831--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildsymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3789--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3833--><p class="noindent" >
for the symbol. As from version 1.41, there are now wrapper commands
for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreedesc </span>and <span
@@ -7488,69 +7583,69 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechilddesc </span>that check for the description
and symbol to determine what separator to use before the page list. These
are:
-</p><!--l. 3795--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19071"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeDescLoc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3797--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3799--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19072"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22060"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeChildDescLoc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3801--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3845--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 3804--><p class="indent" > If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span
+</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="indent" > If either the symbol or description is present these will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeprelocation</span>
or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreechildprelocation</span>, respectively. Otherwise, both will use (from
v1.42):
-</p><!--l. 3807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19073"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3851--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreeNoDescSymbolPreLocation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3809--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3853--><p class="noindent" >
The default is a space. This means that you could have, say, a comma followed by a
space for terms that are simply an alias, but just have a space for terms that have a
description that ends with a full stop (or that just have a symbol without a
description) where the comma would be inappropriate.
-</p><!--l. 3816--><p class="indent" > Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that
+</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="indent" > Note that version 1.42 has corrected an error that was introduced to v1.41 that
caused the name to run into the location list if there was no symbol and no
description.
-</p><!--l. 3820--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span
+</p><!--l. 3864--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.05, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>package provides some
additional commands for use with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19074"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
+ id="dx1-22062"></a> style to make it easier to modify. These
commands are only defined if the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19075"></a> package has already been loaded,
+ id="dx1-22063"></a> package has already been loaded,
which is typically the case unless the <a
href="#styopt.notree"><span
class="cmss-10">notree</span></a><a
- id="dx1-19076"></a> option has been used when loading
+ id="dx1-22064"></a> option has been used when loading
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>.
-</p><!--l. 3828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19077"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3830--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3874--><p class="noindent" >
(New to version 1.21.) This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>(provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19078"></a>) but
+ id="dx1-22066"></a>) but
performs a global assignment.
-</p><!--l. 3835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19079"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3879--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7559,112 +7654,112 @@
-</p><!--l. 3837--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3881--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>but performs a protected expansion on ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩. This has a
localised effect. For a global setting, use
-</p><!--l. 3841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19080"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3885--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xglssetwidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3843--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3887--><p class="noindent" >
The following only set the value if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is wider than the current value (new to
version 1.23). Local update:
-</p><!--l. 3846--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19081"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22069"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3848--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3892--><p class="noindent" >
Global update:
-</p><!--l. 3850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19082"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3852--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3896--><p class="noindent" >
Locale update (expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩):
-</p><!--l. 3854--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19083"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3898--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3856--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3900--><p class="noindent" >
Global update (expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩):
-</p><!--l. 3858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19084"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3902--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xglsupdatewidest[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3860--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3863--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
-</p><!--l. 3864--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19085"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3904--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3907--><p class="indent" > The widest entry value can later be retrieved using
+</p><!--l. 3908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestname </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3866--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="noindent" >
for the top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19086"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetwidestsubname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3870--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3914--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the level number.
-</p><!--l. 3873--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a
- id="dx1-19087"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > Note that if you are using <a
+ id="dx1-22075"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can use the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">set-widest</span>
which will try to determine the widest name of all the selected entries. This isn’t
guaranteed to work as it may depend on fonts or commands that <a
- id="dx1-19088"></a><span
+ id="dx1-22076"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>
can’t replicate, but it should be suitable for names that just consist of text,
and can be more efficient than iterating over all the defined entries using
TeX.
-</p><!--l. 3881--><p class="indent" > The command <span
+</p><!--l. 3925--><p class="indent" > The command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfindwidesttoplevelname </span>provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-19089"></a> has a
+ id="dx1-22077"></a> has a
CamelCase synonym:
-</p><!--l. 3883--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19090"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3927--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3885--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3929--><p class="noindent" >
Similar commands are also provided:
-</p><!--l. 3887--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19091"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3889--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" >
This has an additional check that the entry has been used. Naturally this is only
useful if the glossaries that use the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19092"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
+ id="dx1-22080"></a> style occur at the end of the document.
This command should be placed just before the start of the glossary. (Alternatively,
place it at the end of the document and save the value in the auxiliary file for the
next run.)
-</p><!--l. 3897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19093"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22081"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
@@ -7671,38 +7766,38 @@
-</p><!--l. 3899--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3943--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but if doesn’t check the <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-19094"></a> key. This is useful if
+ id="dx1-22082"></a> key. This is useful if
all levels should have the same width for the name.
-</p><!--l. 3904--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19095"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyName[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3906--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3950--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19096"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22084"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3912--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3956--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedTopLevelName </span>but also sets the first two sub-levels
as well. Any entry that has a great-grandparent is ignored.
-</p><!--l. 3917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19097"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3961--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22085"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestLevelTwo[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3919--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19098"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22086"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7709,23 +7804,23 @@
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3926--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyName </span>but also measures the symbol. The length
of the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 3931--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19099"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22087"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbol[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3933--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3977--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19100"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22088"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7735,22 +7830,22 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3940--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3984--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbol </span>but also measures the <a
- id="dx1-19101"></a><a
+ id="dx1-22089"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
This requires <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-19102"></a> (see the <span
+ id="dx1-22090"></a> (see the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual). The length of
the widest symbol is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">symbol register</span>⟩ and the length of the widest <a
- id="dx1-19103"></a>number
+ id="dx1-22091"></a>number
list is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 3948--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19104"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22092"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameSymbolLocation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7760,11 +7855,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3951--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 3995--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but it doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19105"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 3999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22093"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameLocation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7771,62 +7866,62 @@
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3958--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestUsedAnyNameSymbolLocation </span>but doesn’t measure the
symbol. The length of the widest <a
- id="dx1-19106"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-22094"></a>number list is stored in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 3963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19107"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22095"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsFindWidestAnyNameLocation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">register</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3966--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4010--><p class="noindent" >
This is like the previous command but doesn’t check if the entry has been
used.
-</p><!--l. 3970--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a
- id="dx1-19108"></a>number list is governed by
+</p><!--l. 4014--><p class="indent" > The layout of the symbol, description and <a
+ id="dx1-22096"></a>number list is governed by
-</p><!--l. 3972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19109"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4016--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22097"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSymbolDescLocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3974--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4018--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 3976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19110"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22098"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeSubSymbolDescLocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">number list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3978--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4022--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries.
-</p><!--l. 3981--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span
+</p><!--l. 4025--><p class="indent" > There is now a user level command that performs the initialisation for the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19111"></a>
+ id="dx1-22099"></a>
style:
-</p><!--l. 3983--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19112"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22100"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralttreeInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3985--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3987--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
+</p><!--l. 4029--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4031--><p class="indent" > The paragraph indent for subsequent paragraphs in multi-paragraph descriptions
is provided by the length
-</p><!--l. 3989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-19113"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-22101"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrAltTreeIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 3991--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 3993--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span
+</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4037--><p class="indent" > For additional commands that are available with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-19114"></a> style,
+ id="dx1-22102"></a> style,
see the documented code (<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>). See also the
accompanying sample files <span
@@ -7838,11 +7933,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 4000--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 4000--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4044--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 4044--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">3. <a
id="newglossarystyles"></a>New Glossary Styles</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4002--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4046--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with some new styles. The associated style
package needs to be loaded. This can be done with <span
class="cmtt-10">\usepackage </span>but it’s simpler to
@@ -7849,21 +7944,21 @@
use the <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
- id="dx1-20001"></a> option.
+ id="dx1-23001"></a> option.
</p>
-<!--l. 4007--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4051--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.1 </span> <a
- id="x1-210003.1"></a><span
+ id="x1-240003.1"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 4010--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span
+<!--l. 4054--><p class="noindent" >As from v1.21, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>has a new supplementary package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21001"></a>
+ id="dx1-24001"></a>
which provides the glossary style <span
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21002"></a>. This is very similar to the <span
+ id="dx1-24002"></a>. This is very similar to the <span
class="cmss-10">mcolindexgroup</span><a
- id="dx1-21003"></a>
+ id="dx1-24003"></a>
style but is designed for indexes, so by default only the name and location list
are displayed. You can either load this package explicitly and then set the
style:
@@ -7876,12 +7971,12 @@
\usepackage{glossary-bookindex}
\setglossarystyle{bookindex}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4020--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a
+<!--l. 4064--><p class="nopar" > or use both the <a
href="#styopt.stylemods"><span
class="cmss-10">stylemods</span></a><a
- id="dx1-21004"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-24004"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-21005"></a> options:
+ id="dx1-24005"></a> options:
@@ -7889,38 +7984,38 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-121">
\usepackage[stylemods=bookindex,style=bookindex]{glossaries-extra}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4024--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+<!--l. 4068--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level,
+ id="dx1-24006"></a> style only supports a maximum hierarchical level of 2 (top-level,
level 1 and level 2). It’s primarily designed for use with <a
- id="dx1-21007"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24007"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. It may be used
with other indexing options, but some features may not be present and UTF-8
characters may cause a problem with non-Unicode engines in letter group
headings or PDF bookmarks. (<a
- id="dx1-21008"></a><span
+ id="dx1-24008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>uses numeric identifies by default to
avoid these problems. If numbers show up in the group headings instead of
the appropriate characters, check that you have used the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-21009"></a> package
+ id="dx1-24009"></a> package
option.)
-</p><!--l. 4035--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by
-</p><!--l. 4036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21010"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4079--><p class="indent" > The number of columns is given by
+</p><!--l. 4080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcols </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4038--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4082--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to 2.
-</p><!--l. 4041--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span
+</p><!--l. 4085--><p class="indent" > This style uses the <span
class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
- id="dx1-21011"></a><a
- id="dx1-21012"></a> environment. If the command
-</p><!--l. 4043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21013"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24011"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24012"></a> environment. If the command
+</p><!--l. 4087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexcolspread </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4045--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4089--><p class="noindent" >
isn’t empty then it’s supplied as the optional argument following <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\begin{multicols}</span></span></span>
<span
@@ -7928,15 +8023,15 @@
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. You can switch from <span
class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
- id="dx1-21014"></a><a
- id="dx1-21015"></a> to <span
+ id="dx1-24014"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24015"></a> to <span
class="cmss-10">multicols*</span><a
- id="dx1-21016"></a><a
- id="dx1-21017"></a> by redefining
-</p><!--l. 4049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21018"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24016"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24017"></a> by redefining
+</p><!--l. 4093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4051--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4095--><p class="noindent" >
For example
@@ -7945,14 +8040,14 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-122">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrbookindexmulticolsenv}{multicols*}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4055--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4057--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using
-</p><!--l. 4058--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21019"></a> <span
+<!--l. 4099--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4101--><p class="indent" > Each top-level entry is displayed using
+</p><!--l. 4102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4060--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4104--><p class="noindent" >
where the entry is identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩. This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span
@@ -7969,7 +8064,7 @@
 \ifglshassymbol{#1}{\space (\glossentrysymbol{#1})}{}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4069--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
+<!--l. 4113--><p class="nopar" > or if you want the description (if set):
@@ -7980,30 +8075,30 @@
 \ifglshasdesc{#1}{\space \glossentrydesc{#1}\glspostdescription}{}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4076--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
-</p><!--l. 4079--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
+<!--l. 4120--><p class="nopar" > (which picks up the post-description hook).
+</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostname</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩ hook to append
information after the name according to the entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 4083--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using
-</p><!--l. 4084--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4127--><p class="indent" > Sub-entries are displayed using
+</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4086--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4130--><p class="noindent" >
which just defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4089--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
+</p><!--l. 4133--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for top-level entries is given
by
-</p><!--l. 4091--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4093--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4137--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This checks if the <span
class="cmtt-10">location </span>field has been set. If it
@@ -8015,71 +8110,71 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-125">
,\glsxtrprelocation
</pre>
-<!--l. 4099--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span
+<!--l. 4143--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprelocation </span>(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\space</span>). If you’re not
using <a
- id="dx1-21022"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24022"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, the <span
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
- id="dx1-21023"></a> field won’t be set.
-</p><!--l. 4104--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4106--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21024"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-24023"></a> field won’t be set.
+</p><!--l. 4148--><p class="indent" > The separator used before the location list for sub-entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4150--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubprelocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4108--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4152--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexprelocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4111--><p class="indent" > The actual location list is encapsulated with:
-</p><!--l. 4112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4155--><p class="indent" > The actual location list is encapsulated with:
+</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4114--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="noindent" >
for top-level entries and
-</p><!--l. 4116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21026"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4160--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsublocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4118--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4162--><p class="noindent" >
for sub-entries. These both just do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location list</span>⟩ by default.
-</p><!--l. 4121--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 4165--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a top-level parent and child entry is given
by
-</p><!--l. 4123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21027"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4125--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4169--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopagebreak</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4128--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
+</p><!--l. 4172--><p class="indent" > The separator used between a sub-level parent and child entry is given
by
-</p><!--l. 4130--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4174--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentsubchildsep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4132--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4176--><p class="noindent" >
This defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexparentchildsep</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4135--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4136--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21029"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4179--><p class="indent" > The separator between top-level entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4180--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbetween{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4138--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4182--><p class="noindent" >
This comes after the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label1</span>⟩, if the entry has no children, or after the
last descendent otherwise, so it always comes immediately before the entry given by
@@ -8086,27 +8181,27 @@
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label2</span>⟩ unless the entry occurs at the start of a group. This does nothing by
default.
-</p><!--l. 4145--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21030"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4189--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 1 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4190--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubbetween{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4148--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4150--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by
-</p><!--l. 4151--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21031"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4192--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4194--><p class="indent" > The separator between two level 2 entries is given by
+</p><!--l. 4195--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubbetween{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4153--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4197--><p class="noindent" >
At the end of each letter group, the following hooks are done in order:
-</p><!--l. 4156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21032"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4200--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">sub-sub-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -8113,27 +8208,27 @@
-</p><!--l. 4158--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4159--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21033"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4202--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4203--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubatendgroup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">sub-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4161--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 4162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21034"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4205--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexatendgroup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4164--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4208--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sub-sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 2 entry, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">sub-label</span>⟩ is the label of the
last level 1 entry and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the label of the last level 0 entry.
-</p><!--l. 4170--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span
+</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" > For example, the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">seealso=omit </span>instructs <a
- id="dx1-21035"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24035"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to omit the
<span
@@ -8168,7 +8263,7 @@
  \glsxtrbookindexsubsubatendgroup{#1}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4200--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
+<!--l. 4244--><p class="nopar" > This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubitem </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreesubsubitem </span>to indent the cross-reference
according to the next level down, so the cross-reference for a top-level entry is aligned
@@ -8176,25 +8271,25 @@
sub-sub-entries. In the event that a level 2 entry has a cross-reference, this is
indented a bit further (but it won’t be aligned with any deeper level as the <span
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21036"></a>
+ id="dx1-24036"></a>
style only supports a maximum of two sub-levels).
-</p><!--l. 4211--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">bookindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21037"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a
- id="dx1-21038"></a><a
+ id="dx1-24037"></a> style uses group headings. (If you use <a
+ id="dx1-24038"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> remember to invoke
it with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span> switch.) The heading will use
-</p><!--l. 4214--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21039"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexbookmark{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">group title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4216--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>has been defined, this will use that command to bookmark the
group title. If <a
@@ -8201,18 +8296,18 @@
href="#styopt.section"><span
class="cmss-10">section</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=chapter</span><a
- id="dx1-21040"></a> is set (default if chapters are defined) then this
+ id="dx1-24040"></a> is set (default if chapters are defined) then this
uses level 1 otherwise it uses level 2. You can redefine this command if this
isn’t appropriate. If <span
class="cmtt-10">\pdfbookmark </span>hasn’t been defined, this command does
nothin.
-</p><!--l. 4224--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 4225--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21041"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4268--><p class="indent" > The group heading is formatted according to
+</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexformatheader{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">group title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4227--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="noindent" >
which is defined as
@@ -8223,58 +8318,58 @@
  \par{\centering\glstreegroupheaderfmt{#1}\par}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4233--><p class="nopar" > where <span
+<!--l. 4277--><p class="nopar" > where <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreegroupheaderfmt </span>is provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-21042"></a> package, which is
+ id="dx1-24042"></a> package, which is
automatically loaded. Note that the entry names aren’t encapsulated with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstreenamefmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4239--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 4283--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-bookindex</span><a
- id="dx1-21043"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that
+ id="dx1-24043"></a> package provides some supplementary commands that
aren’t used by default, but may be used when adjusting the style. These commands
should only be used within one of the <span
class="cmtt-10">\print</span><span
class="cmtt-10">…glossary </span>commands. (That is, they
should only be used in glossary styles.)
-</p><!--l. 4244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21044"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexmarkentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4246--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4290--><p class="noindent" >
This writes information to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file that can be read on the next run to obtain
the first and last entry on each page of the glossary.
-</p><!--l. 4251--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 4253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21045"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4295--><p class="indent" > You can display the first entry associated with the current page using:
+</p><!--l. 4297--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4255--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4299--><p class="noindent" >
and the last entry associated with the current page using:
-</p><!--l. 4258--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21046"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmark </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4260--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4304--><p class="noindent" >
These do nothing if there are no entries marked on the current page (or if the
document build isn’t up to date).
-</p><!--l. 4264--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using:
-</p><!--l. 4265--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21047"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4308--><p class="indent" > The entry is formatted using:
+</p><!--l. 4309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexfirstmarkfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4267--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4311--><p class="noindent" >
for the first instance and
-</p><!--l. 4269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-21048"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-24048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexlastmarkfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4271--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4315--><p class="noindent" >
for the last.
-</p><!--l. 4274--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
+</p><!--l. 4318--><p class="indent" > These commands are designed for use in page headers or footers where the page
number is stable. For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname </span>can be redefined to mark the
current entry:
@@ -8288,7 +8383,7 @@
  \glossentryname{#1}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4282--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
+<!--l. 4326--><p class="nopar" > If you only want to mark the top-level entries, remember to redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexsubname </span>as it defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbookindexname</span>:
@@ -8301,10 +8396,10 @@
  \glossentryname{#1}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4290--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4292--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span
+<!--l. 4334--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4336--><p class="indent" > Then if you’re using <span
class="cmss-10">fancyhdr</span><a
- id="dx1-21049"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last
+ id="dx1-24049"></a> you can set the page style to show the first and last
entry for the current page with:
@@ -8317,35 +8412,35 @@
  \cfoot{}%
  \rfoot{\glsxtrbookindexlastmark}%
</pre>
-<!--l. 4300--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4344--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4346--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4302--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4346--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.2 </span> <a
- id="x1-220003.2"></a><span
+ id="x1-250003.2"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 4305--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span
+<!--l. 4349--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.37, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a
- id="dx1-22001"></a> that provides additional styles, listed below, that use the
+ id="dx1-25001"></a> that provides additional styles, listed below, that use the
<span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22002"></a><a
- id="dx1-22003"></a> environment. If you know that your glossary won’t span more than a page
+ id="dx1-25002"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25003"></a> environment. If you know that your glossary won’t span more than a page
and you need to use it in a context that’s incompatible with <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22004"></a><a
- id="dx1-22005"></a>, you can
+ id="dx1-25004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25005"></a>, you can
instead setup these styles to use <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22006"></a><a
- id="dx1-22007"></a> instead. In order to do this you must
+ id="dx1-25006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25007"></a> instead. In order to do this you must
use
-</p><!--l. 4312--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22008"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4314--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4358--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmti-10">before the style is set</span>. For example:
@@ -8356,7 +8451,7 @@
\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
\setglossarystyle{long-name-desc}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4319--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 4363--><p class="nopar" > or
@@ -8365,52 +8460,52 @@
\GlsLongExtraUseTabulartrue
\printunsrtglossary[style={long-name-desc}]
</pre>
-<!--l. 4324--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
-</p><!--l. 4327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22009"></a> <span
+<!--l. 4368--><p class="nopar" > If you use this setting, you can change the default vertical alignment with:
+</p><!--l. 4371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraTabularVAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4373--><p class="noindent" >
The default definition is <span
class="cmtt-10">c</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4332--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22010"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > The column titles are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4379--><p class="noindent" >
which simply does <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 4338--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4382--><p class="indent" > The name column has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span><a
- id="dx1-22011"></a> and the column alignment is
+ id="dx1-25011"></a> and the column alignment is
given by:
-</p><!--l. 4340--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22012"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4342--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4386--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to <span
class="cmtt-10">l </span>(left) by default.
-</p><!--l. 4345--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4389--><p class="indent" > The symbol column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span><a
- id="dx1-22013"></a> and
+ id="dx1-25013"></a> and
the column alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4347--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22014"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4349--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4393--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to <span
class="cmtt-10">c </span>(centred) by default.
-</p><!--l. 4352--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4396--><p class="indent" > The location list column (where applicable) has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\pagelistname</span><a
- id="dx1-22015"></a>
+ id="dx1-25015"></a>
and the column alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22016"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to
@@ -8419,20 +8514,20 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-133">
>{\raggedright}p{\glspagelistwidth}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4360--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
+<!--l. 4404--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-22017"></a> is defined in <span
+ id="dx1-25017"></a> is defined in <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-22018"></a>,
+ id="dx1-25018"></a>,
which is automatically loaded.)
-</p><!--l. 4364--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span
+</p><!--l. 4408--><p class="indent" > The description column has the title given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\descriptionname</span><a
- id="dx1-22019"></a> and the column
+ id="dx1-25019"></a> and the column
alignment is given by:
-</p><!--l. 4366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescAlign </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="noindent" >
which expands to
@@ -8441,22 +8536,22 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-134">
>{\raggedright}p{\glsdescwidth}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4372--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
+<!--l. 4416--><p class="nopar" > by default. (Ragged-right paragraph, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span><a
- id="dx1-22021"></a> is defined in <span
+ id="dx1-25021"></a> is defined in <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-long</span><a
- id="dx1-22022"></a>,
+ id="dx1-25022"></a>,
which is automatically loaded.)
-</p><!--l. 4376--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span
+</p><!--l. 4420--><p class="indent" > Unlike the long styles provided by the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, these new styles try
to determine the value of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>at the start of the glossary according to the
number of columns provided by the style. The calculations are performed by the
following commands:
-</p><!--l. 4381--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22023"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4383--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="noindent" >
This is used by the styles that have a name and description column. The value of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is computed as:
@@ -8465,7 +8560,7 @@
<img
src="glossaries-extra-manual0x.png" alt="\glsdescwidth = \linewidth- 4\tabcolsep- W
" class="math-display" /></div>
-<!--l. 4389--><p class="indent" > where <span
+<!--l. 4433--><p class="indent" > where <span
class="cmmi-10">W </span>is a guess at the width of the name column. This is first set to the width
of the name column header: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -8479,55 +8574,55 @@
</div>
</div> If any names in that column are larger than this, then you need to specify the widest
name using:
-<!--l. 4396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22024"></a> <span
+<!--l. 4440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetWidest{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">widest name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4398--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4442--><p class="noindent" >
or
-</p><!--l. 4400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidest{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4402--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4446--><p class="noindent" >
These work like the analogous commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsupdatewidest</span>
provided with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-22026"></a> style, but in this case there’s no hierarchy. The default
+ id="dx1-25026"></a> style, but in this case there’s no hierarchy. The default
widest name is obtained from the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-22027"></a> top-level name if set, otherwise it’s empty,
+ id="dx1-25027"></a> top-level name if set, otherwise it’s empty,
so you can use <a
- id="dx1-22028"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25028"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span
class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option. If you have the entry counter enabled,
you will need to include this with the name for the extra material to be taken into
account.
-</p><!--l. 4412--><p class="indent" > The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
+</p><!--l. 4456--><p class="indent" > The name isn’t shown for child entries by default, but if you change this and you
want to use <a
- id="dx1-22029"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25029"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span
class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>option (for <a
- id="dx1-22030"></a><span
+ id="dx1-25030"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+) then you need to
redefine:
-</p><!--l. 4416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22031"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraUpdateWidestChild{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4418--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4462--><p class="noindent" >
This does nothing by default, but if you are including the child names then you need
to redefine this command:
@@ -8539,8 +8634,8 @@
 \glslongextraUpdateWidest{#2}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4425--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4427--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
+<!--l. 4469--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" > If you prefer to set an explicit width for the description column then you need to
redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth</span>. For example:
@@ -8552,14 +8647,14 @@
  \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{0.6\linewidth}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4434--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4436--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span
+<!--l. 4478--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a name, symbol and description, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set
with:
-</p><!--l. 4438--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22032"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4440--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4484--><p class="noindent" >
This first uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8577,7 +8672,7 @@
  \addtolength{\glsdescwidth}{-3cm}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4451--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 4495--><p class="nopar" > or
@@ -8587,14 +8682,14 @@
  \setlength{\glsdescwidth}{.5\linewidth}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4457--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 4459--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span
+<!--l. 4501--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description and location column, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>
is set using:
-</p><!--l. 4461--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22033"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4505--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4463--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4507--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8604,13 +8699,13 @@
both <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>if appropriate.
-</p><!--l. 4469--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
+</p><!--l. 4513--><p class="indent" > For the styles that have a name, description, symbol and location column,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth </span>is set using:
-</p><!--l. 4471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22034"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymLocSetDescWidth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4473--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4517--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymSetDescWidth </span>and then subtracts 2<span
class="cmtt-10">\tabcolsep </span>and
@@ -8618,13 +8713,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glspagelistwidth </span>from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdescwidth</span>. Again, you can redefine this command to
explicitly set both lengths.
-</p><!--l. 4479--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4480--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22035"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="indent" > In all cases, the top-level name is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4482--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" >
This does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -8641,51 +8736,51 @@
</div>
</div> which includes the entry counter (if enabled), the target and the post-name
link.
-<!--l. 4489--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22036"></a> <span
+<!--l. 4533--><p class="indent" > The top-level description is formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4534--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4492--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="noindent" >
This does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description hook.
-</p><!--l. 4496--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
-</p><!--l. 4497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22037"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4540--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a symbol column format the symbol using:
+</p><!--l. 4541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4499--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4543--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 4502--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
-</p><!--l. 4503--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22038"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4546--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list using:
+</p><!--l. 4547--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">locations</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4505--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4549--><p class="noindent" >
This just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the label.
-</p><!--l. 4508--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4509--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22039"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4552--><p class="indent" > The child entries have their name formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4553--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubNameFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4511--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4555--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">level</span>⟩ is the hierarchical level. This defaults to: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -8701,35 +8796,35 @@
</div>
</div> This includes the sub-entry counter (if enabled) and the target but doesn’t show the
name. The child description is formatted according to:
-<!--l. 4518--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22040"></a> <span
+<!--l. 4562--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubDescFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4520--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4564--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
-</p><!--l. 4523--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
-</p><!--l. 4524--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22041"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4567--><p class="indent" > The child symbol is formatted (where appropriate) according to:
+</p><!--l. 4568--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4526--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4570--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymbolFmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 4529--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
+</p><!--l. 4573--><p class="indent" > The styles that have a location list column format the list for child entries
using:
-</p><!--l. 4531--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22042"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSubLocationFmt</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -8737,24 +8832,24 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">locations</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4533--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4577--><p class="noindent" >
This just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">locations</span>⟩ and ignores the level and label.
-</p><!--l. 4536--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to:
-</p><!--l. 4537--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22043"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4580--><p class="indent" > The letter group headings are formatted according to:
+</p><!--l. 4581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraGroupHeading{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4539--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4583--><p class="noindent" >
which does nothing by default. The first argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the number of columns in the
table. The second argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the group label (not the title, although they may
happen to be the same).
-</p><!--l. 4545--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
+</p><!--l. 4589--><p class="indent" > This can be redefined to show the group heading. For example:
@@ -8767,11 +8862,11 @@
  \noalign{\vskip\normalbaselineskip}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4553--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
+<!--l. 4597--><p class="nopar" > This ignores the first argument and just puts the group title in the first column
formatted according to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraHeaderFmt </span>(to match the column
header).
-</p><!--l. 4558--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
+</p><!--l. 4602--><p class="indent" > Remember that you can also adjust the styles through category attributes. The
name column’s title is given by <span
class="cmtt-10">\entryname</span>, the description column’s title is given by
<span
@@ -8779,27 +8874,27 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\symbolname</span>, as for the other long styles that have headers.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4610--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4566--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4610--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-22044"></a> This is like the <span
+ id="dx1-25044"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-22045"></a> style but doesn’t show
+ id="dx1-25045"></a> style but doesn’t show
the location list (regardless of the <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-22046"></a> option). The name is shown
+ id="dx1-25046"></a> option). The name is shown
in the first column and the description in the second.
- </p><!--l. 4571--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
- </p><!--l. 4573--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22047"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4615--><p class="noindent" >The symbol is not displayed. The header row is produced with:
+ </p><!--l. 4617--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4575--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4619--><p class="noindent" >
This essentially uses the same code as for <span
class="cmss-10">longragged-booktabs</span><a
- id="dx1-22048"></a> but makes it
+ id="dx1-25048"></a> but makes it
easier to adjust the header without having to define a new style. This is defined
as:
@@ -8810,30 +8905,30 @@
\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader\endhead
\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter\endfoot
</pre>
- <!--l. 4582--><p class="nopar" > where:
- </p><!--l. 4584--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22049"></a> <span
+ <!--l. 4626--><p class="nopar" > where:
+ </p><!--l. 4628--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4586--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4630--><p class="noindent" >
sets up the header and
- </p><!--l. 4588--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22050"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4632--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4590--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" >
sets up the footer. If you have setup the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22051"></a><a
- id="dx1-22052"></a> version of this style then the
+ id="dx1-25051"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25052"></a> version of this style then the
above two commands are used at the start and end of the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22053"></a><a
- id="dx1-22054"></a> environment
+ id="dx1-25053"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25054"></a> environment
(and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescHeader </span>isn’t used).
- </p><!--l. 4596--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span
+ </p><!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >For example, to simply remove the header and footer (for the default <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22055"></a><a
- id="dx1-22056"></a>
+ id="dx1-25055"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25056"></a>
version of the style):
@@ -8842,7 +8937,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-141">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraNameDescHeader}{}
</pre>
- <!--l. 4600--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
+ <!--l. 4644--><p class="nopar" > Or to change the name alignment to centred:
@@ -8850,420 +8945,420 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-142">
\renewcommand{\glslongextraNameAlign}{c}
</pre>
- <!--l. 4604--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 4648--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4650--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4606--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4650--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-loc</span><a
- id="dx1-22057"></a> This is like the <span
+ id="dx1-25057"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-22058"></a> style but has a third column
+ id="dx1-25058"></a> style but has a third column
for the location list. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22059"></a><a
- id="dx1-22060"></a> header is given by:
- </p><!--l. 4609--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22061"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-25059"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25060"></a> header is given by:
+ </p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4611--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22062"></a><a
- id="dx1-22063"></a>
+ id="dx1-25062"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25063"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4614--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22064"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4658--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4616--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4660--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4618--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22065"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4620--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4666--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4622--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4666--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22066"></a> This is like the <span
+ id="dx1-25066"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-22067"></a> style but swaps the columns.
+ id="dx1-25067"></a> style but swaps the columns.
Note that if the entry counter is displayed it will appear at the start of the
second column by default. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22068"></a><a
- id="dx1-22069"></a> header is formatted according
+ id="dx1-25068"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25069"></a> header is formatted according
to:
- </p><!--l. 4627--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22070"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4671--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4629--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22071"></a><a
- id="dx1-22072"></a>
+ id="dx1-25071"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25072"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4632--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22073"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4676--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4634--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4678--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4636--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22074"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4680--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4638--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4684--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4640--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4684--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22075"></a> This has three columns containing the location list,
+ id="dx1-25075"></a> This has three columns containing the location list,
description and name. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22076"></a><a
- id="dx1-22077"></a> header is formatted according
+ id="dx1-25076"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25077"></a> header is formatted according
to:
- </p><!--l. 4644--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22078"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4688--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4646--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4690--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22079"></a><a
- id="dx1-22080"></a>
+ id="dx1-25079"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25080"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4649--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22081"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25081"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4651--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4695--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4653--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22082"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4697--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4655--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4699--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4657--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4657--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a
- id="dx1-22083"></a> This is has three columns, with the name in the first, the
+ id="dx1-25083"></a> This is has three columns, with the name in the first, the
description in the second and the symbol in the third.
- </p><!--l. 4661--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 4705--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22084"></a><a
- id="dx1-22085"></a> header row is produced with:
- </p><!--l. 4662--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22086"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-25084"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25085"></a> header row is produced with:
+ </p><!--l. 4706--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25086"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4664--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4708--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22087"></a><a
- id="dx1-22088"></a>
+ id="dx1-25087"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25088"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4667--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22089"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4711--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25089"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4669--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4713--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4671--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22090"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4715--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25090"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4673--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4717--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4675--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4719--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4675--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4719--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a
- id="dx1-22091"></a> This is has four columns, with the name in the first, the
+ id="dx1-25091"></a> This is has four columns, with the name in the first, the
description in the second, the symbol in the third and the location list in the
fourth.
- </p><!--l. 4679--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 4723--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22092"></a><a
- id="dx1-22093"></a> header row is produced with:
- </p><!--l. 4680--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22094"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-25092"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25093"></a> header row is produced with:
+ </p><!--l. 4724--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25094"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4682--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4726--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22095"></a><a
- id="dx1-22096"></a>
+ id="dx1-25095"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25096"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4685--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22097"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4729--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25097"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4687--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4731--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4689--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22098"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4733--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25098"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameDescSymLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4691--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4735--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4693--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-22099"></a> This is like the <span
+ id="dx1-25099"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym</span><a
- id="dx1-22100"></a> but the second and
+ id="dx1-25100"></a> but the second and
third column are swapped. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22101"></a><a
- id="dx1-22102"></a> header row is given by:
- </p><!--l. 4696--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22103"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-25101"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25102"></a> header row is given by:
+ </p><!--l. 4740--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25103"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4698--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4742--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22104"></a><a
- id="dx1-22105"></a>
+ id="dx1-25104"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25105"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4701--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22106"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4745--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25106"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4703--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4747--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4705--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22107"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4749--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25107"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4707--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4751--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4709--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4753--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4709--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4753--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-name-sym-desc-loc</span><a
- id="dx1-22108"></a> This is like the <span
+ id="dx1-25108"></a> This is like the <span
class="cmss-10">long-name-desc-sym-loc</span><a
- id="dx1-22109"></a> but the
+ id="dx1-25109"></a> but the
second and third column are swapped. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22110"></a><a
- id="dx1-22111"></a> header row is given
+ id="dx1-25110"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25111"></a> header row is given
by:
- </p><!--l. 4712--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22112"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25112"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4714--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4758--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22113"></a><a
- id="dx1-22114"></a>
+ id="dx1-25113"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25114"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4717--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22115"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4761--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25115"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4719--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4721--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22116"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4765--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25116"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraNameSymDescLocationTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4723--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4767--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4769--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4725--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4769--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-sym-desc-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in
+ id="dx1-25117"></a> This has the symbol in the first column, the description in
the second and the name in the third. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22118"></a><a
- id="dx1-22119"></a> header row is given
+ id="dx1-25118"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25119"></a> header row is given
by:
- </p><!--l. 4728--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22120"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4772--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25120"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4730--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22121"></a><a
- id="dx1-22122"></a>
+ id="dx1-25121"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25122"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4733--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22123"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4777--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25123"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4735--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4779--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4737--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22124"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4781--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25124"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4739--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4785--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4741--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4785--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-loc-sym-desc-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in
+ id="dx1-25125"></a> This has the location list in the first column, symbol in
the second column, the description in the third and the name in the fourth. The
<span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22126"></a><a
- id="dx1-22127"></a> header row is given by:
- </p><!--l. 4745--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22128"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-25126"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25127"></a> header row is given by:
+ </p><!--l. 4789--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25128"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4747--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4791--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22129"></a><a
- id="dx1-22130"></a>
+ id="dx1-25129"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25130"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4750--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22131"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4794--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25131"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4752--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4796--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4754--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22132"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4798--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25132"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationSymDescNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4756--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4800--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4758--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4802--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4758--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4802--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sym-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in
+ id="dx1-25133"></a> This has the description in the first column, the symbol in
the second and the name in the third. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22134"></a><a
- id="dx1-22135"></a> header row is given
+ id="dx1-25134"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25135"></a> header row is given
by:
- </p><!--l. 4761--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22136"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4805--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25136"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4763--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4807--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22137"></a><a
- id="dx1-22138"></a>
+ id="dx1-25137"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25138"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4766--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22139"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4810--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25139"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4768--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4770--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22140"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4814--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25140"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4772--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4774--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmss-10">long-loc-desc-sym-name</span><a
- id="dx1-22141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the
+ id="dx1-25141"></a> This has the location list in the first column, the
description in the second column, the symbol in the third and the name in the
fourth. The <span
class="cmss-10">longtable</span><a
- id="dx1-22142"></a><a
- id="dx1-22143"></a> header row is given by:
- </p><!--l. 4778--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22144"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-25142"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25143"></a> header row is given by:
+ </p><!--l. 4822--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25144"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4780--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4824--><p class="noindent" >
which similarly defined in terms of the commands used for the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-22145"></a><a
- id="dx1-22146"></a>
+ id="dx1-25145"></a><a
+ id="dx1-25146"></a>
version:
- </p><!--l. 4783--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22147"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4827--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25147"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularHeader </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4785--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" >
and
- </p><!--l. 4787--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-22148"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4831--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-25148"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongextraLocationDescSymNameTabularFooter </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4789--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4833--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4793--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 4793--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 4837--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">3.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-230003.3"></a><span
+ id="x1-260003.3"></a><span
class="cmss-10">glossary-topic </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 4796--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span
+<!--l. 4840--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.40, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package comes with the supplementary
package <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a
- id="dx1-23001"></a> that provides glossary styles designed for hierarchical glossaries
+ id="dx1-26001"></a> that provides glossary styles designed for hierarchical glossaries
where the top-level entries are topic titles. This package automatically loads the
<span
class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
- id="dx1-23002"></a> package. If the <span
+ id="dx1-26002"></a> package. If the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-tree</span><a
- id="dx1-23003"></a> package is also loaded then commands like
+ id="dx1-26003"></a> package is also loaded then commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest </span>can be used on these styles in much the same way as for the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-23004"></a>
+ id="dx1-26004"></a>
style. If a widest value isn’t set then these styles behave more like the <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-23005"></a>
+ id="dx1-26005"></a>
style.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4850--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">topic</span><a
- id="dx1-23006"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26006"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4806--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
+ <!--l. 4850--><p class="noindent" >This style is similar to the <span
class="cmss-10">tree</span><a
- id="dx1-23007"></a> style but the indentation doesn’t start until
+ id="dx1-26007"></a> style but the indentation doesn’t start until
the second sub-item level. The top-level entries have the name displayed
in a larger font with the description following in a new paragraph. This
style doesn’t support the <a
href="#styopt.nogroupskip"><span
class="cmss-10">nogroupskip</span></a><a
- id="dx1-23008"></a> setting.
+ id="dx1-26008"></a> setting.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 4856--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmssbx-10">topicmcols</span><a
- id="dx1-23009"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-26009"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 4812--><p class="noindent" >This style is like the <span
+ <!--l. 4856--><p class="noindent" >This style is like the <span
class="cmss-10">topic</span><a
- id="dx1-23010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a <span
+ id="dx1-26010"></a> style but the sub-entries are placed inside a <span
class="cmss-10">multicols</span><a
- id="dx1-23011"></a><a
- id="dx1-23012"></a>
+ id="dx1-26011"></a><a
+ id="dx1-26012"></a>
environment. The environment name is supplied in the value of the
command:
- </p><!--l. 4816--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23013"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 4860--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicColsEnv </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4818--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4862--><p class="noindent" >
You can change this to the starred form. For example:
@@ -9272,24 +9367,24 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-143">
\renewcommand{\glstopicColsEnv}{multicols*}
</pre>
- <!--l. 4822--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command:
- </p><!--l. 4824--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23014"></a> <span
+ <!--l. 4866--><p class="nopar" > The number of columns is given by the command:
+ </p><!--l. 4868--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicCols </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 4826--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 4870--><p class="noindent" >
The default value is 2.</p></dd></dl>
-<!--l. 4829--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 4830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23015"></a> <span
+<!--l. 4873--><p class="noindent" >Both styles use the following commands.
+</p><!--l. 4874--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicParIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4832--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4876--><p class="noindent" >
This command is a length that’s used for the paragraph indentation in any
multi-paragraph description for top-level entries, but not for the first paragraph (at
the start of the description) which isn’t indented.
-</p><!--l. 4838--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23016"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4840--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4884--><p class="noindent" >
This command is a length that’s used to calculate the hanging indentation for
sub-entries. The level 1 sub-entries don’t indent the name. Level <span
class="cmmi-10">n </span>sub-entries have
@@ -9299,32 +9394,32 @@
class="cmsy-10">×</span><span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubIndent</span>. The hanging indent depends on
whether or not a widest name has been set for the level.
-</p><!--l. 4847--><p class="indent" > As from v1.46, there is also a length for additional indentation used
+</p><!--l. 4891--><p class="indent" > As from v1.46, there is also a length for additional indentation used
in the second paragraph onwards for child entries with multi-paragraph
descriptions:
-</p><!--l. 4850--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23017"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemParIndent </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4852--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4896--><p class="noindent" >
This is initialised to <span
class="cmtt-10">\parindent</span><a
- id="dx1-23018"></a> when <span
+ id="dx1-26018"></a> when <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-topic</span><a
- id="dx1-23019"></a> is loaded.
-</p><!--l. 4856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23020"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-26019"></a> is loaded.
+</p><!--l. 4900--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicInit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4858--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4902--><p class="noindent" >
Hook used at the start of the glossary. Does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 4861--><p class="indent" > Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many
+</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="indent" > Although the styles don’t support letter groups by default, if you have many
topics (top-level entries) and you feel that it would help the reader to divide them up
into headed letter groups, you can redefine:
-</p><!--l. 4865--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicGroupHeading{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">group label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4867--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4911--><p class="noindent" >
This does nothing by default. If you want to redefine it, you can fetch the
title corresponding to the group label with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgetgrouptitle</span>. For
@@ -9339,81 +9434,81 @@
  \section*{\thisgrptitle}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 4876--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a
- id="dx1-23022"></a><a
+<!--l. 4920--><p class="nopar" > Remember that if you use <a
+ id="dx1-26022"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you will need the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">-g</span></span></span>) switch to
support this.
-</p><!--l. 4880--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23023"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicItem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4882--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4926--><p class="noindent" >
Used to format the name, symbol, description and location list for the top-level
entries. This starts with a paragraph break followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23024"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPreSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4888--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4932--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\medskip</span>. There is then a hook:
-</p><!--l. 4890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMarker{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4892--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4936--><p class="noindent" >
which does nothing by default, but may be redefined. For example, to add a line to
the table of contents. The name and symbol are set in the form of a title
using:
-</p><!--l. 4897--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23026"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4899--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4943--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname </span>which converts the first letter to upper case. If there’s a
symbol, this is added in parentheses. Both name and symbol (if present) are
encapsulated by
-</p><!--l. 4903--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23027"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4947--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicTitleFont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4905--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4949--><p class="noindent" >
This uses a bold, large font by default.
-</p><!--l. 4908--><p class="indent" > If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span
+</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="indent" > If the entry has the description key set (tested with <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasdesc</span>) then a
paragraph break is inserted followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicMidSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4912--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4956--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is followed by the description which is formatted
according to:
-</p><!--l. 4915--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23029"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicDesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4917--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentrydesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>followed by the post-description
hook.
-</p><!--l. 4921--><p class="indent" > A paragraph break followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4922--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23030"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4965--><p class="indent" > A paragraph break followed by:
+</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicPostSkip </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4924--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4968--><p class="noindent" >
comes next regardless of whether or not the description was displayed. This defaults
to <span
class="cmtt-10">\smallskip</span>. This is then followed by:
@@ -9420,33 +9515,33 @@
-</p><!--l. 4928--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23031"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4972--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicLoc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4930--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="noindent" >
which may be used to display the location list, but does nothing by default.
-</p><!--l. 4934--><p class="indent" > The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using:
-</p><!--l. 4936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23032"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4978--><p class="indent" > The sub-entries first set up the paragraph and hanging indentations using:
+</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignSubIndent{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4938--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4982--><p class="noindent" >
This uses:
-</p><!--l. 4940--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23033"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicAssignWidest{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4942--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4986--><p class="noindent" >
to determine if a widest name has been set for the given level.
-</p><!--l. 4945--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry has its information displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23034"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4989--><p class="indent" > The sub-entry has its information displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 4990--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -9454,52 +9549,52 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4948--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4992--><p class="noindent" >
This encapsulates the name with:
-</p><!--l. 4950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23035"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4994--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubNameFont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4952--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 4996--><p class="noindent" >
By default this just uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textbf</span>. This is followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4954--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 4998--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemSep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4956--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5000--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\quad</span>. The name and separator are passed in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ argument
of:
-</p><!--l. 4959--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23037"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5003--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubItemBox{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">level</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4961--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5005--><p class="noindent" >
If a widest name was set for the given level, this will put ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ inside a box of that
width otherwise it just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 4966--><p class="indent" > This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set,
+</p><!--l. 5010--><p class="indent" > This is followed by the symbol in parentheses if set. Then, if the description is set,
the description and post-description hook are displayed followed by:
-</p><!--l. 4969--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23038"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubPreLocSep </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4971--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5015--><p class="noindent" >
(This command isn’t used if the description isn’t set.)
-</p><!--l. 4974--><p class="indent" > Finally the location list is displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 4975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-23039"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5018--><p class="indent" > Finally the location list is displayed using:
+</p><!--l. 5019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-26039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstopicSubLoc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 4977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5021--><p class="noindent" >
which just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ by default.
@@ -9506,11 +9601,11 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 4980--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 4980--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5024--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 5024--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">4. <a
id="sec:abbreviations"></a>Abbreviations</h2>
-</p><!--l. 4983--><p class="indent" > The new abbreviation system provided by <span
+</p><!--l. 5027--><p class="indent" > The new abbreviation system provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is more flexible
than the acronym handling provided by the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. The
@@ -9524,17 +9619,17 @@
See the file <a
href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/macros/latex/contrib/glossaries-extra/samples/sample-abbr-styles.pdf" >sample-abbr-styles.pdf</a> for samples of all provided abbreviation
styles.
-</p><!--l. 4995--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
+</p><!--l. 5039--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-24001"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-27001"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-24002"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-27002"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-24003"></a> with abbreviations as they aren’t
+ id="dx1-27003"></a> with abbreviations as they aren’t
flexible enough to handle some abbreviation styles and unexpected results may occur.
(To a lesser degree, this also applies to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span><a
- id="dx1-24004"></a> etc.) Use commands like
+ id="dx1-27004"></a> etc.) Use commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort </span>or <span
@@ -9543,8 +9638,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. If you don’t want the full form to show on first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>use one of the
“nolong” or “noshort” styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5004--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5006--><p class="indent" > This lack of flexibility in <span
+</p><!--l. 5048--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5050--><p class="indent" > This lack of flexibility in <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>can be demonstrated with the following
document:
@@ -9560,8 +9655,8 @@
Compare \gls{ex}['s] with \glsfirst{ex}['s].
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 5018--><p class="nopar" > The <a
- id="dx1-24005"></a><a
+<!--l. 5062--><p class="nopar" > The <a
+ id="dx1-27005"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>has the footnote marker after the inserted material “EX’s<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmr-9">1</span></sup>” but
@@ -9571,17 +9666,17 @@
that if the style is changed to <a
href="#abbrstyle.postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24006"></a>, the footnote marker appears after the
+ id="dx1-27006"></a>, the footnote marker appears after the
inserted material as <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-24007"></a> is in the post-link hook.
-</p><!--l. 5026--><p class="indent" > There are some instances where <span
+ id="dx1-27007"></a> is in the post-link hook.
+</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="indent" > There are some instances where <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>can be useful. It’s used internally by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span><a
- id="dx1-24008"></a>, which in turn is used by <span
+ id="dx1-27008"></a>, which in turn is used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsseelistformat</span><a
- id="dx1-24009"></a> if the entry has a
+ id="dx1-27009"></a> if the entry has a
short form. If <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort </span>is used, this enforces the short form, but if
<span
@@ -9590,7 +9685,7 @@
about inserted material as the final optional argument isn’t supported by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5035--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
+</p><!--l. 5079--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations include acronyms (words formed from initial letters, such as
“laser”), initialisms (initial letters of a phrase, such as “html”, that aren’t
pronounced as words) and contractions (where parts of words are omitted, often
replaced by an apostrophe, such as “don’t”). The “acronym” code provided by the
@@ -9598,16 +9693,16 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is misnamed as it’s more often than not used for initialisms instead.
Acronyms tend not to be <span
class="cmti-10">expanded </span>on <a
- id="dx1-24010"></a>first use (although they may need
+ id="dx1-27010"></a>first use (although they may need
to be <span
class="cmti-10">described </span>for readers unfamiliar with the term). They are therefore
more like a regular term, which may or may not require a description in the
glossary.
-</p><!--l. 5047--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5091--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package corrects this misnomer, and provides better
abbreviation handling, with
-</p><!--l. 5049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-24011"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-27011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -9617,10 +9712,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5051--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5053--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
+</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5097--><p class="indent" > This sets the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-24012"></a> key to <span
+ id="dx1-27012"></a> key to <span
class="cmtt-10">abbreviation </span>by default, but that value may
be overridden in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩. The category may have attributes that modify
@@ -9627,57 +9722,57 @@
the way abbreviations are defined. For example, the <a
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24013"></a> attribute
+ id="dx1-27013"></a> attribute
will automatically insert full stops (periods) into ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or the <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24014"></a>
+ id="dx1-27014"></a>
attribute will set the default value of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-24015"></a> key to just ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-27015"></a> key to just ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (without
appending the plural suffix). See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further
details.
-</p><!--l. 5063--><p class="indent" > See <a
+</p><!--l. 5107--><p class="indent" > See <a
href="#sec:nested"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.8</span> </a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a> regarding the pitfalls of using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-24016"></a>
+ id="dx1-27016"></a>
or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-24017"></a> within ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-27017"></a> within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ or ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 5067--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
+</p><!--l. 5111--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Make sure that you set the category attributes before defining new abbreviations
or they may not be correctly applied. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5070--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5072--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5114--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-24018"></a> command provided by the <span
+ id="dx1-27018"></a> command provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package is redefined by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>with the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-24019"></a> set to <span
+ id="dx1-27019"></a> set to <span
class="cmtt-10">acronym </span>(see also
<a
href="#sec:acronymmods"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:acronymmods </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.9</span> </a><a
href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>) so
-</p><!--l. 5076--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-24020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-27020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -9687,7 +9782,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5078--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5122--><p class="noindent" >
is
now
equivalent
@@ -9710,7 +9805,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
-</p><!--l. 5085--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 5129--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>command is superficially similar to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package’s <span
@@ -9718,55 +9813,55 @@
default style is <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24021"></a> for entries in the <span
+ id="dx1-27021"></a> for entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-24022"></a> category and <a
+ id="dx1-27022"></a> category and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24023"></a> for
+ id="dx1-27023"></a> for
entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-24024"></a> category. (These aren’t the same as the acronym
+ id="dx1-27024"></a> category. (These aren’t the same as the acronym
styles provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, although they may produce similar
results.)
-</p><!--l. 5095--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 5139--><p class="indent" > The way the abbreviations are displayed by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>varies according
to the abbreviation style. The styles are set according to the entry’s category so,
unlike the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package, you can have different abbreviation styles within
the same glossary.
-</p><!--l. 5101--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
+</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="indent" > There are two types of full forms. The display full form, which is used on
<a
- id="dx1-24025"></a><a
+ id="dx1-27025"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-24026"></a> and the inline full form, which is used by
+ id="dx1-27026"></a> and the inline full form, which is used by
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-24027"></a>. For some of the abbreviation styles, such as
+ id="dx1-27027"></a>. For some of the abbreviation styles, such as
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24028"></a>, the display and inline forms are the same. In the case of styles
+ id="dx1-27028"></a>, the display and inline forms are the same. In the case of styles
such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24029"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-27029"></a> or <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24030"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
+ id="dx1-27030"></a>, the display and inline full forms are
different.
-</p><!--l. 5108--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span
+</p><!--l. 5152--><p class="indent" > These formatting commands aren’t stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-24031"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-27031"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-24032"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-27032"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-24033"></a> or
+ id="dx1-27033"></a> or
<span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-24034"></a> fields, which means they won’t be used within commands like
+ id="dx1-27034"></a> fields, which means they won’t be used within commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>(but they are used within commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>and
@@ -9773,34 +9868,34 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span>). Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-24035"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use
+ id="dx1-27035"></a> and the case-changing variants don’t use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5116--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
+</p><!--l. 5160--><p class="indent" > You can apply the formatting command used for the short form to some arbitrary
text using
-</p><!--l. 5118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-24036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-27036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuseabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5120--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5164--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label that identifies the abbreviation style. Similarly
for the formatting command use by the long form:
-</p><!--l. 5124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-24037"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5168--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-27037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuselongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5126--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5128--><p class="indent" > You can’t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new
+</p><!--l. 5170--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > You can’t use the acronym commands provided by the base package with the new
abbreviations provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package. The style commands that
replace <span
@@ -9808,41 +9903,41 @@
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort </span>etc are described in <a
href="#sec:abbrstyle"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrstyle
+class="cmbx-10">4.2</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:abbrstyle">Abbreviation Styles<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrstyle --></a>. The <a
href="#styopt.acronymlists"><span
class="cmss-10">acronymlists</span></a><a
- id="dx1-24038"></a> package option and associated commands
+ id="dx1-27038"></a> package option and associated commands
aren’t supported. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\forallacronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-24039"></a> command, which iterates over all acronym
+ id="dx1-27039"></a> command, which iterates over all acronym
lists, should be replaced with:
-</p><!--l. 5135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-24040"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-27040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\forallabbreviationlists{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5137--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5181--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5139--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5183--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.1 </span> <a
id="sec:tagging"></a>Tagging Initials</h3>
-<!--l. 5142--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
+<!--l. 5186--><p class="noindent" >If you would like to tag the initial letters in the long form such that those letters are
underlined in the glossary but not in the main part of the document, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 5145--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-25001"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5189--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-28001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5147--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5191--><p class="noindent" >
before you define your abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 5150--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 5194--><p class="indent" > This command (robustly) defines ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (a control sequence) to accept a single
argument, which is the letter (or letters) that needs to be tagged. The normal
behaviour of this command within the document is to simply do its argument, but in
@@ -9849,21 +9944,21 @@
the glossary it’s activated for those categories that have the <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25002"></a> attribute set to
+ id="dx1-28002"></a> attribute set to
“true”. For those cases it will use
-</p><!--l. 5157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-25003"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5201--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-28003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5159--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5203--><p class="noindent" >
This command defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\underline</span><a
- id="dx1-25004"></a><span
+ id="dx1-28004"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>but may be redefined as required.
-</p><!--l. 5163--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 5207--><p class="indent" > The control sequence ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ can’t already be defined when used with the unstarred
version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>for safety reasons. The starred
@@ -9872,20 +9967,20 @@
commands, ensure that you don’t redefine something important. In fact, just
forget the existence of the starred version and let’s pretend I didn’t mention
it.
-</p><!--l. 5172--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
+</p><!--l. 5216--><p class="indent" > The first argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging </span>is a comma-separated
list of category names. The <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for
+ id="dx1-28005"></a> attribute will automatically be set for
those categories. You can later set this attribute for other categories (see
<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>) but this must be done before the glossary is
displayed.
-</p><!--l. 5179--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
+</p><!--l. 5223--><p class="indent" > The accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-mixtures.tex </span>uses initial tagging for both
@@ -9892,9 +9987,9 @@
the <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-25006"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-28006"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-25007"></a> categories:
+ id="dx1-28007"></a> categories:
@@ -9902,7 +9997,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-146">
\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging{acronym,abbreviation}{\itag}
</pre>
-<!--l. 5184--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
+<!--l. 5228--><p class="nopar" > This defines the command <span
class="cmtt-10">\itag </span>which can be used in the definitions. For
example:
@@ -9921,25 +10016,25 @@
\newabbreviation{xml}{XML}
 {e\itag{x}tensible \itag{m}arkup \itag{l}anguage}
</pre>
-<!--l. 5199--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
+<!--l. 5243--><p class="nopar" > The underlining of the tagged letters only occurs in the glossary and then only for
entries with the <a
href="#catattr.tagging"><span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span></a><a
- id="dx1-25008"></a> attribute set.
-</p><!--l. 5204--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-28008"></a> attribute set.
+</p><!--l. 5248--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5204--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5248--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.2 </span> <a
id="sec:abbrstyle"></a>Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 5207--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
-</p><!--l. 5209--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26001"></a> <span
+<!--l. 5251--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation style must be set before abbreviations are defined using:
+</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">style-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5211--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5255--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style-name</span>⟩ is the name of the style and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩ is the category label
@@ -9952,22 +10047,22 @@
example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26002"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-29002"></a> and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26003"></a> styles set the <a
+ id="dx1-29003"></a> styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26004"></a> attribute to
+ id="dx1-29004"></a> attribute to
<span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5222--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
+</p><!--l. 5266--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to apply different styles to groups of abbreviations, assign a
different category to each group and set the style for the given category.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5226--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5228--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+</p><!--l. 5270--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5272--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\setacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-26005"></a> is disabled by <span
+ id="dx1-29005"></a> is disabled by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. Use </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -9980,25 +10075,25 @@
</div>
</div> instead. The original acronym interface can be restored with <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-26006"></a> (see
+ id="dx1-29006"></a> (see
<a
href="#sec:acronymmods"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:acronymmods </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.9</span> </a><a
href="#sec:acronymmods">Acronym Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:acronymmods --></a>). However the original acronym
interface is incompatible with all the commands described here.
-<!--l. 5238--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
+<!--l. 5282--><p class="indent" > Abbreviations can be used with the standard <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-26007"></a>,
+ id="dx1-29007"></a>,
but don’t use the acronym commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-26008"></a> (which use <span
+ id="dx1-29008"></a> (which use <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymfont</span><a
- id="dx1-26009"></a>).
+ id="dx1-29009"></a>).
The short form can be produced with:
-</p><!--l. 5242--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26010"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10006,13 +10101,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5244--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5288--><p class="noindent" >
(Use this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-26011"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5247--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 5248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26012"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-29011"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 5291--><p class="indent" > The long form can be produced with
+</p><!--l. 5292--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10020,14 +10115,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5250--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="noindent" >
(Use this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-26013"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5253--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ id="dx1-29013"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 5297--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmti-10">inline </span>full form can be produced with
-</p><!--l. 5254--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26014"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10035,47 +10130,47 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5256--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5300--><p class="noindent" >
(This this instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\acrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-26015"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 5259--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span
+ id="dx1-29015"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In general, it’s best not to use commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-26016"></a> for abbreviations,
+ id="dx1-29016"></a> for abbreviations,
especially if you use the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ optional argument. Use either <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(possibly with a
reset) or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5264--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5266--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
+</p><!--l. 5308--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5310--><p class="indent" > As mentioned earlier, the inline full form may not necessarily match the format
used on <a
- id="dx1-26017"></a><a
+ id="dx1-29017"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> with <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-26018"></a> style only displays the
+ id="dx1-29018"></a> style only displays the
short form on <a
- id="dx1-26019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
+ id="dx1-29019"></a>first use, but the full form will display the long form followed by the
short form in parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 5273--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
+</p><!--l. 5317--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you want to use an abbreviation in a chapter or section title, use the
commands described in <a
href="#sec:headtitle"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:headtitle </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">5</span> </a><a
href="#sec:headtitle">Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers,
Captions and Contents<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:headtitle --></a> instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5277--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5279--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5323--><p class="indent" > The arguments ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ are the same as for commands such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. There are also analogous case-changing commands:
-</p><!--l. 5283--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 5284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5327--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 5328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10083,10 +10178,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5286--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5288--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 5289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5330--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 5333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10094,10 +10189,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5291--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5293--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 5294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26022"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10105,13 +10200,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5296--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5298--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
+</p><!--l. 5340--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5342--><p class="indent" > All upper case short form:
-</p><!--l. 5299--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26023"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10119,10 +10214,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5301--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5303--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
-</p><!--l. 5304--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26024"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5347--><p class="indent" > All upper case long form:
+</p><!--l. 5348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10130,10 +10225,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5306--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5308--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
-</p><!--l. 5309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5350--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5352--><p class="indent" > All upper case inline full form:
+</p><!--l. 5353--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10141,11 +10236,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5311--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5313--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
-</p><!--l. 5315--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5316--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26026"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5355--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5357--><p class="indent" > Plural forms are also available.
+</p><!--l. 5359--><p class="indent" > Short form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10153,9 +10248,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5318--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5319--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26027"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5362--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10163,9 +10258,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5321--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5322--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5365--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5366--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10173,10 +10268,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5324--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5326--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26029"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5370--><p class="indent" > Long form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10184,9 +10279,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5329--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5330--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26030"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5373--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5374--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10194,9 +10289,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5332--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26031"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5376--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10204,10 +10299,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5335--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5337--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
-</p><!--l. 5338--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26032"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5381--><p class="indent" > Full form plurals:
+</p><!--l. 5382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10215,9 +10310,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5340--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26033"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5384--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10225,9 +10320,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5343--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-26034"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5387--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-29034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -10235,8 +10330,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5346--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5348--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
+</p><!--l. 5390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5392--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful about using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl </span>and
@@ -10245,41 +10340,41 @@
than the style in use when the entry was defined. If you have mixed styles,
you’ll need to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-26035"></a> instead. Similarly for <span
+ id="dx1-29035"></a> instead. Similarly for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>etc.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 5354--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5398--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5400--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5356--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5400--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.3 </span> <a
id="sec:abbrshortcuts"></a>Shortcut Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 5359--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a
+<!--l. 5403--><p class="noindent" >The abbreviation shortcut commands can be enabled using the <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-27001"></a>
+ id="dx1-30001"></a>
package option (or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=abbr</span><a
- id="dx1-27002"></a>) or <a
+ id="dx1-30002"></a>) or <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-27003"></a>. (You can use both settings at the
+ id="dx1-30003"></a>. (You can use both settings at the
same time.) The provided shortcut commands listed in <a
href="#tab:abbrshortcuts">table <span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>tab:abbrshortcuts</a>.
+class="cmbx-10">4.1</span></a>.
</p>
<div class="table">
-<!--l. 5366--><p class="indent" > <a
+<!--l. 5410--><p class="indent" > <a
id="tab:abbrshortcuts"></a></p><hr class="float" /><div class="float"
>
@@ -10287,7 +10382,7 @@
<div class="caption"
><span class="id">Table 4.1: </span><span
-class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-270041 -->
+class="content">Abbreviation Shortcut Commands</span></div><!--tex4ht:label?: x1-300041 -->
<div class="tabular"> <table id="TBL-3" class="tabular"
><colgroup id="TBL-3-1g"><col
@@ -10308,7 +10403,7 @@
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">=abbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-27005"></a><span
+ id="dx1-30005"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">)</span></td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-2-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmbx-10">(</span><a
@@ -10315,408 +10410,408 @@
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmssbx-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-27006"></a><span
+ id="dx1-30006"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">)</span></td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-3-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a
- id="dx1-27007"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"
+ id="dx1-30007"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a
- id="dx1-27008"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"
+ id="dx1-30008"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-3-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-27009"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30009"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-4-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\abp</span><a
- id="dx1-27010"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"
+ id="dx1-30010"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acp</span><a
- id="dx1-27011"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"
+ id="dx1-30011"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-4-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span><a
- id="dx1-27012"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30012"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-5-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\as</span><a
- id="dx1-27013"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"
+ id="dx1-30013"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acs</span><a
- id="dx1-27014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"
+ id="dx1-30014"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-5-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-27015"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30015"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-6-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\asp</span><a
- id="dx1-27016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"
+ id="dx1-30016"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acsp</span><a
- id="dx1-27017"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"
+ id="dx1-30017"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-6-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortpl</span><a
- id="dx1-27018"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30018"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-7-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\al</span><a
- id="dx1-27019"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"
+ id="dx1-30019"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acl</span><a
- id="dx1-27020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"
+ id="dx1-30020"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-7-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-27021"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30021"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-8-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\alp</span><a
- id="dx1-27022"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"
+ id="dx1-30022"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\aclp</span><a
- id="dx1-27023"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"
+ id="dx1-30023"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-8-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-27024"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30024"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-9-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\af</span><a
- id="dx1-27025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"
+ id="dx1-30025"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acf</span><a
- id="dx1-27026"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"
+ id="dx1-30026"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-9-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-27027"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30027"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-10-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\afp</span><a
- id="dx1-27028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-2"
+ id="dx1-30028"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\acfp</span><a
- id="dx1-27029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-3"
+ id="dx1-30029"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-10-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-27030"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30030"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-11-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Ab</span><a
- id="dx1-27031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2"
+ id="dx1-30031"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Ac</span><a
- id="dx1-27032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3"
+ id="dx1-30032"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-11-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-27033"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30033"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-12-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Abp</span><a
- id="dx1-27034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-2"
+ id="dx1-30034"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acp</span><a
- id="dx1-27035"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-3"
+ id="dx1-30035"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-12-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cglspl</span><a
- id="dx1-27036"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30036"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-13-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\As</span><a
- id="dx1-27037"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-2"
+ id="dx1-30037"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acs</span><a
- id="dx1-27038"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-3"
+ id="dx1-30038"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-13-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-27039"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30039"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-14-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Asp</span><a
- id="dx1-27040"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-2"
+ id="dx1-30040"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acsp</span><a
- id="dx1-27041"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-3"
+ id="dx1-30041"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-14-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrshortpl</span><a
- id="dx1-27042"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30042"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-15-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Al</span><a
- id="dx1-27043"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-2"
+ id="dx1-30043"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acl</span><a
- id="dx1-27044"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-3"
+ id="dx1-30044"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-15-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-27045"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30045"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-16-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Alp</span><a
- id="dx1-27046"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-2"
+ id="dx1-30046"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Aclp</span><a
- id="dx1-27047"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-3"
+ id="dx1-30047"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-16-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrlongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-27048"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30048"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-17-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Af</span><a
- id="dx1-27049"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-2"
+ id="dx1-30049"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acf</span><a
- id="dx1-27050"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-3"
+ id="dx1-30050"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-17-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-27051"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30051"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-18-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Afp</span><a
- id="dx1-27052"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-2"
+ id="dx1-30052"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Acfp</span><a
- id="dx1-27053"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-3"
+ id="dx1-30053"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-18-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-27054"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30054"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-19-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AB</span><a
- id="dx1-27055"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-2"
+ id="dx1-30055"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AC</span><a
- id="dx1-27056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-3"
+ id="dx1-30056"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-19-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLS</span><a
- id="dx1-27057"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30057"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-20-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ABP</span><a
- id="dx1-27058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-2"
+ id="dx1-30058"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACP</span><a
- id="dx1-27059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-3"
+ id="dx1-30059"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-20-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl</span><a
- id="dx1-27060"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30060"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-21-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AS</span><a
- id="dx1-27061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-2"
+ id="dx1-30061"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACS</span><a
- id="dx1-27062"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-3"
+ id="dx1-30062"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-21-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-27063"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30063"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-22-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ASP</span><a
- id="dx1-27064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-2"
+ id="dx1-30064"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACSP</span><a
- id="dx1-27065"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-3"
+ id="dx1-30065"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-22-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrshortpl</span><a
- id="dx1-27066"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30066"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-23-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AL</span><a
- id="dx1-27067"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-2"
+ id="dx1-30067"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACL</span><a
- id="dx1-27068"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-3"
+ id="dx1-30068"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-23-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-27069"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30069"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-24-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ALP</span><a
- id="dx1-27070"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-2"
+ id="dx1-30070"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACLP</span><a
- id="dx1-27071"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-3"
+ id="dx1-30071"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-24-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrlongpl</span><a
- id="dx1-27072"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30072"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-25-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AF</span><a
- id="dx1-27073"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-2"
+ id="dx1-30073"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACF</span><a
- id="dx1-27074"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-3"
+ id="dx1-30074"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-25-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-27075"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30075"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-26-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\AFP</span><a
- id="dx1-27076"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-2"
+ id="dx1-30076"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\ACFP</span><a
- id="dx1-27077"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-3"
+ id="dx1-30077"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-26-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-27078"></a> </td>
+ id="dx1-30078"></a> </td>
</tr><tr
style="vertical-align:baseline;" id="TBL-3-27-"><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-1"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbr</span><a
- id="dx1-27079"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-2"
+ id="dx1-30079"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-2"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbr</span><a
- id="dx1-27080"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-3"
+ id="dx1-30080"></a> </td><td style="white-space:nowrap; text-align:left;" id="TBL-3-27-3"
class="td11"><span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-27081"></a> </td></tr></table></div>
+ id="dx1-30081"></a> </td></tr></table></div>
</div><hr class="endfloat" />
</div>
-<!--l. 5404--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5448--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4 </span> <a
id="sec:predefabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 5407--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
+<!--l. 5451--><p class="noindent" >There are two types of abbreviation styles: those that treat the abbreviation as a
regular entry (so that <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28001"></a> uses <span
+ id="dx1-31001"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-28002"></a>) and those that don’t treat the
+ id="dx1-31002"></a>) and those that don’t treat the
abbreviation as a regular entry (so that <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28003"></a> uses <span
+ id="dx1-31003"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span><a
- id="dx1-28004"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 5412--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a
+ id="dx1-31004"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 5456--><p class="indent" > The regular entry abbreviation styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28005"></a> attribute to “true” for the
+ id="dx1-31005"></a> attribute to “true” for the
category assigned to each abbreviation with that style. This means that on <a
- id="dx1-28006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-31006"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28007"></a> uses the value of the <span
+ id="dx1-31007"></a> uses the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-28008"></a> field and on subsequent use <span
+ id="dx1-31008"></a> field and on subsequent use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28009"></a> uses the value of the
+ id="dx1-31009"></a> uses the value of the
<span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-28010"></a> field (and analogously for the plural and case-changing versions). The <span
+ id="dx1-31010"></a> field (and analogously for the plural and case-changing versions). The <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-28011"></a> and
+ id="dx1-31011"></a> and
<span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-28012"></a> fields are set as appropriate and may be accessed through commands like
+ id="dx1-31012"></a> fields are set as appropriate and may be accessed through commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-28013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5421--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a
+ id="dx1-31013"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="indent" > The other abbreviation styles don’t modify the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28014"></a> attribute. The <span
+ id="dx1-31014"></a> attribute. The <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-28015"></a>
+ id="dx1-31015"></a>
and <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-28016"></a> fields (and their plural forms) are set and can be accessed through
+ id="dx1-31016"></a> fields (and their plural forms) are set and can be accessed through
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span>, but they aren’t used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28017"></a>, which
+ id="dx1-31017"></a>, which
instead use the short form (stored in the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-28018"></a> key) and the display full
+ id="dx1-31018"></a> key) and the display full
format (through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat</span><a
- id="dx1-28019"></a> that are defined by the
+ id="dx1-31019"></a> that are defined by the
style).
-</p><!--l. 5429--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
- id="dx1-28020"></a>first use of <span
+</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the <a
+ id="dx1-31020"></a>first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-28021"></a> may not match the text produced by
+ id="dx1-31021"></a> may not match the text produced by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-28022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
-</p><!--l. 5433--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
+ id="dx1-31022"></a> (and likewise for the plural and case-changing versions).
+</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="indent" > The sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex </span>demonstrates all predefined styles
described here.
-</p><!--l. 5436--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span
+</p><!--l. 5480--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> For the “sc” styles that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-28023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
+ id="dx1-31023"></a>, be careful about your choice of fonts as
some only have limited support. For example, you may not be able to combine bold
and small-caps. I recommend that you at least use the <span
class="cmss-10">fontenc</span><a
- id="dx1-28024"></a> package with the <span
+ id="dx1-31024"></a> package with the <span
class="cmss-10">T1</span>
option or something similar. </div>
-</p><!--l. 5442--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 5444--><p class="indent" > Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span
+</p><!--l. 5486--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5488--><p class="indent" > Many of the styles have helper commands in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...name </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr...sort </span>that are expanded within the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-28025"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-31025"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-28026"></a> fields when the
+ id="dx1-31026"></a> fields when the
abbreviation is defined. These commands may use the helper token registers available
within <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok</span><a
- id="dx1-28027"></a>. The contents of a register can be
+ id="dx1-31027"></a>. The contents of a register can be
accessed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span><a
- id="dx1-28028"></a>⟨<span
+ id="dx1-31028"></a>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">register</span>⟩. It’s essential that these expand when the abbreviation is
defined so don’t hide them behind no-expandable content if you redefine these helper
commands.
-</p><!--l. 5453--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" > The parenthetical styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28029"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28030"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31029"></a>, use
+</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5457--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5501--><p class="noindent" >
to set the parenthetical material. This just puts parentheses around the text:
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 5461--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5505--><p class="indent" > The basic abbreviation styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28031"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-31031"></a> and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28032"></a> use
-</p><!--l. 5463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28033"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31032"></a> use
+</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -10723,67 +10818,67 @@
-</p><!--l. 5465--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form. This just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ by default. (That is, no font change is
applied.) On first use,
-</p><!--l. 5468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28034"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5512--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5470--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5514--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvdefaultfont</span>. The long form is
formatted according to
-</p><!--l. 5473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28035"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5517--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5519--><p class="noindent" >
which again just does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (no font change). On first use,
-</p><!--l. 5477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5521--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5479--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5523--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont</span>. The plural suffix used for the
short form is given by
-</p><!--l. 5482--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28037"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5484--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5528--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span><a
- id="dx1-28038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 5487--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a
+ id="dx1-31038"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 5531--><p class="indent" > The small-cap styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28039"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-31039"></a> and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28040"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5489--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28041"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31040"></a>, use
+</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5491--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5535--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x4" id="fn1x4-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">4.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-28042f1"></a>
+ id="x1-31042f1"></a>
On first use
-</p><!--l. 5497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28043"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5499--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont </span>by default. So redefine, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span>
@@ -10790,15 +10885,15 @@
to change first and subsequent uses or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvscfont </span>to change just the
first use.
-</p><!--l. 5504--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span
+</p><!--l. 5548--><p class="indent" > The long form for the small-cap styles uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 5507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28044"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5551--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrscsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5509--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5553--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined as
@@ -10807,111 +10902,111 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-148">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrscsuffix}{\glstextup{\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 5513--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+<!--l. 5557--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstextup</span><a
- id="dx1-28045"></a> command is provided by <span
+ id="dx1-31045"></a> command is provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>and is used to switch off
the small caps font for the suffix. If you override the default short plural
using the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-28046"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to
+ id="dx1-31046"></a> key when you define the abbreviation you will need to
make the appropriate adjustment if necessary. (Remember that the default
plural suffix behaviour can be modified through the use of the <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28047"></a>
+ id="dx1-31047"></a>
and <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28048"></a> attributes. See <a
+ id="dx1-31048"></a> attributes. See <a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a> for further
details.)
-</p><!--l. 5524--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5568--><p class="indent" > The small styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sm"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28049"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-31049"></a> and <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28050"></a>, use
-</p><!--l. 5526--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28051"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31050"></a>, use
+</p><!--l. 5570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5528--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>. (This requires the <span
class="cmss-10">relsizes</span><a
- id="dx1-28052"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by
+ id="dx1-31052"></a> package, which isn’t loaded by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, so must be loaded explicitly.) On first use
-</p><!--l. 5533--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28053"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvsmfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 5538--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span
+</p><!--l. 5582--><p class="indent" > The long form for the smaller styles uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont</span>, as with the basic style. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 5541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28054"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsmsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5543--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5546--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5590--><p class="indent" > The “short-em” (emphasize short) styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28055"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-31055"></a> or <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28056"></a>,
+ id="dx1-31056"></a>,
use
-</p><!--l. 5548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28057"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5550--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5594--><p class="noindent" >
On first use
-</p><!--l. 5552--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28058"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5596--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5554--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5598--><p class="noindent" >
is used instead. This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont </span>by default. The suffix is given
by
-</p><!--l. 5557--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28059"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5601--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtremsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5559--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5603--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvpluralsuffix</span>. The long form is as for the basic
style unless the style is a “long-em” style.
-</p><!--l. 5564--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5608--><p class="indent" > The “long-em” (emphasize long) styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28060"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-31060"></a> or <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28061"></a>,
+ id="dx1-31061"></a>,
use
-</p><!--l. 5566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28062"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5610--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5568--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5612--><p class="noindent" >
instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
@@ -10919,12 +11014,12 @@
-</p><!--l. 5570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28063"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5572--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5616--><p class="noindent" >
instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongdefaultfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long-form</span>⟩<span
@@ -10932,122 +11027,122 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span>
is initialised to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>.
-</p><!--l. 5576--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands:
-</p><!--l. 5577--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28064"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5620--><p class="indent" > The user styles have similar commands:
+</p><!--l. 5621--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5579--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5623--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 5581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28065"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5625--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5583--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5627--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 5585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28066"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5587--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5631--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 5589--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28067"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5633--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonguserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5591--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5635--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5593--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28068"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5637--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5595--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5639--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5598--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles:
-</p><!--l. 5599--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28069"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5642--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the hyphen styles:
+</p><!--l. 5643--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31069"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5601--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5645--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 5603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28070"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvhyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5649--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 5607--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28071"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5609--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5653--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 5611--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28072"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5613--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5657--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5615--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28073"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5659--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5617--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5661--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5620--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 5664--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the “only” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28074"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 5622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28075"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-31074"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 5666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31075"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5624--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5668--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form,
-</p><!--l. 5626--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28076"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5670--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31076"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5628--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5672--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use short form,
-</p><!--l. 5630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28077"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5674--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5632--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5676--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form,
-</p><!--l. 5634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28078"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5678--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongonlyfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5636--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="noindent" >
for the first use long form, and
-</p><!--l. 5638--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28079"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5682--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlysuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5640--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5684--><p class="noindent" >
for the short plural suffix.
-</p><!--l. 5643--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
+</p><!--l. 5687--><p class="indent" > Note that by default inserted material (provided in the final optional argument of
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>), is placed outside the font command in the predefined styles. To
move it inside, use:
-</p><!--l. 5646--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28080"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5690--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5648--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5692--><p class="noindent" >
This applies to all the predefined styles. For example:
@@ -11058,17 +11153,17 @@
\renewcommand*{\glsfirstlongdefaultfont}[1]{\emph{#1}}
\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue
</pre>
-<!--l. 5654--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
+<!--l. 5698--><p class="nopar" > This will make the long form and the inserted text emphasized, whereas the default
(without <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinsertinsidetrue</span>) would place the inserted text outside of the
emphasized font.
-</p><!--l. 5659--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a
+</p><!--l. 5703--><p class="indent" > Note that for some styles, such as the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28081"></a>, the inserted text would be
+ id="dx1-31081"></a>, the inserted text would be
placed inside the font command for the short form (rather than the long form in the
above example).
-</p><!--l. 5663--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span
+</p><!--l. 5707--><p class="indent" > Remember that <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc </span>renders <span
class="cmti-10">lowercase </span>letters as small capitals. Uppercase
letters are rendered as normal uppercase letters, so if you specify the short form in
@@ -11082,8 +11177,8 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-150">
\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeLowercase{#1}}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 5670--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5672--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
+<!--l. 5714--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5716--><p class="indent" > If you want to easily switch between the “sc” and “sm” styles, you may find it
easier to redefine this command to convert case:
@@ -11093,14 +11188,14 @@
\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvscfont}[1]{\textsc{\MakeTextLowercase{#1}}}
\renewcommand*{\glsabbrvsmfont}[1]{\textsmaller{\MakeTextUppercase{#1}}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 5678--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5680--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use
-</p><!--l. 5681--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28082"></a> <span
+<!--l. 5722--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5724--><p class="indent" > Some of the styles use
+</p><!--l. 5725--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5683--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5727--><p class="noindent" >
as a separator between the long and short forms. This is defined as a space by
default, but may be changed as required. For example:
@@ -11110,7 +11205,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-152">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{~}
</pre>
-<!--l. 5688--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 5732--><p class="nopar" > or
@@ -11118,11 +11213,11 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-153">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrfullsep}[1]{\glsacspace{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 5692--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 5694--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
+<!--l. 5736--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 5738--><p class="indent" > The new naming scheme for abbreviation styles is as follows: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5697--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
+ <!--l. 5741--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩]<span
@@ -11131,7 +11226,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier2</span>⟩][<span
class="cmtt-10">-user</span>]
- </p><!--l. 5699--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5743--><p class="noindent" >This is for the parenthetical styles. The <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ parts may be omitted.
These styles display ⟨<span
@@ -11141,55 +11236,55 @@
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ starts with “no” then that element is omitted from the display style
(no parenthetical part) but is included in the inline style.
- </p><!--l. 5705--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ </p><!--l. 5749--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ part is present, then the field has a font changing command
applied to it. The special modifier <span
class="cmtt-10">-only </span>indicates that field is only present
according to whether or not the entry has been used.
- </p><!--l. 5710--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ </p><!--l. 5754--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field2</span>⟩ is placed after the <a
- id="dx1-28083"></a><a
+ id="dx1-31083"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the
post-link hook.
- </p><!--l. 5713--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ </p><!--l. 5757--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmtt-10">-user </span>part is present, then the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-28084"></a> value, if provided, is inserted
+ id="dx1-31084"></a> value, if provided, is inserted
into the parenthetical material . (The field used for the inserted material
may be changed.)
- </p><!--l. 5717--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 5761--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5719--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5763--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28085"></a>: ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-31085"></a>: ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ is the long form, the short form is set in
smallcaps but omitted in the display style.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5722--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5766--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28086"></a>: both the long form and the short form are
+ id="dx1-31086"></a>: both the long form and the short form are
emphasized. The short form is in parentheses.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5724--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5768--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28087"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form.
+ id="dx1-31087"></a>: the short form is emphasized but not the long form.
The short form is in parentheses.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5726--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5770--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28088"></a>: if the <span
+ id="dx1-31088"></a>: if the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-28089"></a> key has been set, this produces the style
+ id="dx1-31089"></a> key has been set, this produces the style
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span
@@ -11201,10 +11296,10 @@
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5730--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5774--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28090"></a>: the short form and the inserted
+ id="dx1-31090"></a>: the short form and the inserted
material (provided by the final optional argument of commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>) is moved to the post-link hook. The long form is formatted
@@ -11218,38 +11313,38 @@
use).</p></li></ul>
</li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5739--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
+ <!--l. 5783--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-noreg</span>
- </p><!--l. 5741--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a
+ </p><!--l. 5785--><p class="noindent" >Some styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28091"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the
+ id="dx1-31091"></a> attribute. In some cases, there’s a version of the
style that doesn’t set this attribute. For example, <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28092"></a> sets the
+ id="dx1-31092"></a> sets the
<a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28093"></a> attribute. The <a
+ id="dx1-31093"></a> attribute. The <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28094"></a> style is a minor variation that
+ id="dx1-31094"></a> style is a minor variation that
style that doesn’t set the attribute.
- </p><!--l. 5748--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a
+ </p><!--l. 5792--><p class="noindent" >There are a few “noshort” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28095"></a>, that have
+ id="dx1-31095"></a>, that have
“-noreg” version without a regular version. This is because the style won’t work
properly with the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28096"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for
+ id="dx1-31096"></a> set, but the naming scheme is maintained for
consistency with the other “noshort” styles.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5756--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
+ <!--l. 5800--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩[<span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩]<span
@@ -11256,122 +11351,122 @@
class="cmtt-10">-</span>[<span
class="cmtt-10">post</span>]<span
class="cmtt-10">footnote</span>
- </p><!--l. 5758--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 5802--><p class="noindent" >The display style uses ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by a footnote with the other field in it. If
<span
class="cmtt-10">post </span>is present then the footnote is placed after the <a
- id="dx1-28097"></a><a
+ id="dx1-31097"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> using the
post-link hook. The inline style does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ followed by the other field in
parentheses.
- </p><!--l. 5764--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ </p><!--l. 5808--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier1</span>⟩ is present, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field1</span>⟩ has a font-changing command applied to
it.
- </p><!--l. 5767--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 5811--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5769--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5813--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28098"></a>: short form in the text with the long form in the
+ id="dx1-31098"></a>: short form in the text with the long form in the
footnote.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5771--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5815--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28099"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in
+ id="dx1-31099"></a>: short form in smallcaps with the long form in
the footnote outside of the <a
- id="dx1-28100"></a>link-text.</p></li></ul>
- <!--l. 5775--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
+ id="dx1-31100"></a>link-text.</p></li></ul>
+ <!--l. 5819--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Take care with the footnote styles. Remember that there are some situations
where <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-28101"></a> doesn’t work. </div>
+ id="dx1-31101"></a> doesn’t work. </div>
- </p><!--l. 5778--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5822--><p class="noindent" >
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5780--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
+ <!--l. 5824--><p class="noindent" >⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-desc</span>
- </p><!--l. 5782--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 5826--><p class="noindent" >Like ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">style</span>⟩ but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-28102"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations
+ id="dx1-31102"></a> key must be provided when defining abbreviations
with this style.
- </p><!--l. 5785--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
+ </p><!--l. 5829--><p class="noindent" >Examples: </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5788--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5832--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28103"></a>: like <a
+ id="dx1-31103"></a>: like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28104"></a> but requires a description.
+ id="dx1-31104"></a> but requires a description.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 5790--><p class="noindent" ><a
+ <!--l. 5834--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28105"></a>: like <a
+ id="dx1-31105"></a>: like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-28106"></a> but requires a
+ id="dx1-31106"></a> but requires a
description.</p></li></ul>
</li></ul>
-<!--l. 5795--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
+<!--l. 5839--><p class="indent" > Not all combinations that fit the above syntax are provided. Pre-version 1.04
styles that didn’t fit this naming scheme are either provided with a synonym (where
the former name wasn’t ambiguous) or provided with a deprecated synonym (where
the former name was confusing). The deprecated style names generate a warning
using:
-</p><!--l. 5801--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-28107"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 5845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-31107"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarnDeprecatedAbbrStyle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">old-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">new-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 5803--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5847--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">old-name</span>⟩ is the deprecated name and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">new-name</span>⟩ is the preferred name. You
can suppress these warnings by redefining this command to do nothing.
-</p><!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 5853--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 5809--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 5853--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4.1 </span> <a
id="sec:predefregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 5812--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a
+<!--l. 5856--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories
+ id="dx1-32001"></a> attribute to “true” for all categories
that have abbreviations defined with any of these styles.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5817--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5861--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-29002"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32002"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5817--><p class="noindent" >This only displays the short form on <a
- id="dx1-29003"></a><a
+ <!--l. 5861--><p class="noindent" >This only displays the short form on <a
+ id="dx1-32003"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-29004"></a> is set to the short form
+ id="dx1-32004"></a> is set to the short form
through the command
- </p><!--l. 5820--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-29005"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 5864--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-32005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortnolongname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5822--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5866--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for the other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -11384,77 +11479,77 @@
take effect. Make sure to <span
class="cmtt-10">\protect </span>any formatting commands (or anything else
that shouldn’t be expanded).
- </p><!--l. 5831--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5875--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-29006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-32006"></a> is set to the long form. The inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The long form on its own can be displayed through commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span><a
- id="dx1-29007"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32007"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5836--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-29008"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32008"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5836--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29009"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32009"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5838--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5882--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short</span><a
- id="dx1-29010"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32010"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5838--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5882--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29011"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-32011"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5842--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5886--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-29012"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32012"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5842--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5886--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29013"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32013"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29014"></a> (which
+ id="dx1-32014"></a> (which
defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5890--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-29015"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32015"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5846--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 5890--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29016"></a>
+ id="dx1-32016"></a>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5892--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-29017"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32017"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5848--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5892--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29018"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-32018"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The name is
still obtained from <span
@@ -11466,19 +11561,19 @@
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ unless indicated
otherwise).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5855--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5899--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-29019"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32019"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5855--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5899--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29020"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32020"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29021"></a> (which
+ id="dx1-32021"></a> (which
defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>).
@@ -11485,85 +11580,85 @@
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5859--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-29022"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32022"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5859--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29023"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32023"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5861--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5905--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-29024"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32024"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5861--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5905--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29025"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-32025"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5865--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5909--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong</span><a
- id="dx1-29026"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32026"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5865--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5909--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29027"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32027"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29028"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32028"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5869--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5913--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29029"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32029"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5869--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 5913--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29030"></a>
+ id="dx1-32030"></a>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5915--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29031"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32031"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5871--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5915--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29032"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-32032"></a> but the inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5875--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5919--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29033"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32033"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5875--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a
+ <!--l. 5919--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29034"></a> style, but the <span
+ id="dx1-32034"></a> style, but the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-29035"></a> is set to the full form obtained by
+ id="dx1-32035"></a> is set to the full form obtained by
expanding
- </p><!--l. 5878--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-29036"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 5922--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-32036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5880--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5924--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for the other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -11576,16 +11671,16 @@
before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
- </p><!--l. 5887--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5931--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-29037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use
+ id="dx1-32037"></a> must be supplied by the user. You may prefer to use
the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29038"></a> style with the post-description hook set to display
+ id="dx1-32038"></a> style with the post-description hook set to display
the long form and override the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-29039"></a> key. (See the sample file
+ id="dx1-32039"></a> key. (See the sample file
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span>.)
@@ -11592,124 +11687,124 @@
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5937--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29040"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32040"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5893--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 5937--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29041"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32041"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5896--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29042"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32042"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5896--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29043"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32043"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29044"></a> (which
+ id="dx1-32044"></a> (which
defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5900--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5944--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29045"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32045"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5900--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 5944--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29046"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32046"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5947--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29047"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32047"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5903--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5947--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29048"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32048"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29049"></a>
+ id="dx1-32049"></a>
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsmaller</span>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5907--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5951--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29050"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32050"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5907--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 5951--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sm-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29051"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32051"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5954--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29052"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32052"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5910--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5954--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29053"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32053"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29054"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32054"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5914--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5958--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29055"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32055"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5914--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 5958--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29056"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32056"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5917--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5961--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29057"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32057"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5917--><p class="noindent" >This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or subsequent use of
+ <!--l. 5961--><p class="noindent" >This style only displays the long form, regardless of first or subsequent use of
commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-29058"></a>. The short form may be accessed through commands like
+ id="dx1-32058"></a>. The short form may be accessed through commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-29059"></a>. The inline full form displays ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-32059"></a>. The inline full form displays ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
- </p><!--l. 5923--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5967--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-29060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span
+ id="dx1-32060"></a> key are set to the long form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-29061"></a> key is also set to the long form,
+ id="dx1-32061"></a> key is also set to the long form,
but this is done by expanding
- </p><!--l. 5926--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-29062"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 5970--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-32062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5928--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 5972--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for the other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -11719,9 +11814,9 @@
indicated otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before
abbreviations are defined, and any fragile or formatting commands within it
need protecting.
- </p><!--l. 5934--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 5978--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-29063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles
+ id="dx1-32063"></a> must be provided by the user. The predefined glossary styles
won’t display the short form. You can use the post-description hook to
automatically append the short form to the description. The inline full form
will display ⟨<span
@@ -11728,119 +11823,119 @@
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29064"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32064"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5940--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29065"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32065"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5987--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29066"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32066"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5943--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a
+ <!--l. 5987--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29067"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands
+ id="dx1-32067"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands
like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-29068"></a>) use <span
+ id="dx1-32068"></a>) use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29069"></a>. (This style was originally called
+ id="dx1-32069"></a>. (This style was originally called
<span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-29070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
+ id="dx1-32070"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5950--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 5994--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29071"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32071"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5950--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 5994--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29072"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32072"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29073"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32073"></a>.
(This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-29074"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ id="dx1-32074"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6001--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29075"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32075"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5957--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6001--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29076"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32076"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29077"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32077"></a>.
The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29078"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32078"></a>.
Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym
for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5964--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6008--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-29079"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32079"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5964--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, like <a
+ <!--l. 6008--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29080"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32080"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29081"></a>. The long form uses <span
+ id="dx1-32081"></a>. The long form uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29082"></a> and
+ id="dx1-32082"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29083"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32083"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6013--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort</span><a
- id="dx1-29084"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32084"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5969--><p class="noindent" >This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form
+ <!--l. 6013--><p class="noindent" >This style doesn’t really make sense if you don’t use the short form
anywhere in the document, but is provided for completeness. This is
like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29085"></a> style, but the <span
+ id="dx1-32085"></a> style, but the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-29086"></a> key is set to the short
+ id="dx1-32086"></a> key is set to the short
form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-29087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by
+ id="dx1-32087"></a> key is also set to the short form, but this is done by
expanding
- </p><!--l. 5975--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-29088"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6019--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-32088"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 5977--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -11848,95 +11943,95 @@
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩ styles, unless indicated
otherwise.) This command should only be redefined before abbreviations are
defined, and fragile or formatting commands should be protected.
- </p><!--l. 5984--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 6028--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-29089"></a> is set to the long form.
+ id="dx1-32089"></a> is set to the long form.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-29090"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32090"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5986--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29091"></a>
+ id="dx1-32091"></a>
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5988--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-29092"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32092"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5988--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a
+ <!--l. 6032--><p class="noindent" >Like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands like
+ id="dx1-32093"></a> style but the short form (accessed through commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-29094"></a>) use <span
+ id="dx1-32094"></a>) use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29095"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
+ id="dx1-32095"></a>. (This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-29096"></a>.
+ id="dx1-32096"></a>.
Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a deprecated synonym
for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 5995--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-29097"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32097"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 5995--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6039--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29098"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32098"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29099"></a>. (This
+ id="dx1-32099"></a>. (This
style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">long-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-29100"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name
+ id="dx1-32100"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name
retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6002--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6046--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29101"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32101"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6002--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6046--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29102"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32102"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29103"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
+ id="dx1-32103"></a>. The long form isn’t emphasized. (This style was originally
called <span
class="cmss-10">long-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
+ id="dx1-32104"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but original name retained as a
deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6009--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6053--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em</span><a
- id="dx1-29105"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-32105"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6009--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6053--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29106"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-32106"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>
to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-29107"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-32107"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span>
and <span
@@ -11944,51 +12039,51 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslongemfont</span>. The short form isn’t used by
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-29108"></a>, but can be obtained using <span
+ id="dx1-32108"></a>, but can be obtained using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-29109"></a>. The related
+ id="dx1-32109"></a>. The related
style <a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-29110"></a> doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-32110"></a> doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-29111"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-32111"></a> attribute.
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6065--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6021--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6065--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.4.2 </span> <a
id="sec:predefnonregabbrvstyles"></a>Predefined Abbreviation Styles that Don’t Set the Regular Attribute</h4>
-<!--l. 6024--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a
+<!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >The following abbreviation styles will set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has
+ id="dx1-33001"></a> attribute to “false” if it has
previously been set. If it hasn’t already been set, it’s left unset. Other attributes may
also be set, depending on the style.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short</span><a
- id="dx1-30002"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33002"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6030--><p class="noindent" >On <a
- id="dx1-30003"></a><a
+ <!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" >On <a
+ id="dx1-33003"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and display full
forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-30004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span
+ id="dx1-33004"></a> key is set to the short form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30005"></a> is also set
+ id="dx1-33005"></a> is also set
to the short form through
- </p><!--l. 6035--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30006"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6079--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6037--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6081--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -12001,93 +12096,93 @@
class="cmtt-10">\the\glslongtok </span>and the short form can be referenced with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6047--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 6091--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated
+ id="dx1-33007"></a> is set to the long form. The long and short forms are separated
by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. If you want to insert material within the parentheses
(such as a translation), try the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30008"></a> style.
+ id="dx1-33008"></a> style.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6096--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-30009"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33009"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6052--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6096--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30010"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33010"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30011"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33011"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6056--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6100--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-30012"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33012"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6056--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6100--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30013"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33013"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30014"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33014"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6060--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6104--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-30015"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33015"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6060--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6104--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30016"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33016"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30017"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33017"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6108--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em</span><a
- id="dx1-30018"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33018"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6064--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6108--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30019"></a> but redefines
+ id="dx1-33019"></a> but redefines
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30020"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33020"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only</span><a
- id="dx1-30021"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33021"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6068--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first use and only
+ <!--l. 6112--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style only shows the long form on first use and only
shows the short form on subsequent use. The inline full form <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
shows the long form followed by the short form in parentheses. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30022"></a> field
+ id="dx1-33022"></a> field
is obtained from
- </p><!--l. 6074--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30023"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6118--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlyname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6076--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6120--><p class="noindent" >
Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations
are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
@@ -12096,26 +12191,26 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6083--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6127--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-only-short-only-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30024"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33024"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6083--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6127--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-only-short-only"><span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30025"></a> but the user must
+ id="dx1-33025"></a> but the user must
supply the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30026"></a> field is obtained from
- </p><!--l. 6088--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33026"></a> field is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 6132--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtronlydescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6090--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6134--><p class="noindent" >
Any redefinition of this command must come before the abbreviations
are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
@@ -12124,46 +12219,46 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6097--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6141--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30028"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33028"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6097--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6141--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30029"></a> but doesn’t set the
+ id="dx1-33029"></a> but doesn’t set the
<a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30030"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-33030"></a> attribute.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6102--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6146--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user</span><a
- id="dx1-30031"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33031"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6102--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a
+ <!--l. 6146--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.04. It’s like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30032"></a> style but
+ id="dx1-33032"></a> style but
additional information can be inserted into the parenthetical material. This
checks the value of the field given by
- </p><!--l. 6107--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30033"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6151--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserfield </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6109--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6153--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">useri</span>) using <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a
- id="dx1-30034"></a> (provided by <span
+ id="dx1-33034"></a> (provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>). If the
field hasn’t been set, the style behaves like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30035"></a> style and produces
+ id="dx1-33035"></a> style and produces
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) but if the field has been set, the contents of that field are inserted
@@ -12172,46 +12267,46 @@
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field-value</span>⟩). The format is
governed by
- </p><!--l. 6117--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30036"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6161--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6119--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6163--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ is the short form (for the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30037"></a> style) or the long form (for
+ id="dx1-33037"></a> style) or the long form (for
the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using
+ id="dx1-33038"></a> style). This command first inserts a space using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep </span>and then the parenthetical content (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrparen</span><a
- id="dx1-30039"></a>).
+ id="dx1-33039"></a>).
The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30040"></a> is set to
- </p><!--l. 6126--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30041"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33040"></a> is set to
+ </p><!--l. 6170--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6128--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6172--><p class="noindent" >
The default definition ignores the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and encapsulates ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslonguserfont</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6132--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 6176--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span
+ id="dx1-33042"></a> is obtained by expanding <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname </span>(see above). The
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ argument includes the font formatting command, <span
@@ -12222,7 +12317,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>in the case of the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30043"></a> style and <span
+ id="dx1-33043"></a> style and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -12229,8 +12324,8 @@
in the case of the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30044"></a> style.
- </p><!--l. 6140--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+ id="dx1-33044"></a> style.
+ </p><!--l. 6184--><p class="noindent" >For example:
@@ -12242,32 +12337,32 @@
 [user1={German Speaking \TeX\ User Group}]
 {dante}{DANTE}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\ e.V}
</pre>
- <!--l. 6150--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 6194--><p class="nopar" > On first use, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{tug}</span></span></span> will appear as:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 6153--><p class="noindent" >TeX User Group (TUG)</p></blockquote>
- <!--l. 6155--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+ <!--l. 6197--><p class="noindent" >TeX User Group (TUG)</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6199--><p class="noindent" >whereas <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{dante}</span></span></span> will appear as:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 6157--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V (DANTE,
+ <!--l. 6201--><p class="noindent" >Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung TeX e.V (DANTE,
German Speaking TeX User Group)</p></blockquote>
- <!--l. 6160--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
- </p><!--l. 6161--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30045"></a> <span
+ <!--l. 6204--><p class="noindent" >The short form is formatted according to
+ </p><!--l. 6205--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvuserfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6163--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6207--><p class="noindent" >
and the plural suffix is given by
- </p><!--l. 6165--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30046"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6209--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusersuffix </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6167--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6169--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps
+ </p><!--l. 6211--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6213--><p class="noindent" >These may be redefined as appropriate. For example, if you want a smallcaps
style, you can just set these commands to those used by the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-sc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30047"></a>
+ id="dx1-33047"></a>
style:
@@ -12277,60 +12372,60 @@
\renewcommand{\glsabbruserfont}[1]{\glsabbrvscfont{#1}}
\renewcommand{\glsxtrusersuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
</pre>
- <!--l. 6175--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 6219--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6221--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30048"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33048"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6177--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6221--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-33049"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30050"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-33050"></a> attribute.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6181--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6225--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30051"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33051"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6181--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6225--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30052"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-33052"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30053"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-33053"></a> attribute.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6185--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6229--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30054"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33054"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6185--><p class="noindent" >On <a
- id="dx1-30055"></a><a
+ <!--l. 6229--><p class="noindent" >On <a
+ id="dx1-33055"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The inline and display full
forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30056"></a> is set to the full form. The <span
+ id="dx1-33056"></a> is set to the full form. The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-30057"></a> key is set to ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-33057"></a> key is set to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩
(⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). Before version 1.04, this was incorrectly set to the short form. If you
want to revert back to this you can redefine
- </p><!--l. 6192--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30058"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescsort </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6194--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6238--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -12339,18 +12434,18 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-156">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrlongshortdescsort}{\the\glsshorttok}
</pre>
- <!--l. 6198--><p class="nopar" > The <span
+ <!--l. 6242--><p class="nopar" > The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short
+ id="dx1-33059"></a> must be supplied by the user. The long and short
forms are separated by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30060"></a> field is obtained
+ id="dx1-33060"></a> field is obtained
from
- </p><!--l. 6202--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30061"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6246--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6204--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6248--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">long</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -12365,185 +12460,185 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6214--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6258--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sc-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sc-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30062"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33062"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6214--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6258--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30063"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33063"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30064"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33064"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6262--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-sm-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-sm-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30065"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33065"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6218--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6262--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30066"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33066"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30067"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33067"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6222--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30068"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33068"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6222--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6266--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30069"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33069"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30070"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33070"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6226--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6270--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-short-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30071"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33071"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6226--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6270--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-em-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30072"></a> but redefines
+ id="dx1-33072"></a> but redefines
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30073"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33073"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6230--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6274--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30074"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33074"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6230--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6274--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-noshort-em-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30075"></a> but doesn’t set
+ id="dx1-33075"></a> but doesn’t set
the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30076"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-33076"></a> attribute.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6280--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-short-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-short-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30077"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33077"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6236--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the <a
+ <!--l. 6280--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30078"></a> style
+ id="dx1-33078"></a> style
and the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30079"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for
+ id="dx1-33079"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30080"></a> and the <span
+ id="dx1-33080"></a> and the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30081"></a> key is obtained from
- </p><!--l. 6242--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30082"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33081"></a> key is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 6286--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6244--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6288--><p class="noindent" >
Again, this should only be redefined before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile and formatting commands need protecting.
- </p><!--l. 6248--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 6292--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
+ id="dx1-33083"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>). The <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-30084"></a> key is set to ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-33084"></a> key is set to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) as per
the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30085"></a> style.
+ id="dx1-33085"></a> style.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6253--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30086"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33086"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6253--><p class="noindent" >This is like <a
+ <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >This is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-33087"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30088"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-33088"></a> attribute.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6257--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.nolong-short-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nolong-short-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30089"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33089"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6257--><p class="noindent" >This is like <a
+ <!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >This is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.nolong-short"><span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-33090"></a> but doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30091"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-33091"></a> attribute.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6261--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6305--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long</span><a
- id="dx1-30092"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33092"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6261--><p class="noindent" >On <a
- id="dx1-30093"></a><a
+ <!--l. 6305--><p class="noindent" >On <a
+ id="dx1-33093"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The inline and
display full forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30094"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-33094"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-30095"></a> keys are set to the
+ id="dx1-33095"></a> keys are set to the
short form. The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30096"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long
+ id="dx1-33096"></a> is set to the long form. The short and long
forms are separated by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. If you want to insert material
within the parentheses (such as a translation), try the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30097"></a>
+ id="dx1-33097"></a>
style.
- </p><!--l. 6271--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 6315--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30098"></a> field is obtained from
- </p><!--l. 6272--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30099"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33098"></a> field is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 6316--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33099"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6274--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6318--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -12560,85 +12655,85 @@
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6285--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long</span><a
- id="dx1-30100"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33100"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6285--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30101"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33101"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30102"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33102"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6289--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6333--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long</span><a
- id="dx1-30103"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33103"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6289--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6333--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30104"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33104"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30105"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33105"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6337--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long</span><a
- id="dx1-30106"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33106"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6293--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6337--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30107"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33107"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30108"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33108"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6341--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em</span><a
- id="dx1-30109"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33109"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6297--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6341--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30110"></a> but redefines
+ id="dx1-33110"></a> but redefines
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30111"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33111"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6345--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user</span><a
- id="dx1-30112"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33112"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6301--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a
+ <!--l. 6345--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04. This style is like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30113"></a> style but with the long
+ id="dx1-33113"></a> style but with the long
and short forms switched. The parenthetical material is governed by the same
command <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtruserparen</span><a
- id="dx1-30114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it is the
+ id="dx1-33114"></a>, but the first argument supplied to it is the
long form instead of the short form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30115"></a> field is obtained by
+ id="dx1-33115"></a> field is obtained by
expanding
- </p><!--l. 6308--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30116"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6352--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33116"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6310--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6354--><p class="noindent" >
Again, this should only be redefined before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
@@ -12645,7 +12740,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>) and commands that should be expanded need to be protected.
The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30117"></a> is set to <span
+ id="dx1-33117"></a> is set to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsuserdescription{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -12652,48 +12747,48 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6316--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6360--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30118"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33118"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6316--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6360--><p class="noindent" >This style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-nolong-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30119"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
+ id="dx1-33119"></a> but it doesn’t set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30120"></a> attribute.
+ id="dx1-33120"></a> attribute.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6320--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6364--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30121"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33121"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6320--><p class="noindent" >On <a
- id="dx1-30122"></a><a
+ <!--l. 6364--><p class="noindent" >On <a
+ id="dx1-33122"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style uses the format ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩). The inline and display full
forms are the same. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30123"></a> is set to the full form. The <span
+ id="dx1-33123"></a> is set to the full form. The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30124"></a> must
+ id="dx1-33124"></a> must
be supplied by the user. The short and long forms are separated by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30125"></a> field is obtained from
- </p><!--l. 6327--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30126"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33125"></a> field is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 6371--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33126"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6329--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6373--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -12708,87 +12803,87 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6339--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6383--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30127"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33127"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6339--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6383--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30128"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33128"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30129"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33129"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6387--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30130"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33130"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6343--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6387--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30131"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33131"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30132"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33132"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6347--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30133"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33133"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6347--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30134"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33134"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30135"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33135"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6351--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6395--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-long-em-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30136"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33136"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6351--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6395--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-em-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30137"></a> but redefines
+ id="dx1-33137"></a> but redefines
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30138"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33138"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6355--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-long-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-long-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30139"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33139"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6355--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the <a
+ <!--l. 6399--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.04, this style is like a cross between the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30140"></a> style
+ id="dx1-33140"></a> style
and the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30141"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for
+ id="dx1-33141"></a> style. The display and inline forms are as for
<a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30142"></a>, but the <span
+ id="dx1-33142"></a>, but the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30143"></a> key is obtained from
- </p><!--l. 6361--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30144"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33143"></a> key is obtained from
+ </p><!--l. 6405--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33144"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6363--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6407--><p class="noindent" >
Again, this should only be redefined before <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
@@ -12796,46 +12891,46 @@
- </p><!--l. 6367--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ </p><!--l. 6411--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
+ id="dx1-33145"></a> key must be supplied in the optional argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6371--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6415--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30146"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33146"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6371--><p class="noindent" >On <a
- id="dx1-30147"></a><a
+ <!--l. 6415--><p class="noindent" >On <a
+ id="dx1-33147"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>, this style displays the short form with the long form as a footnote.
This style automatically sets the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30148"></a> attribute to “true” for the
+ id="dx1-33148"></a> attribute to “true” for the
supplied category, so the <a
- id="dx1-30149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote
+ id="dx1-33149"></a>first use won’t be hyperlinked (but the footnote
marker may be, if the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-30150"></a> package is used).
- </p><!--l. 6378--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-33150"></a> package is used).
+ </p><!--l. 6422--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30151"></a> is set to the short
+ id="dx1-33151"></a> is set to the short
form. The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30152"></a> is set to the long form. The <span
+ id="dx1-33152"></a> is set to the long form. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30153"></a> key is obtained by
+ id="dx1-33153"></a> key is obtained by
expanding:
- </p><!--l. 6382--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30154"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6426--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33154"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotename </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6384--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6428--><p class="noindent" >
(Similarly for other <span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
@@ -12847,35 +12942,35 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>), and fragile or formatting commands
should be protected from expansion.
- </p><!--l. 6391--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
- </p><!--l. 6392--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30155"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6435--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.05, all the footnote styles use:
+ </p><!--l. 6436--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33155"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6394--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6438--><p class="noindent" >
to format the long form on <a
- id="dx1-30156"></a>first use or for the full form and
- </p><!--l. 6396--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30157"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33156"></a>first use or for the full form and
+ </p><!--l. 6440--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33157"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongfootnotefont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6398--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6442--><p class="noindent" >
to format the long form elsewhere (for example, when used with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>).
- </p><!--l. 6402--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
- </p><!--l. 6403--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30158"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6446--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.07, all the footnote styles use:
+ </p><!--l. 6447--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33158"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrabbrvfootnote{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6405--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6449--><p class="noindent" >
By default, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30159"></a><span
+ id="dx1-33159"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>(the first argument is ignored). For
@@ -12890,7 +12985,7 @@
  \footnote{\glshyperlink[#2]{#1}}%
}
</pre>
- <!--l. 6413--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
+ <!--l. 6457--><p class="nopar" > or to include the short form with a hyperlink:
@@ -12900,122 +12995,122 @@
  \footnote{\glshyperlink[\glsfmtshort{#1}]{#1}: #2}%
}
</pre>
- <!--l. 6419--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span
+ <!--l. 6463--><p class="nopar" > Note that I haven’t used commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>to avoid interference
(see <a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entryfmtmods </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.4</span> </a><a
href="#sec:entryfmtmods">Entry Display Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entryfmtmods --></a> and <a
href="#sec:nested"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:nested
+class="cmbx-10">2.8</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:nested">Nested Links<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:nested --></a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6424--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6468--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30160"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33160"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6424--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 6468--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30161"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33161"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6427--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30162"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33162"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6427--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30163"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33163"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30164"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33164"></a>.
(This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-30165"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ id="dx1-33165"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6434--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30166"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33166"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6434--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30167"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33167"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30168"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33168"></a>.
(This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-30169"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ id="dx1-33169"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6441--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6485--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30170"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33170"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6441--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6485--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30171"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33171"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30172"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33172"></a>.
(This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span><a
- id="dx1-30173"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ id="dx1-33173"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6448--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30174"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33174"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6448--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6492--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30175"></a>, but the <span
+ id="dx1-33175"></a>, but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30176"></a> must be
+ id="dx1-33176"></a> must be
supplied by the user. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30177"></a> field is obtained from:
+ id="dx1-33177"></a> field is obtained from:
- </p><!--l. 6453--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30178"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6497--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33178"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescname </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6455--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6499--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ followed by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ in parentheses, and the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-30179"></a> field is
+ id="dx1-33179"></a> field is
obtained from:
- </p><!--l. 6458--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30180"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6502--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33180"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfootnotedescsort </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6460--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6504--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to just the short form. (Similarly for other
<span
class="cmtt-10">short</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">-[post]footnote-desc </span>styles, unless indicated otherwise.)
- </p><!--l. 6465--><p class="noindent" >Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations
+ </p><!--l. 6509--><p class="noindent" >Any redefinition of these commands must come before the abbreviations
are defined as it expands on definition. Make sure you protect any
commands that shouldn’t be expanded. The long form can be referenced
with <span
@@ -13023,330 +13118,330 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\the\glsshorttok</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6515--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.footnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30181"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33181"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6471--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 6515--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30182"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33182"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6474--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-footnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30183"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33183"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6474--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30184"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33184"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30185"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33185"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6522--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-footnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30186"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33186"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6478--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6522--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30187"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33187"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30188"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33188"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6482--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6526--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-footnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30189"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33189"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6482--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6526--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30190"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33190"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30191"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33191"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6486--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6530--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30192"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33192"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6486--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the <a
+ <!--l. 6530--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30193"></a> style but doesn’t modify the category
+ id="dx1-33193"></a> style but doesn’t modify the category
attribute. Instead it changes <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostlink</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>⟩<a
- id="dx1-30194"></a> to insert the
+ id="dx1-33194"></a> to insert the
footnote after the <a
- id="dx1-30195"></a><a
+ id="dx1-33195"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> on <a
- id="dx1-30196"></a><a
+ id="dx1-33196"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>. This will also defer the footnote
until after any following punctuation character that’s recognised by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifnextpunc</span><a
- id="dx1-30197"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33197"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 6494--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 6538--><p class="noindent" >The inline full form uses the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) style. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30198"></a> is set to the short
+ id="dx1-33198"></a> is set to the short
form. The <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30199"></a> is set to the long form. Note that this style will change
+ id="dx1-33199"></a> is set to the long form. Note that this style will change
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull </span>(and its variants) so that it fakes non-<a
- id="dx1-30200"></a>first use. (Otherwise the
+ id="dx1-33200"></a>first use. (Otherwise the
footnote would appear after the inline form.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6545--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30201"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33201"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6501--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 6545--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30202"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33202"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6504--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6548--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30203"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33203"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6504--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6548--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30204"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33204"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30205"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33205"></a>.
(This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span><a
- id="dx1-30206"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ id="dx1-33206"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6511--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6555--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30207"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33207"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6511--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6555--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30208"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33208"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30209"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33209"></a>.
(This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span><a
- id="dx1-30210"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ id="dx1-33210"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote</span><a
- id="dx1-30211"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33211"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6518--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30212"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33212"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30213"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33213"></a>.
(This style was originally called <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span><a
- id="dx1-30214"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
+ id="dx1-33214"></a>. Renamed in version 1.04, but
original name retained as a deprecated synonym for backward-compatibility.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6569--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30215"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33215"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6525--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6569--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.42.) This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30216"></a>, but the <span
+ id="dx1-33216"></a>, but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30217"></a> must be
+ id="dx1-33217"></a> must be
supplied by the user. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30218"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-33218"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-30219"></a> are set as for <a
+ id="dx1-33219"></a> are set as for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30220"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33220"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6532--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6576--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.postfootnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">postfootnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30221"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33221"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6532--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
+ <!--l. 6576--><p class="noindent" >A synonym for <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30222"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33222"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6579--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sc-postfootnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30223"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33223"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6535--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6579--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30224"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33224"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvscfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30225"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33225"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6539--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6583--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-sm-postfootnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-sm-postfootnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30226"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33226"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6539--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6583--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30227"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33227"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvsmfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30228"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33228"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6543--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6587--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-em-postfootnote-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-em-postfootnote-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30229"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33229"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6543--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
+ <!--l. 6587--><p class="noindent" >Like <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postfootnote-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30230"></a> but redefines <span
+ id="dx1-33230"></a> but redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span><a
- id="dx1-30231"></a>.
+ id="dx1-33231"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6547--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6591--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user</span><a
- id="dx1-30232"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33232"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6547--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the <a
+ <!--l. 6591--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30233"></a> style but
+ id="dx1-33233"></a> style but
defers the parenthetical material to after the link-text. This means that you
don’t have such a long hyperlink (which can cause problems for the DVI
LaTeX format) and it also means that the user supplied material can
include a hyperlink to another location. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30234"></a> key is obtained from
+ id="dx1-33234"></a> key is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6556--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6600--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-postlong-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30235"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33235"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6556--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a
+ <!--l. 6600--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30236"></a>
+ id="dx1-33236"></a>
style but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30237"></a> must be specified. The <span
+ id="dx1-33237"></a> must be specified. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30238"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-33238"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlonguserdescname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6606--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user</span><a
- id="dx1-30239"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33239"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6562--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a
+ <!--l. 6606--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-postlong-user"><span
class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30240"></a>
+ id="dx1-33240"></a>
style but the long form is shown first and the short form is in the parenthetical
material (as for <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30241"></a>) style.
+ id="dx1-33241"></a>) style.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6568--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-postshort-user-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30242"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33242"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6568--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a
+ <!--l. 6612--><p class="noindent" >This style was introduced in version 1.12. It’s like the above <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-postshort-user"><span
class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30243"></a>
+ id="dx1-33243"></a>
style but the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-30244"></a> must be specified. The <span
+ id="dx1-33244"></a> must be specified. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30245"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-33245"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortuserdescname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6574--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6618--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-30246"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33246"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6574--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work with the <a
+ <!--l. 6618--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is designed to work with the <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30247"></a> category
+ id="dx1-33247"></a> category
attribute. The full form is formatted using
- </p><!--l. 6577--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30248"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6621--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33248"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13356,7 +13451,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6579--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6623--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is the inserted material provided in the final optional argument of
commands like <span
@@ -13364,26 +13459,26 @@
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ start with a hyphen, then this locally
redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep</span><a
- id="dx1-30249"></a> to a hyphen, which means that if the <a
+ id="dx1-33249"></a> to a hyphen, which means that if the <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30250"></a>
+ id="dx1-33250"></a>
attribute is set then the long form will become hyphenated. (If this attribute
isn’t set, there’s no alteration to the way the long form is displayed.) The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30251"></a>
+ id="dx1-33251"></a>
key is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortname</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6589--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 6633--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the other ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩) type of styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30252"></a>, this style also
+ id="dx1-33252"></a>, this style also
repeats the insertion in the parenthetical part, so that the first use form
is:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 6594--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 6638--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlonghyphenfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
@@ -13393,7 +13488,7 @@
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩)</p></blockquote>
- <!--l. 6597--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
+ <!--l. 6641--><p class="noindent" >The space before the parenthetical material is actually given by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullsep{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -13402,7 +13497,7 @@
moved into the formatting commands according to the conditional
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsxtrinsertinside</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6602--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span
+ </p><!--l. 6646--><p class="noindent" >For example, if <span
class="cmtt-10">ip </span>is defined using:
@@ -13413,7 +13508,7 @@
\setabbreviationstyle[english]{long-hyphen-short-hyphen}
\newabbreviation[category=english]{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol}
</pre>
- <!--l. 6607--><p class="nopar" > then
+ <!--l. 6651--><p class="nopar" > then
@@ -13421,10 +13516,10 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-160">
\gls{ip}[-Adressen]
</pre>
- <!--l. 6611--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ <!--l. 6655--><p class="nopar" > will do
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 6614--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote>
- <!--l. 6616--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
+ <!--l. 6658--><p class="noindent" >Internet-Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6660--><p class="noindent" >on first use, whereas
@@ -13432,11 +13527,11 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-161">
\gls{ip}[ Address]
</pre>
- <!--l. 6619--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ <!--l. 6663--><p class="nopar" > will do
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 6622--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></blockquote>
- <!--l. 6624--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
- </p><!--l. 6626--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
+ <!--l. 6666--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol Address (IP Address)</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6668--><p class="noindent" >on first use.
+ </p><!--l. 6670--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that the hyphenation isn’t applied when using commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. This means that
@@ -13446,15 +13541,15 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-162">
\glsxtrlong{ip}[-Adressen]
</pre>
- <!--l. 6631--><p class="nopar" > will do
+ <!--l. 6675--><p class="nopar" > will do
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 6634--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6678--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen</p></blockquote>
</div>
- <!--l. 6636--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6638--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
+ <!--l. 6680--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" >If the <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30253"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of
+ id="dx1-33253"></a> attribute hadn’t been set, then the first use of
@@ -13462,20 +13557,20 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-163">
\gls{ip}[-Adressen]
</pre>
- <!--l. 6642--><p class="nopar" > would do
+ <!--l. 6686--><p class="nopar" > would do
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 6645--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote>
- <!--l. 6647--><p class="noindent" >instead.
- </p><!--l. 6649--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" >Internet Protocol-Adressen (IP-Adressen)</p></blockquote>
+ <!--l. 6691--><p class="noindent" >instead.
+ </p><!--l. 6693--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If the inserted material ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ is likely to contain commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>,
then use <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30254"></a> instead to avoid nested links.
+ id="dx1-33254"></a> instead to avoid nested links.
</div>
- </p><!--l. 6653--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6655--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
+ </p><!--l. 6697--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6699--><p class="noindent" >If you want the short version in small-caps, you can just redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvhyphenfont </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphensuffix </span>to use the small-caps
@@ -13488,18 +13583,18 @@
\renewcommand{\glsabbrvhyphenfont}{\glsabbrvscfont}
\renewcommand{\glsxtrhyphensuffix}{\glsxtrscsuffix}
</pre>
- <!--l. 6661--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
+ <!--l. 6705--><p class="nopar" > Similarly for other font-changing variations.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6664--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30255"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33255"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6664--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30256"></a>
+ id="dx1-33256"></a>
except that the parenthetical part is omitted and the long form is
displayed on subsequent use. The short form can be accessed with
<span
@@ -13507,50 +13602,50 @@
no regular version of this style as the regular form doesn’t have the
flexibility to deal with the hyphen switch. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30257"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-33257"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongnoshortdescname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6674--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6718--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-noreg"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span><a
- id="dx1-30258"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33258"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6674--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
+ <!--l. 6718--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17, this style is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30259"></a> but the
+ id="dx1-33259"></a> but the
name is set to the short form and the description is set to the long
form.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6680--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6724--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30260"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33260"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6680--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6682--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6724--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6726--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30261"></a> but the user
+ id="dx1-33261"></a> but the user
supplies the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30262"></a> is obtained from <span
+ id="dx1-33262"></a> is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6687--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6731--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-30263"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33263"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6687--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6689--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6731--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6733--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30264"></a> but the
+ id="dx1-33264"></a> but the
inserted and parenthetical material are moved to the post-link hook. On first
use, <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13576,13 +13671,13 @@
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
where
- </p><!--l. 6697--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30265"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6741--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33265"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6699--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6743--><p class="noindent" >
is in the post-link hook. This uses the format: <spacer type=vertical size=10><span class="obeylines-h">
<br />⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ (<span
@@ -13591,16 +13686,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">isnert</span>⟩)
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
- </p><!--l. 6705--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span
+ </p><!--l. 6749--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The singular short form is always used here, even with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>. (Unlike
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30266"></a>.) </div>
- </p><!--l. 6708--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6710--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
- </p><!--l. 6711--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30267"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-33266"></a>.) </div>
+ </p><!--l. 6752--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6754--><p class="noindent" >The part in the link-text on first use:
+ </p><!--l. 6755--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33267"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphen{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13608,7 +13703,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6713--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" >
checks if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ starts with a hyphen. If it does, then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally
@@ -13621,7 +13716,7 @@
this style without causing nested hyperlinks, but only for commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6722--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
+ </p><!--l. 6766--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -13628,8 +13723,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 6725--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6727--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
+ </p><!--l. 6769--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6771--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
behaves differently to the first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -13641,40 +13736,40 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full
format.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6732--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6776--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30268"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33268"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6732--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6734--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6776--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6778--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30269"></a>
+ id="dx1-33269"></a>
but the user supplies the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30270"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-33270"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlongshortdescname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6740--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-30271"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33271"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6740--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is like <a
+ <!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30272"></a>, except that the short
+ id="dx1-33272"></a>, except that the short
form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. The full form is
formatted using
- </p><!--l. 6744--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30273"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6788--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33273"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshorthyphenlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13684,40 +13779,40 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6746--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6790--><p class="noindent" >
which behaves in an analogous way to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlonghyphenshort</span>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30274"></a> is
+ id="dx1-33274"></a> is
obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6750--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6794--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30275"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33275"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6750--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6752--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6794--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6796--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-long-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30276"></a> but the user
+ id="dx1-33276"></a> but the user
supplies the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30277"></a> is obtained from <span
+ id="dx1-33277"></a> is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6801--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span><a
- id="dx1-30278"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33278"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6757--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is like <a
+ <!--l. 6801--><p class="noindent" >This style (new to v1.17) is like <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30279"></a>, but the short
+ id="dx1-33279"></a>, but the short
form is displayed first followed by the long form in parentheses. On first use,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13740,23 +13835,23 @@
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩
<br /><spacer type=vertical size=10></span>
where
- </p><!--l. 6767--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-30280"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 6811--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-33280"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrposthyphenlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩ </div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 6769--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6813--><p class="noindent" >
is in the post-link hook. These commands behave in an analogous manner to
those used with <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30281"></a>. The <span
+ id="dx1-33281"></a>. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30282"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-33282"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongname</span>.
- </p><!--l. 6774--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
+ </p><!--l. 6818--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> Don’t use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ part for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>,
@@ -13763,8 +13858,8 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong</span>. </div>
- </p><!--l. 6777--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6779--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
+ </p><!--l. 6821--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6823--><p class="noindent" >The inline full display format used by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span>
behaves differently to the first use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>with this style. It’s better
@@ -13776,35 +13871,35 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>if you want to ensure the full
format.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 6828--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span><a
- id="dx1-30283"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-33283"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 6784--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 6786--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 6828--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 6830--><p class="noindent" >New to version 1.17. This is similar to <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-30284"></a>
+ id="dx1-33284"></a>
but the user supplies the description. The <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-30285"></a> is obtained from
+ id="dx1-33285"></a> is obtained from
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshortlongdescname</span>.
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 6793--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 6837--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 6793--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 6837--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">4.5 </span> <a
id="sec:newabbrvstyle"></a>Defining New Abbreviation Styles</h3>
-<!--l. 6796--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
-</p><!--l. 6797--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31001"></a> <span
+<!--l. 6840--><p class="noindent" >New abbreviation styles may be defined using:
+</p><!--l. 6841--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviationstyle{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -13812,65 +13907,65 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">fmts</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6799--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6800--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6843--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6844--><p class="noindent" >where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the new style (as used in the mandatory argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setabbreviationstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-31002"></a>). This is similar but not identical to the <span
+ id="dx1-34002"></a>). This is similar but not identical to the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package’s
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle</span><a
- id="dx1-31003"></a> command.
-</p><!--l. 6807--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span
+ id="dx1-34003"></a> command.
+</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> You can’t use styles defined by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronymstyle </span>with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
unless you have reverted <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span><a
- id="dx1-31004"></a> back to its generic definition from
+ id="dx1-34004"></a> back to its generic definition from
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>(using <span
class="cmtt-10">\RestoreAcronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-31005"></a>). The acronym styles from the <span
+ id="dx1-34005"></a>). The acronym styles from the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package can’t be used with abbreviations defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 6814--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6816--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6858--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is defined and may
set attributes for the given abbreviation category. This argument should
redefine
-</p><!--l. 6819--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31006"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6821--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6865--><p class="noindent" >
to set the entry fields including the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-31007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
+ id="dx1-34007"></a> (defaults to the short form if omitted),
<span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-31008"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-34008"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-31009"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-34009"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-31010"></a>. Other fields may also be set, such as <span
+ id="dx1-34010"></a>. Other fields may also be set, such as <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-31011"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-34011"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-31012"></a> and
+ id="dx1-34012"></a> and
<span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-31013"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6828--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
+ id="dx1-34013"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6872--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> <span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields </span>is expanded by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>so take care to
protect commands that shouldn’t be expanded. </div>
-</p><!--l. 6831--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6833--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 6875--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6877--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-34014"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:
@@ -13889,17 +13984,17 @@
    plural={\protect\glsabbrvfont{\the\glsshortpltok}},%
    description={\the\glslongtok}}%
</pre>
-<!--l. 6847--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span
+<!--l. 6891--><p class="nopar" > Note that the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-31015"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-34015"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-31016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by
+ id="dx1-34016"></a> are set even though they’re not used by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6851--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a
+</p><!--l. 6895--><p class="indent" > The basic styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31017"></a>, use commands like <span
+ id="dx1-34017"></a>, use commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>(which are
redefined whenever the style formatting is set) within <span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>.
@@ -13906,7 +14001,7 @@
Other styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-em-short-em"><span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31018"></a> directly use their own custom commands, such
+ id="dx1-34018"></a> directly use their own custom commands, such
as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span>. With these styles, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>still need to
@@ -13914,18 +14009,18 @@
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument even if they’re not used within
<span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6860--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩ argument may also redefine
-</p><!--l. 6861--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31019"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6905--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6863--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6907--><p class="noindent" >
which can be used to assign attributes. (This will automatically be initialised to do
nothing.)
-</p><!--l. 6867--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 6911--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-footnote"><span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-34020"></a> includes the following in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩:
@@ -13941,115 +14036,115 @@
    {}%
  }%
</pre>
-<!--l. 6878--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a
+<!--l. 6922--><p class="nopar" > This sets the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a
+ id="dx1-34021"></a> attribute to “true”. It also unsets the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31022"></a> attribute if it
+ id="dx1-34022"></a> attribute if it
has previously been set. Note that the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by
+ id="dx1-34023"></a> attribute doesn’t get unset by
other styles, so take care not to switch styles for the same category.
-</p><!--l. 6885--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
+</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" > You can access the short, long, short plural and long plural values through the
following token registers.
-</p><!--l. 6888--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="indent" > Short value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31024"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsshorttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6891--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6893--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6935--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6937--><p class="indent" > Short plural value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6894--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsshortpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6896--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6940--><p class="noindent" >
(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
through the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-31026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
+ id="dx1-34026"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-31027"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6901--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span
+ id="dx1-34027"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" > Long value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6902--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongtok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6904--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6906--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6948--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6950--><p class="indent" > Long plural value (defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>):
-</p><!--l. 6907--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31029"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongpltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6909--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6953--><p class="noindent" >
(This may be the default value or, if provided, the value provided by the user
through the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-31030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
+ id="dx1-34030"></a> key in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-31031"></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 6914--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a
+ id="dx1-34031"></a>.)
+</p><!--l. 6958--><p class="indent" > The short or long values may be modified by attributes (such as <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31032"></a>). The
+ id="dx1-34032"></a>). The
above registers reflect the modification. If you want to access the original
(unmodified) short or long form (as provided in the final two arguments of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>), then use the commands:
-</p><!--l. 6919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31033"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6963--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorgshort </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6921--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6965--><p class="noindent" >
for the short form and
-</p><!--l. 6923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31034"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6967--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrorglong </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6925--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6969--><p class="noindent" >
for the long form. (These may be useful for the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-31035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that
+ id="dx1-34035"></a> key to avoid any formatting that
may be added by the attribute setting.)
-</p><!--l. 6929--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 6973--><p class="indent" > There are two other registers available that are defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
-</p><!--l. 6932--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabeltok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6934--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6978--><p class="noindent" >
which contains the entry’s label and
-</p><!--l. 6936--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31037"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6980--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glskeylisttok </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6938--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6982--><p class="noindent" >
which contains the values provided in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-31038"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 6942--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span
+ id="dx1-34038"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="indent" > Remember put <span
class="cmtt-10">\the </span>in front of the register command as in the examples above.
The category label can be access through the command (not a register):
-</p><!--l. 6945--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31039"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategorylabel </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6947--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6991--><p class="noindent" >
This may be used inside the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrPostNewAbbreviation</span>.
-</p><!--l. 6951--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 6952--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31040"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 6995--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6954--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 6998--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-noshort-sc-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31041"></a>
+ id="dx1-34041"></a>
style simply does
@@ -14058,99 +14153,99 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-167">
\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleSetup{long-noshort-desc}
</pre>
-<!--l. 6959--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span
+<!--l. 7003--><p class="nopar" > within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">setup</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 6962--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 7006--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ argument deals with the way the entry is displayed in the document.
This argument should redefine the following commands.
-</p><!--l. 6966--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span
+</p><!--l. 7010--><p class="indent" > The default suffix for the plural short form (if not overridden by the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-31042"></a>
+ id="dx1-34042"></a>
key):
-</p><!--l. 6968--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31043"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6970--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7014--><p class="noindent" >
(Note that this isn’t used for the plural long form, which just uses the regular
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glspluralsuffix</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 6974--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a
- id="dx1-31044"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 7018--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on <a
+ id="dx1-34044"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 6975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31045"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6977--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6979--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
+</p><!--l. 7021--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7023--><p class="indent" > The font used for the short form on subsequent use or through commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span><a
- id="dx1-31046"></a>:
-</p><!--l. 6981--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31047"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34046"></a>:
+</p><!--l. 7025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6983--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6985--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a
- id="dx1-31048"></a>first use or in the full forms:
-</p><!--l. 6986--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31049"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7027--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7029--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form on <a
+ id="dx1-34048"></a>first use or in the full forms:
+</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirstlongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6988--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6990--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7034--><p class="indent" > The font used for the long form in commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrlong </span>use:
-</p><!--l. 6992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31050"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslongfont{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 6994--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 6996--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7038--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7040--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-31051"></a> on <a
- id="dx1-31052"></a>first use for
+ id="dx1-34051"></a> on <a
+ id="dx1-34052"></a>first use for
abbreviations without the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31053"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 6999--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31054"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34053"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 7043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7001--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7003--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7045--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7047--><p class="indent" > Display full form singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-31055"></a> on
+ id="dx1-34055"></a> on
<a
- id="dx1-31056"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <a
+ id="dx1-34056"></a>first use for abbreviations without the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31057"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 7006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31058"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34057"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 7050--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7008--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7010--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7052--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7054--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-31059"></a> on <a
- id="dx1-31060"></a>first use for
+ id="dx1-34059"></a> on <a
+ id="dx1-34060"></a>first use for
abbreviations without the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31061"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 7013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31062"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34061"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 7057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -14159,143 +14254,143 @@
-</p><!--l. 7015--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7017--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7059--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7061--><p class="indent" > Display full form plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-31063"></a> on
+ id="dx1-34063"></a> on
<a
- id="dx1-31064"></a><a
+ id="dx1-34064"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for abbreviations without the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31065"></a> attribute set):
-</p><!--l. 7020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31066"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34065"></a> attribute set):
+</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7022--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7024--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 7066--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7068--><p class="indent" > In addition ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩ may also redefine the following commands that govern the inline
full formats. If the style doesn’t redefine them, they will default to the same as the
display full forms.
-</p><!--l. 7028--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7072--><p class="indent" > Inline singular no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfull</span><a
- id="dx1-31067"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-34067"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-31068"></a> and
+ id="dx1-34068"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-31069"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 7030--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31070"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34069"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7032--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7034--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7078--><p class="indent" > Inline singular first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfull</span><a
- id="dx1-31071"></a> and
+ id="dx1-34071"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfull</span><a
- id="dx1-31072"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 7036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31073"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34072"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 7080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7038--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7040--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7082--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7084--><p class="indent" > Inline plural no case-change (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-31074"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-34074"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-31075"></a> and
+ id="dx1-34075"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-31076"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 7042--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31077"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34076"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7044--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7046--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
+</p><!--l. 7088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7090--><p class="indent" > Inline plural first letter converted to upper case (used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentryfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-31078"></a> and
+ id="dx1-34078"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrfullpl</span><a
- id="dx1-31079"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 7048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31080"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-34079"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 7092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrinlinefullplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7050--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7052--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
+</p><!--l. 7094--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7096--><p class="indent" > (New to version 1.17.) You can also modify the way the subsequent use is
formatted by redefining the following four commands, but these won’t be used for
abbreviations with the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these
+ id="dx1-34081"></a> attribute set. If the style doesn’t redefine these
commands, the default values are used.
-</p><!--l. 7058--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 7059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31082"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7102--><p class="indent" > Singular with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 7103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7061--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7063--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7064--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31083"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7105--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7107--><p class="indent" > Singular with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7108--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7066--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7068--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change:
-</p><!--l. 7069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31084"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7110--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7112--><p class="indent" > Plural with no case-change:
+</p><!--l. 7113--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34084"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7071--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7115--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7073--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31085"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7117--><p class="indent" > Plural with first letter upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7118--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34085"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrsubsequentplfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7076--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7078--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span
+</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7122--><p class="indent" > If you want to provide support for <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-31086"></a> use the following
+ id="dx1-34086"></a> use the following
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands (<a
href="#sec:accsupp"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:accsupp </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">12.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:accsupp">Accessibility Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:accsupp --></a>) within the
definitions of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfullformat </span>etc instead of the analogous <span
@@ -14303,14 +14398,14 @@
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩
commands. (If you don’t use <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-31087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding
+ id="dx1-34087"></a>, they will just do the corresponding
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentry</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ command.)
-</p><!--l. 7086--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
+</p><!--l. 7130--><p class="indent" > For example, the <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-34088"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩:
@@ -14345,15 +14440,15 @@
    \glsxtrparen{\glsfirstlongfont{\glsaccesslongpl{##1}}}%
  }%
</pre>
-<!--l. 7116--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
+<!--l. 7160--><p class="nopar" > Since the inline full commands aren’t redefined, they default to the same as the
display versions.
-</p><!--l. 7120--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
-</p><!--l. 7121--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-31089"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7164--><p class="indent" > If you want to base a style on an existing style, you can use
+</p><!--l. 7165--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-34089"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7123--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7167--><p class="noindent" >
within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ is the name of the existing style. For example, the
@@ -14360,7 +14455,7 @@
<a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short-desc"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31090"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-34090"></a> style has the following in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">fmts</span>⟩:
@@ -14369,11 +14464,11 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-169">
  \GlsXtrUseAbbrStyleFmts{long-short}%
</pre>
-<!--l. 7129--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7131--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a
+<!--l. 7173--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7175--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example of an abbreviation style that’s based on <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-short"><span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31091"></a> that displays
+ id="dx1-34091"></a> that displays
the short form within <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsf</span>:
@@ -14391,20 +14486,20 @@
  \renewcommand*{\glsabbrvfont}[1]{\textsf{##1}}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 7144--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
+<!--l. 7188--><p class="nopar" > Note that this wouldn’t work if it was instead based on one of the modified versions
such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-sc-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31092"></a> as they explicitly use their own formatting commands, such as
+ id="dx1-34092"></a> as they explicitly use their own formatting commands, such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvemfont</span>. The base styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.short-long"><span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span></a><a
- id="dx1-31093"></a>, use the more generic
+ id="dx1-34093"></a>, use the more generic
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont </span>etc which makes them easier to adapt than the modified
styles.
-</p><!--l. 7152--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
+</p><!--l. 7196--><p class="indent" > For further details, see the “Abbreviations” section in the documented code
(<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>).
@@ -14411,29 +14506,29 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 7155--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7155--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7199--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7199--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">5. <a
id="sec:headtitle"></a>Entries in Sectioning Titles, Headers, Captions and Contents</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7158--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 7202--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual cautions against using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in chapter
or section titles. The principle problems are: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 7162--><p class="noindent" >if you have a table of contents, the <a
- id="dx1-32001"></a><a
+ <!--l. 7206--><p class="noindent" >if you have a table of contents, the <a
+ id="dx1-35001"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a> will be unset in the contents
rather than later in the document;
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 7164--><p class="noindent" >if you have the location lists displayed in the glossary, unwanted locations
+ <!--l. 7208--><p class="noindent" >if you have the location lists displayed in the glossary, unwanted locations
will be added to it corresponding to the table of contents (if present) and
every page that contains the entry in the page header (if the page style in
use adds the chapter or section title to the header);
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 7169--><p class="noindent" >if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to the header and
+ <!--l. 7213--><p class="noindent" >if the page style in use adds the chapter or section title to the header and
attempts to convert it to upper case, the entry label (in the argument
of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>etc) will be converted to upper case and the entry won’t be
@@ -14440,34 +14535,34 @@
recognised;
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 7173--><p class="noindent" >if you use <span
+ <!--l. 7217--><p class="noindent" >if you use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-32002"></a>, commands like <span
+ id="dx1-35002"></a>, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>can’t be expanded to a simple
string and only the label will appear in the PDF bookmark (with a warning
from <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-32003"></a>);
+ id="dx1-35003"></a>);
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 7176--><p class="noindent" >if you use <span
+ <!--l. 7220--><p class="noindent" >if you use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-32004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
+ id="dx1-35004"></a>, you will end up with nested hyperlinks in the table of
contents.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 7179--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
+<!--l. 7223--><p class="noindent" >Similar problems can also occur with captions (except for the page header and bookmark
issues).
</p>
-<!--l. 7182--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7226--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.1 </span> <a
id="simplisticapproach"></a>Simplistic Approach</h3>
-<!--l. 7184--><p class="noindent" >To get around all these problems, the <span
+<!--l. 7228--><p class="noindent" >To get around all these problems, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>user manual recommends
using the expandable non-hyperlink commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext</span><a
- id="dx1-33001"></a>
+ id="dx1-36001"></a>
(for regular entries) or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort</span><a
- id="dx1-33002"></a> (for abbreviations). This is the
+ id="dx1-36002"></a> (for abbreviations). This is the
simplest solution, but doesn’t allow for special formatting that’s applied to
the entry through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>or <span
@@ -14478,7 +14573,7 @@
that if, for example, you are using one of the abbreviation styles that uses
<span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-33003"></a> then the short form displayed with <span
+ id="dx1-36003"></a> then the short form displayed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryshort </span>won’t use
small caps. If you only have one abbreviation style in use, you can explicitly
enclose <span
@@ -14494,9 +14589,9 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-171">
\chapter{A Chapter about \glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 7197--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span
+<!--l. 7241--><p class="nopar" > Or, if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-33004"></a>:
+ id="dx1-36004"></a>:
@@ -14505,8 +14600,8 @@
\chapter{A Chapter about
\texorpdfstring{\glsabbrvfont{\glsentryshort{html}}}{\glsentryshort{html}}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 7202--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 7204--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
+<!--l. 7246--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 7248--><p class="indent" > Since this is a bit cumbersome, you might want to define a new command to do
this for you. However, if you have mixed styles this won’t work as commands like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
@@ -14519,26 +14614,26 @@
used by the standard page styles that display the chapter or section title in the page
header using <span
class="cmtt-10">\MakeUppercase</span><a
- id="dx1-33005"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7215--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ id="dx1-36005"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7259--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package tries to resolve this by modifying <span
class="cmtt-10">\markright</span><a
- id="dx1-33006"></a> and
+ id="dx1-36006"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\markboth</span><a
- id="dx1-33007"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-36007"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc</span>. If you don’t like this change, you can restore their
former definitions using
-</p><!--l. 7218--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-33008"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-36008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7220--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7264--><p class="noindent" >
If you only want to restore <span
class="cmtt-10">\@starttoc </span>you can use:
-</p><!--l. 7222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-33009"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-36009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertTocMarks </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7224--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7268--><p class="noindent" >
If you restore the header or table of contents commands, you’ll have to use the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>manual’s recommendations of either simply using <span
@@ -14552,7 +14647,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-173">
\chapter[A Chapter about \glsentryshort{html}]{A Chapter about \gls{html}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 7231--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span
+<!--l. 7275--><p class="nopar" > Alternatively, you need to find a way to insert <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmarkhook </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrinmark</span>
at the start of the header or table of contents either scoped or afterwards cancelled
@@ -14559,48 +14654,48 @@
with <span
class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7237--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span
+</p><!--l. 7281--><p class="indent" > If you don’t revert the mark commands back with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrRevertMarks</span>, you can
use the commands described below in the argument of sectioning commands. You can
still use them even if the mark commands have been reverted, but only where they
don’t conflict with the page style.
-</p><!--l. 7243--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7287--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 7243--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7287--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">5.2 </span> <a
id="newcommandsdesignedforchaptersectionheadings"></a>New Commands Designed for Chapter/Section Headings</h3>
-<!--l. 7245--><p class="noindent" >The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section headings.
+<!--l. 7289--><p class="noindent" >The commands listed below are designed for use in chapter or section headings.
There are still limitations, but they provide a better solution. They all use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a
- id="dx1-34001"></a> if <span
+ id="dx1-37001"></a> if <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-34002"></a> has been loaded so that the expandable non-formatted
+ id="dx1-37002"></a> has been loaded so that the expandable non-formatted
version is added to the PDF bookmarks. Note that since the commands that convert
the first letter to upper case aren’t expandable, the non-case-changing version is used
for the bookmarks. If the required field contains non-expandable (robust or fragile)
commands that cause a problem for the bookmarks then <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring</span><a
- id="dx1-34003"></a> will be
+ id="dx1-37003"></a> will be
needed as appropriate in that field. (Take care if the field has its value expanded
before being assigned.)
-</p><!--l. 7257--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span
+</p><!--l. 7301--><p class="indent" > These commands essentially behave as though you have used <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrshort</span>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>etc with the options <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-34004"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-37004"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">hyper=false</span><a
- id="dx1-34005"></a>. The text produced won’t be
+ id="dx1-37005"></a>. The text produced won’t be
converted to upper case in the page headings by default. If you want the text
converted to upper case you need to set the <a
href="#catattr.headuc"><span
class="cmss-10">headuc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-34006"></a> attribute to “true” for the
+ id="dx1-37006"></a> attribute to “true” for the
appropriate category.
-</p><!--l. 7265--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span
+</p><!--l. 7309--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use one of the <span
class="cmtt-10">\textsc</span><a
- id="dx1-34007"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t
+ id="dx1-37007"></a> styles, be aware that the default fonts don’t
provide bold small-caps or italic small-caps. This means that if the chapter
or section title style uses bold, this may override the small-caps setting,
in which case the abbreviation will just appear as lower case bold. If the
@@ -14609,17 +14704,17 @@
class="cmti-10">even if you have set the </span><a
href="#catattr.headuc"><span
class="cmssi-10">headuc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-34008"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-37008"></a> <span
class="cmti-10">attribute </span>since the all-capitals form still uses
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsabbrvfont</span>. You may want to consider using the <span
class="cmss-10">slantsc</span><a
- id="dx1-34009"></a> package in this case.
+ id="dx1-37009"></a> package in this case.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 7276--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7278--><p class="indent" > Display the short form:
-</p><!--l. 7279--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34010"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="indent" > Display the short form:
+</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -14626,182 +14721,182 @@
-</p><!--l. 7281--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7283--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 7284--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34011"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7327--><p class="indent" > Display the plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 7328--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7286--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7288--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form:
-</p><!--l. 7289--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34012"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7330--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7332--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 7333--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7291--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7335--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7294--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 7295--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34013"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7338--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 7339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7297--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7341--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7300--><p class="indent" > All caps singular short form:
-</p><!--l. 7301--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34014"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7344--><p class="indent" > All caps singular short form:
+</p><!--l. 7345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7303--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7347--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7306--><p class="indent" > All caps plural short form:
-</p><!--l. 7307--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34015"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7350--><p class="indent" > All caps plural short form:
+</p><!--l. 7351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7309--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7353--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7312--><p class="indent" > Display the long form:
-</p><!--l. 7313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34016"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7356--><p class="indent" > Display the long form:
+</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7315--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7317--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 7318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34017"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7359--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7361--><p class="indent" > Display the plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7320--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7322--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form:
-</p><!--l. 7323--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34018"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7364--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7366--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular long form:
+</p><!--l. 7367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7325--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7369--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7328--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 7329--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34019"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 7373--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7331--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7375--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7334--><p class="indent" > All caps singular long form:
-</p><!--l. 7335--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7378--><p class="indent" > All caps singular long form:
+</p><!--l. 7379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7337--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7381--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7340--><p class="indent" > All caps plural long form:
-</p><!--l. 7341--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7384--><p class="indent" > All caps plural long form:
+</p><!--l. 7385--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtlongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7343--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7387--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7346--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span
+</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="indent" > There are similar commands for the full form, but note that these use the <span
class="cmti-10">inline</span>
full form, which may be different from the full form used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>. The PDF version
has to be a simple fully expandable command, so one of two commands that are
unrelated to the style is used instead:
-</p><!--l. 7351--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34022"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7353--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7397--><p class="noindent" >
for the singular form or:
-</p><!--l. 7355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34023"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspdffmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7357--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="noindent" >
for the full form. These simply do the long form followed by the short form in
parentheses.
-</p><!--l. 7361--><p class="indent" > Display the full form:
-</p><!--l. 7362--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34024"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7405--><p class="indent" > Display the full form:
+</p><!--l. 7406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7364--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7366--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 7367--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7408--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7410--><p class="indent" > Display the plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 7411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7369--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7371--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form:
-</p><!--l. 7372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34026"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7413--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7415--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case singular full form:
+</p><!--l. 7416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7374--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7418--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7377--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 7378--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34027"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7421--><p class="indent" > First letter upper case plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 7422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7380--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7383--><p class="indent" > All caps singular full form:
-</p><!--l. 7384--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7427--><p class="indent" > All caps singular full form:
+</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfull{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7386--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7389--><p class="indent" > All caps plural full form:
-</p><!--l. 7390--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34029"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" > All caps plural full form:
+</p><!--l. 7434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfullpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7392--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7436--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7395--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 7439--><p class="indent" > There are also equivalent commands for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-34030"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 7397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34031"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-37030"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 7441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7399--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7401--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7402--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34032"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7443--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7445--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmttext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7404--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7407--><p class="indent" > All caps:
-</p><!--l. 7408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34033"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="indent" > All caps:
+</p><!--l. 7452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmttext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -14808,100 +14903,100 @@
-</p><!--l. 7410--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7454--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7413--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 7414--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34034"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 7458--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7416--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7460--><p class="noindent" >
First letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7418--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34035"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7462--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7420--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7464--><p class="noindent" >
and all caps:
-</p><!--l. 7422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7466--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7424--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7426--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 7468--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7470--><p class="indent" > Likewise for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-34037"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 7428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34038"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-37037"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 7472--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7430--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7432--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34039"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7474--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7476--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7477--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37039"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7435--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7479--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7438--><p class="indent" > All caps:
-</p><!--l. 7439--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34040"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7482--><p class="indent" > All caps:
+</p><!--l. 7483--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7485--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7444--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 7488--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-34041"></a> field:
-</p><!--l. 7446--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34042"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-37041"></a> field:
+</p><!--l. 7490--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7448--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7450--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7451--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34043"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7492--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7494--><p class="indent" > First letter converted to upper case:
+</p><!--l. 7495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7453--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7497--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7456--><p class="indent" > All caps:
-</p><!--l. 7457--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34044"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7500--><p class="indent" > All caps:
+</p><!--l. 7501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7459--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7503--><p class="noindent" >
(No case-change applied to PDF bookmarks.)
-</p><!--l. 7462--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
-</p><!--l. 7463--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34045"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7506--><p class="indent" > The plural equivalents:
+</p><!--l. 7507--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37045"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7465--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7509--><p class="noindent" >
First letter upper case:
-</p><!--l. 7467--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34046"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7511--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7469--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7513--><p class="noindent" >
and all caps:
-</p><!--l. 7471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-34047"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7515--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-37047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfmtfirstpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7473--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7517--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -14909,83 +15004,83 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 7475--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 7475--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 7519--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 7519--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">6. <a
id="sec:categories"></a>Categories</h2>
-</p><!--l. 7478--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span
+</p><!--l. 7522--><p class="indent" > Each entry defined by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-35001"></a> (or commands that internally use it
+ id="dx1-38001"></a> (or commands that internally use it
such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-35002"></a>) is assigned a category through the <span
+ id="dx1-38002"></a>) is assigned a category through the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-35003"></a> key. You may
+ id="dx1-38003"></a> key. You may
add any category that you like, but since the category is a label used in the creation
of some control sequences, avoid problematic characters within the category label.
(So take care if you have <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-35004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters
+ id="dx1-38004"></a> shorthands on that make some characters
active.)
-</p><!--l. 7487--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
+</p><!--l. 7531--><p class="indent" > The use of categories can give you more control over the way entries are displayed
in the text or glossary. Note that an entry’s category is independent of the glossary
type. Be careful not to confuse <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-35005"></a> with <span
+ id="dx1-38005"></a> with <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-35006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7492--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span
+ id="dx1-38006"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7536--><p class="indent" > The default category assumed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry </span>is labelled <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
- id="dx1-35007"></a>.
+ id="dx1-38007"></a>.
Abbreviations defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>have the category set to <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-35008"></a>
+ id="dx1-38008"></a>
by default. Abbreviations defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>have the category set to
<span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-35009"></a> by default.
-</p><!--l. 7499--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span
+ id="dx1-38009"></a> by default.
+</p><!--l. 7543--><p class="indent" > Additionally, if you have enabled <span
class="cmtt-10">\newterm</span><a
- id="dx1-35010"></a> with the <a
+ id="dx1-38010"></a> with the <a
href="#styopt.index"><span
class="cmss-10">index</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35011"></a> package option
+ id="dx1-38011"></a> package option
that command will set the category to <span
class="cmss-10">index</span><a
- id="dx1-35012"></a> by default. If you have enabled
+ id="dx1-38012"></a> by default. If you have enabled
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewsymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-35013"></a> with the <a
+ id="dx1-38013"></a> with the <a
href="#styopt.symbols"><span
class="cmss-10">symbols</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35014"></a> package option, that command will set the
+ id="dx1-38014"></a> package option, that command will set the
category to <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-35015"></a>. If you have enabled <span
+ id="dx1-38015"></a>. If you have enabled <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewnumber</span><a
- id="dx1-35016"></a> with the <a
+ id="dx1-38016"></a> with the <a
href="#styopt.numbers"><span
class="cmss-10">numbers</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35017"></a> package
+ id="dx1-38017"></a> package
option, that command will set the category to <span
class="cmss-10">number</span><a
- id="dx1-35018"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 7507--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 7508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35019"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-38018"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 7551--><p class="indent" > You can obtain the category label for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 7552--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7510--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7554--><p class="noindent" >
This is equivalent to commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>and so may be used in an
expandable context. No error is generated if the entry doesn’t exist.
-</p><!--l. 7515--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using
-</p><!--l. 7516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 7559--><p class="indent" > You can test the category for a given entry using
+</p><!--l. 7560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -14996,12 +15091,12 @@
class="cmitt-10">false part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7519--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7563--><p class="noindent" >
This is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq</span><a
- id="dx1-35021"></a><span
+ id="dx1-38021"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span><span
@@ -15022,15 +15117,15 @@
</div> so any restrictions that apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglsfieldeq </span>also apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategory</span>.
-<!--l. 7528--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span
+<!--l. 7572--><p class="indent" > Each category may have a set of attributes. For example, the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
- id="dx1-35022"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-38022"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span><a
- id="dx1-35023"></a>
+ id="dx1-38023"></a>
categories have the attribute <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35024"></a> set to “true” to indicate that all entries with
+ id="dx1-38024"></a> set to “true” to indicate that all entries with
either of those categories are regular entries (as opposed to abbreviations).
This attribute is accessed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryfmt </span>to determine whether to use
@@ -15037,10 +15132,10 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgenentryfmt </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgenabbrvfmt</span>.
-</p><!--l. 7536--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span
+</p><!--l. 7580--><p class="indent" > Other attributes recognised by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>are:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7540--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7584--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -15047,17 +15142,17 @@
<a
id="catattr.nohyperfirst"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nohyperfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-35025"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38025"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7540--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span
+ <!--l. 7584--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35026"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink
+ id="dx1-38026"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink
on <a
- id="dx1-35027"></a><a
+ id="dx1-38027"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> for entries with a category that has this attribute set to
“true”. (This settings can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span
class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-35028"></a>
+ id="dx1-38028"></a>
key on or off in the optional argument of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.) As
from version 1.07, <span
@@ -15065,7 +15160,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsfirst</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSfirst </span>and their plural
versions (which should ideally behave in a similar way to the <a
- id="dx1-35029"></a>first use of
+ id="dx1-38029"></a>first use of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>) now honour this attribute (but not the package-wide
@@ -15073,73 +15168,73 @@
href="#styopt.hyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">hyperfirst</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=false</span><a
- id="dx1-35030"></a> option, which matches the behaviour of <span
+ id="dx1-38030"></a> option, which matches the behaviour of <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-35031"></a>). If you want
+ id="dx1-38031"></a>). If you want
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfirst </span>to ignore the <a
href="#catattr.nohyperfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35032"></a> attribute then just
+ id="dx1-38032"></a> attribute then just
redefine
- </p><!--l. 7553--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35033"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 7597--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrchecknohyperfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7555--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7599--><p class="noindent" >
to do nothing.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7558--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7602--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.nohyper"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nohyper</span><a
- id="dx1-35034"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38034"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7558--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span
+ <!--l. 7602--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35035"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink
+ id="dx1-38035"></a> this will automatically suppress the hyperlink
for entries with a category that has this attribute set to “true”. (This settings
can be overridden by explicitly setting the <span
class="cmss-10">hyper</span><a
- id="dx1-35036"></a> key on or off in the optional
+ id="dx1-38036"></a> key on or off in the optional
argument of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7565--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7609--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.indexonlyfirst"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexonlyfirst</span><a
- id="dx1-35037"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38037"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7565--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the <a
+ <!--l. 7609--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to the <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35038"></a> package option but only for entries that have
+ id="dx1-38038"></a> package option but only for entries that have
a category with this attribute set to “true”.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7569--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7613--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.wrgloss"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">wrgloss</span><a
- id="dx1-35039"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38039"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7569--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span
+ <!--l. 7613--><p class="noindent" >When using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will
+ id="dx1-38040"></a>, if this attribute is set to “after”, it will
automatically implement <span
class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span><a
- id="dx1-35041"></a><span
+ id="dx1-38041"></a><span
class="cmss-10">=after</span>. (New to v1.14.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7573--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.discardperiod"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">discardperiod</span><a
- id="dx1-35042"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38042"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7573--><p class="noindent" >If set to “true”, the post-<a
- id="dx1-35043"></a><a
+ <!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" >If set to “true”, the post-<a
+ id="dx1-38043"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> hook will discard a full stop (period) that
follows <span
class="cmti-10">non-plural </span>commands like <span
@@ -15155,7 +15250,7 @@
- </p><!--l. 7582--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
+ </p><!--l. 7626--><p class="noindent" >Note that this can cause a problem if you access a field that doesn’t end with a
full stop. For example:
@@ -15167,13 +15262,13 @@
 {dante}{DANTE e.V.}{Deutschsprachige Anwendervereinigung \TeX\
e.V.}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7589--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span
+ <!--l. 7633--><p class="nopar" > Here the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-35044"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-38044"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-35045"></a> fields end with a full stop, but the <span
+ id="dx1-38045"></a> fields end with a full stop, but the <span
class="cmss-10">user1</span><a
- id="dx1-35046"></a> field doesn’t.
+ id="dx1-38046"></a> field doesn’t.
The simplest solution in this situation is to put the sentence terminator in the
final optional argument. For example:
@@ -15183,22 +15278,22 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-175">
\glsuseri{dante}[.]
</pre>
- <!--l. 7596--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a
- id="dx1-35047"></a><a
+ <!--l. 7640--><p class="nopar" > This will bring the punctuation character inside the <a
+ id="dx1-38047"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> and it won’t be
discarded.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7600--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7644--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span><a
- id="dx1-35048"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38048"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7600--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” <span
+ <!--l. 7644--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” <span
class="cmti-10">and </span>the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35049"></a> attribute is set to “true”,
+ id="dx1-38049"></a> attribute is set to “true”,
this will behave as above for the plural commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsplural</span>.
@@ -15208,22 +15303,22 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7607--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7651--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.retainfirstuseperiod"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span><a
- id="dx1-35050"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38050"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7607--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be discarded
+ <!--l. 7651--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” then the full stop won’t be discarded
for <a
- id="dx1-35051"></a><a
+ id="dx1-38051"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a> instances, even if <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35052"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-38052"></a> or <a
href="#catattr.pluraldiscardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35053"></a> are
+ id="dx1-38053"></a> are
set. This is useful for ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩) abbreviation styles where only the
@@ -15235,27 +15330,27 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.) This attribute doesn’t apply to the accessibility
fields.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7661--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.markwords"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">markwords</span><a
- id="dx1-35054"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38054"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7617--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span
+ <!--l. 7661--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-35055"></a> will
+ id="dx1-38055"></a> will
automatically have spaces in the long form replaced with
- </p><!--l. 7620--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35056"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 7664--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38056"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7622--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7666--><p class="noindent" >
and each word is encapsulated with
- </p><!--l. 7624--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35057"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 7668--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">word</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 7626--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7670--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -15265,7 +15360,7 @@
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{markwords}{true}
\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}{Internet Protocol}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7631--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
+ <!--l. 7675--><p class="nopar" > is essentially the same as
@@ -15274,14 +15369,14 @@
\newabbreviation{ip}{IP}
{\glsxtrword{Internet}\glsxtrwordsep\glsxtrword{Protocol}}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7636--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a
+ <!--l. 7680--><p class="nopar" > The “hyphen” styles, such as <a
href="#abbrstyle.long-hyphen-short-hyphen"><span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35058"></a>, take advantage of this
+ id="dx1-38058"></a>, take advantage of this
markup. If the inserted material (provided in the final argument of commands
like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35059"></a>) starts with a hyphen then <span
+ id="dx1-38059"></a>) starts with a hyphen then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>is locally redefined to a
hyphen. (The default value is a space). Note that this only applies to
commands like <span
@@ -15296,31 +15391,31 @@
\newcommand{\hyplong}[2][]{%
 {\def\glsxtrwordsep{-}\glsxtrlong[#1]{#2}}}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7648--><p class="nopar" >
- </p><!--l. 7650--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to
+ <!--l. 7692--><p class="nopar" >
+ </p><!--l. 7694--><p class="noindent" >This setting will also adjust the long plural. This attribute is only applicable to
entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- </p><!--l. 7654--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
+ </p><!--l. 7698--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
ending up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-35060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
- </p><!--l. 7658--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-38060"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
+ </p><!--l. 7702--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7660--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7704--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.markshortwords"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">markshortwords</span><a
- id="dx1-35061"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38061"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7660--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 7704--><p class="noindent" >This is similar to <a
href="#catattr.markwords"><span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only useful for
+ id="dx1-38062"></a> but applies to the short form. (Only useful for
abbreviations that contain spaces.) This attribute is only applicable to
entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
@@ -15327,30 +15422,30 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
- </p><!--l. 7666--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span
+ </p><!--l. 7710--><p class="noindent" >This setting will only adjust the short plural if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35063"></a> key isn’t used.
+ id="dx1-38063"></a> key isn’t used.
This setting will take precedence over <a
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35064"></a>.
- </p><!--l. 7670--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
+ id="dx1-38064"></a>.
+ </p><!--l. 7714--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> This setting may result in the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrword </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrwordsep </span>markup
ending up in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-35065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
- </p><!--l. 7674--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-38065"></a> field, depending on the style in use. </div>
+ </p><!--l. 7718--><p class="noindent" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7676--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7720--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.insertdots"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">insertdots</span><a
- id="dx1-35066"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38066"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7676--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span
+ <!--l. 7720--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” any entry defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-35067"></a> will
+ id="dx1-38067"></a> will
automatically have full stops (periods) inserted after each letter. The entry will
be defined with those dots present as though they had been present in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩
@@ -15364,7 +15459,7 @@
class="cmti-10">incompatible with </span><a
href="#catattr.markshortwords"><span
class="cmssi-10">markshortwords</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35068"></a><span
+ id="dx1-38068"></a><span
class="cmti-10">. </span>This attribute is only applicable to
entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
@@ -15374,36 +15469,36 @@
- </p><!--l. 7688--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span
+ </p><!--l. 7732--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you explicitly override the short plural using the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35069"></a> key, you must
+ id="dx1-38069"></a> key, you must
explicitly insert the dots yourself (since there’s no way for the code to
determine if the plural has a suffix that shouldn’t be followed by a dot).
</div>
- </p><!--l. 7694--><p class="noindent" >
- </p><!--l. 7696--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a
+ </p><!--l. 7738--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7740--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is best used with the <a
href="#catattr.discardperiod"><span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35070"></a> attribute set to “true”.
+ id="dx1-38070"></a> attribute set to “true”.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7699--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7743--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.aposplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">aposplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35071"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38071"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7699--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, <span
+ <!--l. 7743--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-35072"></a> will insert an
+ id="dx1-38072"></a> will insert an
apostrophe (’) before the plural suffix for the <span
class="cmti-10">short </span>plural form (unless
explicitly overridden with the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35073"></a> key). The long plural form is
+ id="dx1-38073"></a> key). The long plural form is
unaffected by this setting. This setting overrides <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35074"></a>. This
+ id="dx1-38074"></a>. This
attribute is only applicable to entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or
<span
@@ -15412,27 +15507,27 @@
publisher or editor if you want to use this attribute as this usage is
controversial.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7711--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7755--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.noshortplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">noshortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35075"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38075"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7711--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, <span
+ <!--l. 7755--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-35076"></a> won’t append
+ id="dx1-38076"></a> won’t append
the plural suffix for the short plural form. This means the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-35077"></a> and
+ id="dx1-38077"></a> and
<span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35078"></a> values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span
+ id="dx1-38078"></a> values will be the same unless explicitly overridden. <span
class="cmti-10">This setting</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">is incompatible with </span><a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmssi-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35079"></a><span
+ id="dx1-38079"></a><span
class="cmti-10">. </span>This attribute is only applicable to
entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
@@ -15440,61 +15535,61 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7719--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7763--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.headuc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">headuc</span><a
- id="dx1-35080"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38080"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7719--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span
+ <!--l. 7763--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfmtshort</span><a
- id="dx1-35081"></a> will use the
+ id="dx1-38081"></a> will use the
upper case version in the page headers.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7723--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7767--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.tagging"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">tagging</span><a
- id="dx1-35082"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38082"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7723--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by
+ <!--l. 7767--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, the tagging command defined by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableInitialTagging</span><a
- id="dx1-35083"></a> will be activated to use <span
+ id="dx1-38083"></a> will be activated to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrtagfont</span><a
- id="dx1-35084"></a> in
+ id="dx1-38084"></a> in
the glossary (see <a
href="#sec:tagging"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:tagging </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">4.1</span> </a><a
href="#sec:tagging">Tagging Initials<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:tagging --></a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7728--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7772--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.entrycount"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">entrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-35085"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38085"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7728--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must be an
+ <!--l. 7772--><p class="noindent" >Unlike the above attributes, this attribute isn’t boolean but instead must be an
integer value and is used in combination with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-35086"></a> (see
+ id="dx1-38086"></a> (see
<a
href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycountmods </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.5</span> </a><a
href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>). Leave blank or
undefined for categories that shouldn’t have this facility enabled. The value of
this attribute is used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger</span><a
- id="dx1-35087"></a> to determine how commands
+ id="dx1-38087"></a> to determine how commands
such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-35088"></a> should behave.
- </p><!--l. 7736--><p class="noindent" >With <span
+ id="dx1-38088"></a> should behave.
+ </p><!--l. 7780--><p class="noindent" >With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>only if the previous
@@ -15503,80 +15598,89 @@
for entries that have the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35089"></a> attribute set and where the previous
+ id="dx1-38089"></a> attribute set and where the previous
usage count for that entry is less than or equal to the value of that
attribute.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7743--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7787--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.linkcount"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">linkcount</span><a
- id="dx1-35090"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38090"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7743--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is set to <span
+ <!--l. 7787--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is set to <span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>by <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a
- id="dx1-35091"></a> (see
+ id="dx1-38091"></a> (see
<a
href="#sec:linkcount"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:linkcount </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">7.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7747--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7791--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.linkcountmaster"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">linkcountmaster</span><a
- id="dx1-35092"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38092"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7747--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by
+ <!--l. 7791--><p class="noindent" >This attribute is set to the name of the master counter by
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span><a
- id="dx1-35093"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see
+ id="dx1-38093"></a> if the optional argument is provided (see
<a
href="#sec:linkcount"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:linkcount </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">7.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7752--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7796--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.glossdesc"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-35094"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38094"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7752--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+ <!--l. 7796--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-35095"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is
+ id="dx1-38095"></a> command (used in the predefined glossary styles) is
modified by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to check for this attribute. The attribute may have
one of the following values: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 7757--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 7801--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">firstuc</span>: the first letter of the description will be converted to upper
case (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-35096"></a>).
+ id="dx1-38096"></a>).
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 7760--><p class="noindent" ><span
-class="cmtt-10">title</span>: the description will be used in the argument of the title casing
- command <span
+ <!--l. 7804--><p class="noindent" ><span
+class="cmtt-10">title</span>: the description will be used in the argument of the title
+ casing command. If you have at least <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>v4.48, the title
+ casing is indirectly performed by <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glscapitalisewords</span>, which
+ defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">\capitalisewords</span><a
- id="dx1-35097"></a> (provided by <span
+ id="dx1-38097"></a> (provided by <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-35098"></a>). If you want to use a
- different command you can redefine:
- </p><!--l. 7764--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35099"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-38098"></a>). You can either
+
+
+
+ redefine <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glscapitalisewords </span>if you want the change to also affect
+ <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytitlecase</span><a
+ id="dx1-38099"></a> or if you only want the change to apply to the
+ attribute case-changing then redefine:
+ </p><!--l. 7812--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38100"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">phrase cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
- </p><!--l. 7766--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 7814--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -15585,7 +15689,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-179">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs}[1]{\xcapitalisefmtwords*{#1}}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7770--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span
+ <!--l. 7818--><p class="nopar" > (Note that the argument to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldtitlecasecs </span>will be a control
sequence whose replacement text is the entry’s description, which is why
<span
@@ -15593,21 +15697,21 @@
class="cmtt-10">\capitalisefmtwords</span>.)
</p>
</li></ul>
- <!--l. 7777--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
+ <!--l. 7825--><p class="noindent" >Any other values of this attribute are ignored. Remember that there are design
limitations for both the first letter uppercasing and the title casing commands.
See the <span
class="cmss-10">mfirstuc</span><a
- id="dx1-35100"></a> user manual for further details.
+ id="dx1-38101"></a> user manual for further details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7782--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7830--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.glossdescfont"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossdescfont</span><a
- id="dx1-35101"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38102"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7782--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span
+ <!--l. 7830--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrydesc</span><a
- id="dx1-35102"></a>
+ id="dx1-38103"></a>
command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the name of a control
sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one argument. This control
sequence will be applied to the description text. For example:
@@ -15618,50 +15722,50 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-180">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossdescfont}{emph}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7790--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 7838--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7793--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7841--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.glossname"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossname</span><a
- id="dx1-35103"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38104"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7793--><p class="noindent" >As <a
+ <!--l. 7841--><p class="noindent" >As <a
href="#catattr.glossdesc"><span
class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35104"></a> but applies to <span
+ id="dx1-38105"></a> but applies to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-35105"></a>. Additionally, if this attribute is
+ id="dx1-38106"></a>. Additionally, if this attribute is
set to “uc” the name is converted to all capitals.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7797--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7845--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.indexname"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">indexname</span><a
- id="dx1-35106"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38107"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7797--><p class="noindent" >If set, the <span
+ <!--l. 7845--><p class="noindent" >If set, the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook </span>hook used at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-35107"></a>
+ id="dx1-38108"></a>
will index the entry using <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
- id="dx1-35108"></a>. See <a
+ id="dx1-38109"></a>. See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:autoindex </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">8</span> </a><a
href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for
further details.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7802--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7850--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.glossnamefont"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glossnamefont</span><a
- id="dx1-35109"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38110"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7802--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span
+ <!--l. 7850--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.04) In addition to the above, the modified <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-35110"></a>
+ id="dx1-38111"></a>
command also checks this attribute. If set, it should be the name of a control
sequence (without the leading backslash) that takes one argument. This control
sequence will be applied to the name text. For example:
@@ -15672,38 +15776,38 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-181">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{glossnamefont}{emph}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7810--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span
+ <!--l. 7858--><p class="nopar" > Note that this overrides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnamefont </span>which will only be used if this attribute
hasn’t been set.
- </p><!--l. 7814--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
+ </p><!--l. 7862--><p class="noindent" >Remember that glossary styles may additionally apply a font change,
such as the list styles which put the name in the optional argument of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\item</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7818--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7866--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.glosssymbolfont"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">glosssymbolfont</span><a
- id="dx1-35111"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38112"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7818--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.42.) This is similar to <a
+ <!--l. 7866--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.42.) This is similar to <a
href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35112"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-38113"></a> and <a
href="#catattr.glossdescfont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35113"></a> but is
+ id="dx1-38114"></a> but is
used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrysymbol</span><a
- id="dx1-35114"></a>.
+ id="dx1-38115"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7822--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7870--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.textformat"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">textformat</span><a
- id="dx1-35115"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38116"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7822--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span
+ <!--l. 7870--><p class="noindent" >(New to version 1.21.) Commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>have the link text
encapsulated in the argument of <span
@@ -15714,43 +15818,43 @@
Remember that the abbreviation styles may apply an additional font
change.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7879--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.hyperoutside"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">hyperoutside</span><a
- id="dx1-35116"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38117"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7831--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span
+ <!--l. 7879--><p class="noindent" >(New to v1.21.) The attribute value may be <span
class="cmtt-10">false</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>or unset. If unset,
<span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>is assumed. This indicates the default setting of the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span><a
- id="dx1-35117"></a> key,
+ id="dx1-38118"></a> key,
described in <a
href="#sec:wrglossary"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:wrglossary </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7837--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7885--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.dualindex"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">dualindex</span><a
- id="dx1-35118"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38119"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7837--><p class="noindent" >If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external
+ <!--l. 7885--><p class="noindent" >If set, whenever a glossary entry has information written to the external
glossary file through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-35119"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-38120"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span><a
- id="dx1-35120"></a>, a corresponding line
+ id="dx1-38121"></a>, a corresponding line
will be written to the indexing file using <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
- id="dx1-35121"></a>. See <a
+ id="dx1-38122"></a>. See <a
href="#sec:autoindex"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:autoindex
+class="cmbx-10">8</span>
</a><a
href="#sec:autoindex">Auto-Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:autoindex --></a> for further details.
@@ -15757,13 +15861,13 @@
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7843--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7891--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.targeturl"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">targeturl</span><a
- id="dx1-35122"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38123"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7843--><p class="noindent" >If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span
+ <!--l. 7891--><p class="noindent" >If set, the hyperlink generated by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will be set to the URL
provided by this attributes value. For example:
@@ -15773,7 +15877,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-182">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targeturl}{master-doc.pdf}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7848--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span
+ <!--l. 7896--><p class="nopar" > (See also the accompanying sample file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-external.tex</span>.) If the URL
contains awkward characters (such as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">%</span></span></span> or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -15781,16 +15885,16 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package provides commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspercentchar</span><a
- id="dx1-35123"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-38124"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstildechar </span>that
expand to literal characters.
- </p><!--l. 7856--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
+ </p><!--l. 7904--><p class="noindent" >If you want to a named anchor within the target URL (notionally adding
<span
class="cmtt-10">#</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ to the URL), then you also need to set <a
href="#catattr.targetname"><span
class="cmss-10">targetname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35124"></a> to the anchor ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-38125"></a> to the anchor ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩.
You may use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslabel </span>within ⟨<span
@@ -15797,7 +15901,7 @@
class="cmti-10">name</span>⟩ which is set by commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to
the entry’s label.
- </p><!--l. 7862--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span
+ </p><!--l. 7910--><p class="noindent" >All the predefined glossary styles start each entry listing with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>
which sets the anchor to <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix\glslabel</span></span></span>, so if you want
@@ -15804,7 +15908,7 @@
entries to link to glossaries in the URL given by <a
href="#catattr.targeturl"><span
class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35125"></a>, you can just
+ id="dx1-38126"></a>, you can just
do:
@@ -15813,23 +15917,23 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-183">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{\glolinkprefix\glslabel}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7869--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span
+ <!--l. 7917--><p class="nopar" > (If the target document changed <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>then you will need to adjust
the above as appropriate.)
- </p><!--l. 7873--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span
+ </p><!--l. 7921--><p class="noindent" >If the anchor is in the form ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩ then use <a
href="#catattr.targetname"><span
class="cmss-10">targetname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35126"></a> for the ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-38127"></a> for the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name2</span>⟩
part and <a
href="#catattr.targetcategory"><span
class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35127"></a> for the ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-38128"></a> for the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">name1</span>⟩ part.
- </p><!--l. 7877--><p class="noindent" >For example:
+ </p><!--l. 7925--><p class="noindent" >For example:
@@ -15839,15 +15943,15 @@
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetcategory}{page}
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{targetname}{7}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7882--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span
+ <!--l. 7930--><p class="nopar" > will cause all link text for <span
class="cmtt-10">general </span>entries to link to <span
class="cmtt-10">master-doc.pdf#page.7</span>
(page 7 of that PDF).
- </p><!--l. 7886--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
+ </p><!--l. 7934--><p class="noindent" >If you want a mixture in your document of entries that link to an internal
glossary and entries that link to an external URL then you can use
the starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-35128"></a> for the external list. For
+ id="dx1-38129"></a> for the external list. For
example:
@@ -15863,66 +15967,66 @@
  category=external,
  description={external example}}
</pre>
- <!--l. 7902--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 7950--><p class="nopar" >
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7904--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7952--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.externallocation"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">externallocation</span><a
- id="dx1-35129"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38130"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7904--><p class="noindent" >The value should be the file name of the target document when manually
+ <!--l. 7952--><p class="noindent" >The value should be the file name of the target document when manually
indexing an external location (see <a
href="#sec:wrglossary"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:wrglossary </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:wrglossary">Entry Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:wrglossary --></a>). In
general, it’s better to use <a
- id="dx1-35130"></a><a
+ id="dx1-38131"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.7+ which can handle multiple external
sources and doesn’t require this attribute.
</p>
</dd></dl>
-<!--l. 7912--><p class="indent" > If a term is defined using <span
+<!--l. 7960--><p class="indent" > If a term is defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-35131"></a> and accessibility support has been
+ id="dx1-38132"></a> and accessibility support has been
supplied via the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35132"></a> package option then the following attributes are also
+ id="dx1-38133"></a> package option then the following attributes are also
available. If <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35133"></a> isn’t set its value will be obtained from:
-</p><!--l. 7916--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35134"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-38134"></a> isn’t set its value will be obtained from:
+</p><!--l. 7964--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38135"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaultshortaccess{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">short</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">long</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7918--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-35135"></a> to just do ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-38136"></a> to just do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ but <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-35136"></a> redefines it to
+ id="dx1-38137"></a> redefines it to
do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">long</span>⟩ (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩). The <a
href="#catattr.accessinsertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">accessinsertdots</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35137"></a>, <a
+ id="dx1-38138"></a>, <a
href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35138"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-38139"></a> and <a
href="#catattr.accessnoshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">accessnoshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35139"></a>
+ id="dx1-38140"></a>
attributes below refer to the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ form that’s passed to this command.
-</p><!--l. 7926--><p class="indent" > The following attributes are only applicable to entries defined using
+</p><!--l. 7974--><p class="indent" > The following attributes are only applicable to entries defined using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if it’s using <span
@@ -15930,78 +16034,78 @@
effect if the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35140"></a> package option hasn’t been used.
+ id="dx1-38141"></a> package option hasn’t been used.
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7932--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7980--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.accessinsertdots"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accessinsertdots</span><a
- id="dx1-35141"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38142"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7932--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span
+ <!--l. 7980--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true” and the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-35142"></a> package has
+ id="dx1-38143"></a> package has
been loaded (with the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35143"></a> option), then this behaves like <a
+ id="dx1-38144"></a> option), then this behaves like <a
href="#catattr.insertdots"><span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35144"></a>
+ id="dx1-38145"></a>
but for the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">short</span>⟩ part used in the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35145"></a> field instead of the <span
+ id="dx1-38146"></a> field instead of the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-35146"></a>
+ id="dx1-38147"></a>
field. This setting will be overridden by an explicit use of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35147"></a>
+ id="dx1-38148"></a>
key in the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym</span>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7941--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 7989--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.accessaposplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accessaposplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35148"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38149"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7941--><p class="noindent" >This boolean attribute overrides <a
+ <!--l. 7989--><p class="noindent" >This boolean attribute overrides <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35149"></a> for the <span
+ id="dx1-38150"></a> for the <span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35150"></a> key.
+ id="dx1-38151"></a> key.
Has no effect if there’s no accessibility support or if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35151"></a> key
+ id="dx1-38152"></a> key
hasn’t been set or if the <span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35152"></a> key is explicitly set. If the
+ id="dx1-38153"></a> key is explicitly set. If the
<a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35153"></a> is set and this attribute isn’t set and the <span
+ id="dx1-38154"></a> is set and this attribute isn’t set and the <span
class="cmss-10">shortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35154"></a> key is set,
+ id="dx1-38155"></a> key is set,
then the <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35155"></a> setting governs the default <span
+ id="dx1-38156"></a> setting governs the default <span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35156"></a> setting.
+ id="dx1-38157"></a> setting.
If you want <a
href="#catattr.aposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35157"></a> but don’t want it applied to the accessibility
+ id="dx1-38158"></a> but don’t want it applied to the accessibility
support, set the <a
href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35158"></a> attribute to “false”. This attribute is only
+ id="dx1-38159"></a> attribute to “false”. This attribute is only
applicable to entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if
@@ -16008,22 +16112,22 @@
it’s using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7955--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.accessnoshortplural"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">accessnoshortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-35159"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38160"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7955--><p class="noindent" >This boolean attribute overrides <a
+ <!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" >This boolean attribute overrides <a
href="#catattr.noshortplural"><span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35160"></a> for the <span
+ id="dx1-38161"></a> for the <span
class="cmss-10">shortpluralaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35161"></a> key.
+ id="dx1-38162"></a> key.
The same conditions apply as for <a
href="#catattr.accessaposplural"><span
class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35162"></a>. This attribute is only
+ id="dx1-38163"></a>. This attribute is only
applicable to entries defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\newacronym </span>if
@@ -16030,43 +16134,43 @@
it’s using <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7961--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 8009--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.nameshortaccess"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">nameshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35163"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38164"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7961--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span
+ <!--l. 8009--><p class="noindent" >If this attribute is set to “true”, the <span
class="cmss-10">access</span><a
- id="dx1-35164"></a> field (used for the <span
+ id="dx1-38165"></a> field (used for the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-35165"></a> field’s
+ id="dx1-38166"></a> field’s
accessibility support) automatically assigned if it’s not provided.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 8014--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.textshortaccess"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">textshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35166"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38167"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7966--><p class="noindent" >Like <span
+ <!--l. 8014--><p class="noindent" >Like <span
class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35167"></a> but applies to the <span
+ id="dx1-38168"></a> but applies to the <span
class="cmss-10">textaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35168"></a> field automatically
+ id="dx1-38169"></a> field automatically
assigned if it’s not provided.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 7970--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 8018--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="catattr.firstshortaccess"></a><span
class="cmssbx-10">firstshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35169"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-38170"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 7970--><p class="noindent" >Like <span
+ <!--l. 8018--><p class="noindent" >Like <span
class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35170"></a> but applies to the <span
+ id="dx1-38171"></a> but applies to the <span
class="cmss-10">firstaccess</span><a
- id="dx1-35171"></a> field automatically
+ id="dx1-38172"></a> field automatically
assigned if it’s not provided.
</p>
</dd></dl>
@@ -16073,9 +16177,9 @@
-<!--l. 7976--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using:
-</p><!--l. 7977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35172"></a> <span
+<!--l. 8024--><p class="indent" > An attribute can be set using:
+</p><!--l. 8025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38173"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16084,26 +16188,26 @@
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7979--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8027--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ is the category label, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is the attribute label and
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the new value for the attribute.
-</p><!--l. 7984--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a
+</p><!--l. 8032--><p class="indent" > There is a shortcut version to set the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35173"></a> attribute to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 7986--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35174"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-38174"></a> attribute to “true”:
+</p><!--l. 8034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38175"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetregularcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7988--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 7990--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
+</p><!--l. 8036--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8038--><p class="indent" > If you need to lookup the category label for a particular entry, you can use the
shortcut command:
-</p><!--l. 7992--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35175"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38176"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16111,14 +16215,25 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 7994--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8042--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetcategoryattribute </span>with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscategory </span>to set the attribute. Note
that this will affect all other entries that share this entry’s category.
-</p><!--l. 7999--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 8001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35176"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8047--><p class="indent" > The above use local assignments so they can be placed inside a group to limit
+their definition. As from v1.47, the value can be unset using:
+</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38177"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsunsetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 8051--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8053--><p class="indent" > You can fetch the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 8055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38178"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16125,20 +16240,20 @@
class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8003--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8057--><p class="noindent" >
Again there is a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label for a given
entry:
-</p><!--l. 8006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35177"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38179"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgetattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8008--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8010--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 8012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35178"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8062--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8064--><p class="indent" > You can test if an attribute has been assigned to a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 8066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38180"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshascategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16150,17 +16265,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8069--><p class="noindent" >
This uses <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-35179"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-38181"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifcsvoid </span>and does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true code</span>⟩ if the attribute has been set and
isn’t blank and isn’t <span
class="cmtt-10">\relax</span>. The shortcut if you need to lookup the category label
from an entry is:
-</p><!--l. 8020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35180"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38182"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshasattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16172,10 +16287,10 @@
<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8023--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8025--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
-</p><!--l. 8027--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35181"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8077--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8079--><p class="indent" > You can test the value of an attribute for a particular category using:
+</p><!--l. 8081--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38183"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifcategoryattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16189,7 +16304,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8029--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 8083--><p class="noindent" >
This tests if the attribute (given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩) for the category (given by
⟨<span
@@ -16199,7 +16317,7 @@
isn’t set or is set but isn’t equal to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false part</span>⟩ is done.
-</p><!--l. 8036--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 8090--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -16207,25 +16325,25 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-186">
\glsifcategoryattribute{general}{nohyper}{true}{NO HYPER}{HYPER}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8039--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span
+<!--l. 8093--><p class="nopar" > This does “NO HYPER” if the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
- id="dx1-35182"></a> category has the <a
+ id="dx1-38184"></a> category has the <a
href="#catattr.nohyper"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35183"></a> attribute set to
+ id="dx1-38185"></a> attribute set to
<span
class="cmtt-10">true </span>otherwise if does “HYPER”.
-</p><!--l. 8044--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a
+</p><!--l. 8098--><p class="indent" > With boolean-style attributes like <a
href="#catattr.nohyper"><span
class="cmss-10">nohyper</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35184"></a>, make sure you always test for <span
+ id="dx1-38186"></a>, make sure you always test for <span
class="cmtt-10">true</span>
not <span
class="cmtt-10">false </span>in case the attribute hasn’t been set.
-</p><!--l. 8047--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
+</p><!--l. 8101--><p class="indent" > Again there’s a shortcut if you need to lookup the category label from a particular
entry:
-</p><!--l. 8049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35185"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8103--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38187"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifattribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16239,14 +16357,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8051--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8053--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a
+</p><!--l. 8105--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8107--><p class="indent" > There’s also a shortcut to determine if a particular category has the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35186"></a>
+ id="dx1-38188"></a>
attribute set to “true”:
-</p><!--l. 8055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35187"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8109--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38189"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifregularcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16255,10 +16373,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8057--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8111--><p class="noindent" >
Alternatively, if you need to lookup the category for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 8060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35188"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8114--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38190"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifregular{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16266,19 +16384,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8062--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8116--><p class="noindent" >
Note that if the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35189"></a> attribute hasn’t be set, the above do ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-38191"></a> attribute hasn’t be set, the above do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩. There
are also reverse commands that test if the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35190"></a> attribute has been set to
+ id="dx1-38192"></a> attribute has been set to
“false”:
-</p><!--l. 8066--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35191"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8120--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38193"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregularcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16287,10 +16405,10 @@
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8068--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8122--><p class="noindent" >
or for a particular entry:
-</p><!--l. 8070--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35192"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8124--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38194"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsifnotregular{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16298,15 +16416,15 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false-part</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8072--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8126--><p class="noindent" >
Again, if the <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-35193"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-38195"></a> attribute hasn’t been set, the above do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false-part</span>⟩, so these
reverse commands aren’t logically opposite in the strict sense.
-</p><!--l. 8077--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
-</p><!--l. 8079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 8131--><p class="indent" > You can iterate through all entries with a given category using:
+</p><!--l. 8133--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachincategory[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16320,7 +16438,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8080--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8134--><p class="noindent" >
This iterates through all entries in the glossaries identified by the comma-separated
list ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ that have the category given by ⟨<span
@@ -16333,13 +16451,13 @@
control sequences) to access the current glossary and entry label. If ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is
omitted, all glossaries are assumed.
-</p><!--l. 8090--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
+</p><!--l. 8144--><p class="indent" > Similarly, you can iterate through all entries that have a category with a given
attribute using:
-</p><!--l. 8092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35194"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8146--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38196"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsforeachwithattribute[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16355,37 +16473,37 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">body</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8094--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8148--><p class="noindent" >
This will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">body</span>⟩ for each entry that has a category with the attribute ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩
set to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-value</span>⟩. The remaining arguments are as the previous command.
-</p><!--l. 8099--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
+</p><!--l. 8153--><p class="indent" > You can change the category for a particular entry using the standard glossary
field changing commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfielddef</span><a
- id="dx1-35195"></a>. Alternatively, you can
+ id="dx1-38197"></a>. Alternatively, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 8102--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35196"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8156--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38198"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategory{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-labels</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8104--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8158--><p class="noindent" >
This will change the category to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ for each entry listed in the
comma-separated list ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-labels</span>⟩. This command uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldxdef</span><a
- id="dx1-35197"></a> so it will
+ id="dx1-38199"></a> so it will
expand ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category-label</span>⟩ and make the change global.
-</p><!--l. 8110--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
+</p><!--l. 8164--><p class="indent" > You can also change the category for all entries with a glossary or glossaries
using:
-</p><!--l. 8112--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-35198"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-38200"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetcategoryforall{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16392,7 +16510,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">category-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8114--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8168--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-labels</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of glossary labels.
@@ -16399,15 +16517,15 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 8118--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 8118--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8172--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 8172--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">7. <a
id="sec:countref"></a>Counting References</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8121--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references:
+</p><!--l. 8175--><p class="indent" > There are three basic ways of counting entry references:
</p><ol class="enumerate1" >
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-36002x1">
- <!--l. 8123--><p class="noindent" >Counting the total number of times <span
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-39002x1">
+ <!--l. 8177--><p class="noindent" >Counting the total number of times <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsunset </span>is used (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsreset </span>resets
the count and is best avoided). This is provided by the base <span
@@ -16417,19 +16535,19 @@
has to be written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that it’s available on the next
LaTeX run.
- </p><!--l. 8131--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span
+ </p><!--l. 8185--><p class="noindent" >This method is extended by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>and is described in
<a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycount </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a
href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>.
</p></li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-36004x2">
- <!--l. 8134--><p class="noindent" >Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-39004x2">
+ <!--l. 8188--><p class="noindent" >Counting the total number of records. This method is only available with
<a
- id="dx1-36005"></a><a
+ id="dx1-39005"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> and is intended for documents where the term should be displayed
differently if it’s only been recorded (indexed) a certain number of times.
@@ -16436,12 +16554,12 @@
See <a
href="#sec:recordcount"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:recordcount </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">9.5</span> </a><a
href="#sec:recordcount">Record Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:recordcount --></a> for further details.
</p></li>
<li
- class="enumerate" id="x1-36007x3">
- <!--l. 8140--><p class="noindent" >Counting the number of times the <span
+ class="enumerate" id="x1-39007x3">
+ <!--l. 8194--><p class="noindent" >Counting the number of times the <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>-like or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>-like
commands are used. (That is, those commands that internally use
@@ -16456,36 +16574,36 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span>. See <a
href="#sec:linkcount"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:linkcount </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">7.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a> for further
details.</p></li></ol>
-<!--l. 8150--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8204--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.1 </span> <a
id="sec:entrycount"></a>Entry Counting (First Use Flag)</h3>
-<!--l. 8153--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a
+<!--l. 8207--><p class="noindent" >As mentioned in <a
href="#sec:entrycountmods"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycountmods </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.5</span> </a><a
href="#sec:entrycountmods">Entry Counting Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycountmods --></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
modifies the <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-37001"></a> command to allow for the <a
+ id="dx1-40001"></a> command to allow for the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37002"></a>
+ id="dx1-40002"></a>
attribute. This means that you not only need to enable entry counting with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span><a
- id="dx1-37003"></a>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see
+ id="dx1-40003"></a>, but you also need to set the appropriate attribute (see
<a
href="#sec:categories"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:categories </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">6</span> </a><a
href="#sec:categories">Categories<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:categories --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8160--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
+</p><!--l. 8214--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that entry counting only counts the number of times an entry is used
by commands that change the <a
- id="dx1-37004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-40004"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. (That is, all those commands
@@ -16493,59 +16611,59 @@
that mark the entry as having been used.) There are many commands that
don’t modify this flag and they won’t contribute to the entry use count.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8166--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8168--><p class="indent" > With <span
+</p><!--l. 8220--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8222--><p class="indent" > With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, you may use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-37005"></a> instead of <span
+ id="dx1-40005"></a> instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37006"></a> even if you haven’t enabled
+ id="dx1-40006"></a> even if you haven’t enabled
entry counting. You will only get a warning if you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>
without setting the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37007"></a> attribute. (With <span
+ id="dx1-40007"></a> attribute. (With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-37008"></a> will
+ id="dx1-40008"></a> will
generate a warning if <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount </span>hasn’t been used.) The abbreviation
shortcut <span
class="cmtt-10">\ab</span><a
- id="dx1-37009"></a> uses <span
+ id="dx1-40009"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>(see <a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:abbrshortcuts </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">4.3</span> </a><a
href="#sec:abbrshortcuts">Shortcut Commands<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:abbrshortcuts --></a>). The
acronym shortcut <span
class="cmtt-10">\ac</span><a
- id="dx1-37010"></a> uses <span
+ id="dx1-40010"></a> uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>if it’s been defined with <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ac</span><a
- id="dx1-37011"></a> (or
+ id="dx1-40011"></a> (or
<a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=all</span><a
- id="dx1-37012"></a>) but uses <span
+ id="dx1-40012"></a>) but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>if it’s been defined with <a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-37013"></a> (or
+ id="dx1-40013"></a> (or
<a
href="#styopt.shortcuts"><span
class="cmss-10">shortcuts</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=acro</span><a
- id="dx1-37014"></a>).
-</p><!--l. 8181--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span
+ id="dx1-40014"></a>).
+</p><!--l. 8235--><p class="indent" > All upper case versions (not provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) are also available:
-</p><!--l. 8183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37015"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLS[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16553,10 +16671,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8185--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8239--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 8187--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37016"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8241--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16564,32 +16682,32 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8189--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8243--><p class="noindent" >
These are analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglspl </span>but they use
-</p><!--l. 8192--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37017"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8246--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8194--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8248--><p class="noindent" >
and
-</p><!--l. 8196--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37018"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8250--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8198--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8252--><p class="noindent" >
which convert the analogous <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsplformat </span>to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 8202--><p class="indent" > Just using <span
+</p><!--l. 8256--><p class="indent" > Just using <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>:
@@ -16608,12 +16726,12 @@
\printglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8224--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8226--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span
+<!--l. 8278--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8280--><p class="indent" > If you switch to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>you must set the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37019"></a> attribute:
+ id="dx1-40019"></a> attribute:
@@ -16632,14 +16750,14 @@
\printglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8251--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8253--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span
+<!--l. 8305--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8307--><p class="indent" > When activated with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsenableentrycount</span>, commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-37020"></a> now
+ id="dx1-40020"></a> now
use
-</p><!--l. 8255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8309--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifcounttrigger{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16647,12 +16765,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">normal code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8258--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8312--><p class="noindent" >
to determine if the entry trips the entry count trigger. The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ uses
commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>and unsets the <a
- id="dx1-37022"></a><a
+ id="dx1-40022"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩ is the
code that would ordinarily be performed by whatever the equivalent command is (for
@@ -16663,7 +16781,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>behaviour in
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal code</span>⟩).
-</p><!--l. 8267--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 8321--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
@@ -16681,15 +16799,15 @@
 {#3}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8280--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
+<!--l. 8334--><p class="nopar" > This means that if an entry is assigned to a category that has the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37023"></a>
+ id="dx1-40023"></a>
attribute then the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ will be used if the previous count value (the number of
times the entry was used on the last run) is greater than the value of the
attribute.
-</p><!--l. 8287--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
+</p><!--l. 8341--><p class="indent" > For example, to trigger normal use if the previous count value is greater than
four:
@@ -16698,30 +16816,30 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-190">
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{entrycount}{4}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8291--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8293--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
+<!--l. 8345--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8347--><p class="indent" > There is a convenient command provided to enable entry counting, set the
<a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37024"></a> attribute and redefine <span
+ id="dx1-40024"></a> attribute and redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37025"></a>, etc to use <span
+ id="dx1-40025"></a>, etc to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span><a
- id="dx1-37026"></a> etc:
-</p><!--l. 8296--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37027"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-40026"></a> etc:
+</p><!--l. 8350--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8298--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8352--><p class="noindent" >
The first argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories. For each
category, the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37028"></a> attribute is set to ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-40028"></a> attribute is set to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩. In addition, this does:
@@ -16735,14 +16853,14 @@
\renewcommand*{\GLS}{\cGLS}%
\renewcommand*{\GLSpl}{\cGLSpl}%
</pre>
-<!--l. 8309--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
-</p><!--l. 8313--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
+<!--l. 8363--><p class="nopar" > This makes it easier to enable entry-counting on existing documents.
+</p><!--l. 8367--><p class="indent" > If you use <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryCounting </span>more than once, subsequent uses will
just set the <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37029"></a> attribute for each listed category.
-</p><!--l. 8317--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become:
+ id="dx1-40029"></a> attribute for each listed category.
+</p><!--l. 8371--><p class="indent" > The above example document can then become:
@@ -16760,13 +16878,13 @@
\printglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8339--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8341--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
+<!--l. 8393--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8395--><p class="indent" > The standard entry-counting function describe above counts the number of times
an entry has been marked as used throughout the document. (The reset commands
will reset the total back to zero.) If you prefer to count per sectional-unit, you can
use
-</p><!--l. 8346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37030"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -16775,7 +16893,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">counter-name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8402--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a comma-separated list of categories to which this feature should
be applied, ⟨<span
@@ -16782,19 +16900,19 @@
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the trigger value and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ is the name of the counter
used by the sectional unit.
-</p><!--l. 8354--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of TeX’s output routine, discrepancies will occur
+</p><!--l. 8408--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Due to the asynchronous nature of TeX’s output routine, discrepancies will occur
in page spanning paragraphs if you use the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-37031"></a> counter. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8358--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8360--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
+ id="dx1-40031"></a> counter. </div>
+</p><!--l. 8412--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8414--><p class="indent" > Note that you can’t use both the document-wide counting and the per-unit
counting in the same document.
-</p><!--l. 8363--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span
+</p><!--l. 8417--><p class="indent" > The counter value is used as part of a label, which means that <span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩
needs to be expandable. Since <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-37032"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides
+ id="dx1-40032"></a> also has a similar requirement and provides
<span
class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ as an expandable alternative, <span
@@ -16804,10 +16922,10 @@
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩ if it exists otherwise it will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter-name</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8370--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a
+</p><!--l. 8424--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting function uses two attributes: <a
href="#catattr.entrycount"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37033"></a> (as before) and
+ id="dx1-40033"></a> (as before) and
@@ -16814,46 +16932,46 @@
<a
href="#catattr.unitcount"><span
class="cmss-10">unitcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-37034"></a> (the name of the counter).
-</p><!--l. 8373--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
+ id="dx1-40034"></a> (the name of the counter).
+</p><!--l. 8427--><p class="indent" > Both the original document-wide counting mechanism and the per-unit counting
mechanism provide a command that can be used to access the current count value for
this run:
-</p><!--l. 8376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37035"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrycurrcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8378--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8432--><p class="noindent" >
and the final value from the previous run:
-</p><!--l. 8380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8382--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8436--><p class="noindent" >
In the case of the per-unit counting, this is the final value <span
class="cmti-10">for the current unit</span>. In
both commands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 8387--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
-</p><!--l. 8388--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37037"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8441--><p class="indent" > The per-unit counting mechanism additionally provides:
+</p><!--l. 8442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevtotalcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8390--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8444--><p class="noindent" >
which gives the sum of all the per-unit totals from the previous run for the entry
given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, and
-</p><!--l. 8393--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37038"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryprevmaxcount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8395--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8449--><p class="noindent" >
which gives the maximum per-unit total from the previous run.
-</p><!--l. 8398--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
-</p><!--l. 8400--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
+</p><!--l. 8452--><p class="indent" > The above two commands are unavailable for the document-wide counting.
+</p><!--l. 8454--><p class="indent" > Example of per-unit counting, where the unit is the chapter:
@@ -16877,11 +16995,11 @@
\printglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8431--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span
+<!--l. 8485--><p class="nopar" > In this document, the <span
class="cmtt-10">css </span>entry is used three times in the first chapter. This is
more than the trigger value of 2, so <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> is expanded on <a
- id="dx1-37039"></a><a
+ id="dx1-40039"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>
with the short form used on subsequent use, and the <span
class="cmtt-10">css </span>entries in that
@@ -16891,31 +17009,31 @@
long form is used and <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{css}</span></span></span> doesn’t get a line added to the glossary
file.
-</p><!--l. 8442--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8496--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">html </span>is used a total of three times, but the expansion and indexing
suppression trigger is tripped in both chapters because the per-unit total (1 for the
first chapter and 2 for the second chapter) is less than or equal to the trigger
value.
-</p><!--l. 8448--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8502--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">sample </span>entry has only been used once, but it doesn’t trip the indexing
suppression because it’s in the <span
class="cmss-10">general</span><a
- id="dx1-37040"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in
+ id="dx1-40040"></a> category, which hasn’t been listed in
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableEntryUnitCounting</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8453--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
+</p><!--l. 8507--><p class="indent" > The per-unit entry counting can be used for other purposes. In the following
example document the trigger value is set to zero, which means the index suppression
won’t be triggered, but the unit entry count is used to automatically suppress the
hyperlink for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-37041"></a> by modifying the hook
-</p><!--l. 8459--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-37042"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-40041"></a> by modifying the hook
+</p><!--l. 8513--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-40042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkcheckfirsthyperhook </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8461--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8515--><p class="noindent" >
which is used at the end of the macro the determines whether or not to suppress the
hyperlink.
@@ -16943,22 +17061,22 @@
\printglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8496--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 8550--><p class="nopar" > This only produces a hyperlink for the first instance of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{sample}</span></span></span> on each
page.
-</p><!--l. 8500--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span
+</p><!--l. 8554--><p class="indent" > The earlier warning about using the <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-37043"></a> counter still applies. If the
+ id="dx1-40043"></a> counter still applies. If the
first instance of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>occurs at the top of the page within a paragraph that
started on the previous page, then the count will continue from the previous
page.
-</p><!--l. 8505--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8559--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 8505--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8559--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">7.2 </span> <a
id="sec:linkcount"></a>Link Counting</h3>
-<!--l. 8508--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number
+<!--l. 8562--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.26, an alternative method of entry counting is to count the number
@@ -16972,17 +17090,17 @@
class="cmtt-10">\@gls at link </span>may use <span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>when displaying the
<a
- id="dx1-38001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-41001"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a>.)
-</p><!--l. 8515--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 8516--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-38002"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="indent" > To enable link counting use the preamble-only command:
+</p><!--l. 8570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-41002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">master counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">categories</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8518--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8572--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">categories</span>⟩ is a list of category labels. The optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">master</span>
@@ -16992,22 +17110,22 @@
incremented. This command automatically sets the <a
href="#catattr.linkcount"><span
class="cmss-10">linkcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-38003"></a> attribute for the given
+ id="dx1-41003"></a> attribute for the given
categories. If the optional argument is present, it also sets the <a
href="#catattr.linkcountmaster"><span
class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span></a><a
- id="dx1-38004"></a>
+ id="dx1-41004"></a>
attribute.
-</p><!--l. 8527--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 8581--><p class="indent" > When enabled, commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>increment the associated
counter using
-</p><!--l. 8529--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-38005"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8583--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-41005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrinclinkcounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8531--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8585--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\stepcounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
@@ -17021,35 +17139,35 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-195">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrinclinkcounter}[1]{\refstepcounter{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8537--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8539--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using
-</p><!--l. 8540--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-38006"></a> <span
+<!--l. 8591--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8593--><p class="indent" > You can access the internal count register using
+</p><!--l. 8594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-41006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8542--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8596--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been
defined.
-</p><!--l. 8546--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span
+</p><!--l. 8600--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to access the display value (<span
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩) using
-</p><!--l. 8548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-38007"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8602--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-41007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8550--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8604--><p class="noindent" >
(This will expand to 0 if the counter hasn’t been defined.)
-</p><!--l. 8553--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first
+</p><!--l. 8607--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> In order to conserve resources, the counter is only defined when it first
needs to be incremented so terms that have been defined but haven’t been
used in the document won’t have the associated count register allocated.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8558--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8560--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using:
-</p><!--l. 8561--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-38008"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8612--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8614--><p class="indent" > You can test if the counter has been defined using:
+</p><!--l. 8615--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-41008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfLinkCounterDef{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -17057,16 +17175,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8563--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8617--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 8566--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using
-</p><!--l. 8567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-38009"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8620--><p class="indent" > The counter name can be obtained using
+</p><!--l. 8621--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-41009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8569--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8623--><p class="noindent" >
This simply expands to the counter name associated with the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
without any check for existence. For example, to change the display command
@@ -17074,7 +17192,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\the</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩) using <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-38010"></a>:
+ id="dx1-41010"></a>:
@@ -17082,7 +17200,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-196">
\csdef{the\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}{\Roman{\GlsXtrLinkCounterName{duck}}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8576--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t
+<!--l. 8630--><p class="nopar" > This is useful if you just want to change the display for specific entries but isn’t
convenient if you want to change the display for all entries. Instead, it’s simpler to
redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTheLinkCounter</span>. For example:
@@ -17097,12 +17215,12 @@
 {0}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8587--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span
+<!--l. 8641--><p class="nopar" > In both cases, the redefinition should be implemented after <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8591--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after
+</p><!--l. 8645--><p class="indent" > Here’s an example document that uses link counting to disable the hyperlink after
the first reference. This redefines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-38011"></a> (which is used by both <span
+ id="dx1-41011"></a> (which is used by both <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>) instead of <span
@@ -17137,9 +17255,9 @@
\printglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8633--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span
+<!--l. 8687--><p class="nopar" > The use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-38012"></a> means that the options can override this. For
+ id="dx1-41012"></a> means that the options can override this. For
example
@@ -17148,21 +17266,21 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-199">
\gls[hyper=true]{sample1}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8638--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span
+<!--l. 8692--><p class="nopar" > will override the <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting in <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpresetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-38013"></a>. If <span
+ id="dx1-41013"></a>. If <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslinkpostsetkeys</span><a
- id="dx1-38014"></a>
+ id="dx1-41014"></a>
is used instead, the <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>setting will override the setting provided in the
optional argument.
-</p><!--l. 8644--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8698--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-38015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a
+ id="dx1-41015"></a> category doesn’t have the <a
href="#catattr.linkcount"><span
class="cmss-10">linkcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-38016"></a> attribute set (since it’s not
+ id="dx1-41016"></a> attribute set (since it’s not
listed in the argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting</span>). This means that
<span
@@ -17176,7 +17294,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-200">
\ifnum\GlsXtrLinkCounterValue{\glslabel}>1
</pre>
-<!--l. 8652--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span
+<!--l. 8706--><p class="nopar" > will always be false. This means that the abbreviation won’t have <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false</span>
applied. If the test is changed to
@@ -17189,9 +17307,9 @@
 \setkeys{glslink}{hyper=false}%
\fi
</pre>
-<!--l. 8660--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span
+<!--l. 8714--><p class="nopar" > Then the abbreviation will always have <span
class="cmtt-10">hyper=false </span>applied.
-</p><!--l. 8664--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master
+</p><!--l. 8718--><p class="indent" > To reset the counter every section use the optional argument to set the master
counter:
@@ -17200,103 +17318,103 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-202">
\GlsXtrEnableLinkCounting[section]{general}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8668--><p class="nopar" >
+<!--l. 8722--><p class="nopar" >
</p>
-<!--l. 8670--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 8670--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8724--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 8724--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">8. <a
id="sec:autoindex"></a>Auto-Indexing</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8673--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
+</p><!--l. 8727--><p class="indent" > It’s possible that you may also want a normal index as well as the glossary,
and you may want entries to automatically be added to the index (as in
this document). There are two attributes that govern this: <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39001"></a> and
+ id="dx1-42001"></a> and
<a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39002"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 8679--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a
- id="dx1-39003"></a><a
+ id="dx1-42002"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 8733--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The auto-indexing is designed for <a
+ id="dx1-42003"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> syntax. If you’ve used the <a
href="#styopt.xindy"><span
class="cmss-10">xindy</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39004"></a>
+ id="dx1-42004"></a>
package option, the automatic escaping of <a
- id="dx1-39005"></a><a
+ id="dx1-42005"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> special characters in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-39006"></a> field
+ id="dx1-42006"></a> field
may result in an incorrect sort value for the <span
class="cmtt-10">\index </span>command used by the
auto-indexing. Note also that <span
class="cmtt-10">texindy</span><a
- id="dx1-39007"></a> has a fixed set of special characters
+ id="dx1-42007"></a> has a fixed set of special characters
(corresponding to <a
- id="dx1-39008"></a><span
+ id="dx1-42008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span>’s defaults) that can’t be customized. You may want
to consider using <a
- id="dx1-39009"></a><a
+ id="dx1-42009"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> and its dual entries as an alternative approach.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8688--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8691--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 8742--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8745--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpostnamehook</span><a
- id="dx1-39010"></a> macro, used at the end of <span
+ id="dx1-42010"></a> macro, used at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-39011"></a> and
+ id="dx1-42011"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glossentryname</span><a
- id="dx1-39012"></a>, checks the <a
+ id="dx1-42012"></a>, checks the <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39013"></a> attribute for the category associated with
+ id="dx1-42013"></a> attribute for the category associated with
that entry. Since <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname </span>is used in the default glossary styles, this
makes a convenient way of automatically indexing each entry name at its
location in the glossary without fiddling around with the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-39014"></a>
+ id="dx1-42014"></a>
key.
-</p><!--l. 8701--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span
+</p><!--l. 8755--><p class="indent" > The internal macro used by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package to write the information to the
external glossary file is modified to check for the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39015"></a> attribute.
-</p><!--l. 8705--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through
-</p><!--l. 8706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-39016"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-42015"></a> attribute.
+</p><!--l. 8759--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the indexing is done through
+</p><!--l. 8760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-42016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">attribute-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8708--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8762--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the standard <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span><a
- id="dx1-39017"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s
+ id="dx1-42017"></a> command with the sort value taken from the entry’s
<span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-39018"></a> key and the actual value set to <span
+ id="dx1-42018"></a> key and the actual value set to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. As from v1.16, there are
user-level commands available to change the sort and actual value used by the
automated index.
-</p><!--l. 8715--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by
-</p><!--l. 8716--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-39019"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8769--><p class="indent" > The actual value is given by
+</p><!--l. 8770--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-42019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8718--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8772--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label. The default definition is:
@@ -17306,19 +17424,19 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-203">
\newcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryname{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8723--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span
+<!--l. 8777--><p class="nopar" > Note the use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\string </span>to prevent <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>from being expanded as it’s
written to the index file.
-</p><!--l. 8727--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using:
-</p><!--l. 8728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-39020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8781--><p class="indent" > The sort value is assigned using:
+</p><!--l. 8782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-42020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexassignsort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8730--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8784--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is the command which needs to be set to the
@@ -17332,44 +17450,44 @@
  \glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8737--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span
+<!--l. 8791--><p class="nopar" > After this macro is called, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ is then processed to escape any of <span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-39021"></a>’s special
+ id="dx1-42021"></a>’s special
characters. Note that this escaping is only performed on the sort not on the actual
value. The escaping of the sort value is performed by
-</p><!--l. 8742--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-39022"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8796--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-42022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindexesc </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8744--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8798--><p class="noindent" >
You can redefine this to do nothing if you want to omit the escaping. You may want
to consider providing another field to obtain the appropriate sort value if the one
provided in the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-39023"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special
+ id="dx1-42023"></a> field isn’t suitable (because it may already have had special
characters escaped or it may be a numeric value in the case of sort by use or
definition).
-</p><!--l. 8752--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
-</p><!--l. 8753--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-39024"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8806--><p class="indent" > The command used to perform the actual indexing is:
+</p><!--l. 8807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-42024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrautoindex{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8755--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8809--><p class="noindent" >
This just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>by default.
-</p><!--l. 8758--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span
+</p><!--l. 8812--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The entry’s <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-39025"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing.
+ id="dx1-42025"></a> field isn’t referenced in this automated indexing.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 8761--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8763--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span
+</p><!--l. 8815--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8817--><p class="indent" > For example, to index the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-39026"></a> key, instead of the <span
+ id="dx1-42026"></a> key, instead of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-39027"></a> key:
+ id="dx1-42027"></a> key:
@@ -17377,12 +17495,12 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-205">
\renewcommand*{\glsxtrautoindexentry}[1]{\string\glsentryfirst{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8767--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span
+<!--l. 8821--><p class="nopar" > and if the sort value also needs to be set to the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-39028"></a> field, if present, otherwise the
+ id="dx1-42028"></a> field, if present, otherwise the
<span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-39029"></a> field:
+ id="dx1-42029"></a> field:
@@ -17394,8 +17512,8 @@
  {\glsletentryfield{#1}{#2}{sort}}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8776--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8778--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span
+<!--l. 8830--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8832--><p class="indent" > If the value of the attribute given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">attribute-label</span>⟩ is “true”, no encap will be
added, otherwise the encap will be the attribute value. For example:
@@ -17405,7 +17523,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-207">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{indexname}{textbf}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8784--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span
+<!--l. 8838--><p class="nopar" > will set the encap to <span
class="cmtt-10">textbf </span>which will display the relevant page number in bold
whereas
@@ -17415,104 +17533,104 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-208">
\glssetcategoryattribute{general}{dualindex}{true}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8789--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
-</p><!--l. 8792--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
+<!--l. 8843--><p class="nopar" > won’t apply any formatting to the page number in the index.
+</p><!--l. 8846--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The location used in the index will always be the page number not the counter
used in the glossary. (Unless some other loaded package has modified the definition of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\index </span>to use some thing else.) </div>
-</p><!--l. 8797--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8799--><p class="indent" > By default the <span
+</p><!--l. 8851--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8853--><p class="indent" > By default the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-39030"></a> key won’t be used with the <a
+ id="dx1-42030"></a> key won’t be used with the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39031"></a> attribute. You can
+ id="dx1-42031"></a> attribute. You can
allow the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-39032"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
+ id="dx1-42032"></a> key to override the attribute value by using the preamble-only
command:
-</p><!--l. 8803--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-39033"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8857--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-42033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableIndexFormatOverride </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8805--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8859--><p class="noindent" >
If you use this command and <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-39034"></a> has been loaded, then the <span
+ id="dx1-42034"></a> has been loaded, then the <span
class="cmss-10">theindex</span><a
- id="dx1-39035"></a><a
- id="dx1-39036"></a>
+ id="dx1-42035"></a><a
+ id="dx1-42036"></a>
environment will be modified to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber</span><a
- id="dx1-39037"></a> to allow formats that use
+ id="dx1-42037"></a> to allow formats that use
that command.
-</p><!--l. 8810--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
+</p><!--l. 8864--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39038"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
+ id="dx1-42038"></a> attribute will still be used on subsequent use even if the
<a
href="#catattr.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39039"></a> attribute (or <a
+ id="dx1-42039"></a> attribute (or <a
href="#styopt.indexonlyfirst"><span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39040"></a> package option) is set. However, the <a
+ id="dx1-42040"></a> package option) is set. However, the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-39041"></a>
+ id="dx1-42041"></a>
attribute will honour the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-39042"></a> key. </div>
-</p><!--l. 8816--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8818--><p class="indent" > The <span
+ id="dx1-42042"></a> key. </div>
+</p><!--l. 8870--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8872--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdoautoindexname </span>command will attempt to escape any of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-39043"></a>’s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take
+ id="dx1-42043"></a>’s special characters, but there may be special cases where it fails, so take
care. This assumes the default <a
- id="dx1-39044"></a><a
+ id="dx1-42044"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> actual, level, quote and encap values
(unless any of the commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\actualchar</span><a
- id="dx1-39045"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-42045"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\levelchar</span><a
- id="dx1-39046"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-42046"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\quotechar</span><a
- id="dx1-39047"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-42047"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\encapchar</span><a
- id="dx1-39048"></a>
+ id="dx1-42048"></a>
have been defined before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>is loaded).
-</p><!--l. 8826--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
+</p><!--l. 8880--><p class="indent" > If this isn’t the case, you can use the following preamble-only commands to set
the correct characters.
-</p><!--l. 8828--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
-</p><!--l. 8830--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 8832--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-39049"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8882--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be very careful of possible shifting category codes! </div>
+</p><!--l. 8884--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8886--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-42049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetActualChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8834--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8888--><p class="noindent" >
Set the actual character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8837--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-39050"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-42050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetLevelChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8839--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8893--><p class="noindent" >
Set the level character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8842--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-39051"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8896--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-42051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEscChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8844--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8898--><p class="noindent" >
Set the escape (quote) character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 8847--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-39052"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 8901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-42052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetEncapChar{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">char</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -17519,7 +17637,7 @@
-</p><!--l. 8849--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 8903--><p class="noindent" >
Set the encap character to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">char</span>⟩.
@@ -17526,13 +17644,13 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 8852--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 8852--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 8906--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 8906--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">9. <a
id="sec:bib2gls"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases</h2>
-</p><!--l. 8855--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a
- id="dx1-40001"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 8909--><p class="indent" > There is a new command line application called <a
+ id="dx1-43001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, which works in much
the same way as a combination of <span
@@ -17545,7 +17663,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\loadglsentries</span>, the entries can instead be stored in a <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file and <a
- id="dx1-40002"></a><span
+ id="dx1-43002"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can
selectively write the appropriate commands to a <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file which is loaded using
@@ -17552,7 +17670,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>).
-</p><!--l. 8866--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
+</p><!--l. 8920--><p class="indent" > This means that you can use a reference managing system, such as JabRef, to
maintain the database and it reduces the TeX overhead by only defining the entries
that are actually required in the document. If you currently have a <span
class="cmtt-10">.tex </span>file that
@@ -17563,26 +17681,26 @@
containing glossary definitions to a <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file using <span
class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span><a
- id="dx1-40003"></a>, supplied with
+ id="dx1-43003"></a>, supplied with
<a
- id="dx1-40004"></a><span
+ id="dx1-43004"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 8877--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span
+</p><!--l. 8931--><p class="indent" > There are some new commands and options added to <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>to help assist
the integration of <a
- id="dx1-40005"></a><span
+ id="dx1-43005"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>into the document build process.
-</p><!--l. 8881--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a
- id="dx1-40006"></a><span
+</p><!--l. 8935--><p class="indent" > This chapter just provides a general overview of <a
+ id="dx1-43006"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The full details and
some sample documents are provided in the <a
- id="dx1-40007"></a><span
+ id="dx1-43007"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span><a
href="http://mirrors.ctan.org/support/bib2gls/bib2gls.pdf" >manual</a>.
-</p><!--l. 8885--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span
+</p><!--l. 8939--><p class="indent" > An example of the contents of <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>file that stores glossary entries that can be
extracted with <a
- id="dx1-40008"></a><span
+ id="dx1-43008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>:
@@ -17604,8 +17722,8 @@
  description={a waterbird with a long neck}
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8904--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8906--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations:
+<!--l. 8958--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8960--><p class="indent" > The follow provides some abbreviations:
@@ -17629,8 +17747,8 @@
  description={a simple interpreted server-side scripting language}
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8928--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8930--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols:
+<!--l. 8982--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 8984--><p class="indent" > Here are some symbols:
@@ -17653,15 +17771,15 @@
  description={a set}
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8951--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 8953--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a
- id="dx1-40009"></a><a
+<!--l. 9005--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9007--><p class="indent" > To ensure that <a
+ id="dx1-43009"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can find out which entries have been used in the
document, you need the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-40010"></a> package option:
+ id="dx1-43010"></a> package option:
@@ -17669,53 +17787,53 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-212">
\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
</pre>
-<!--l. 8957--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
+<!--l. 9011--><p class="nopar" > If this option’s value is omitted (as above), the normal indexing will be switched off,
since <a
- id="dx1-40011"></a><a
+ id="dx1-43011"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> can also sort the entries and collate the locations.
-</p><!--l. 8962--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
+</p><!--l. 9016--><p class="indent" > If you still want to use an indexing application (for example, you need a custom
<a
- id="dx1-40012"></a><a
+ id="dx1-43012"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> rule), then just use <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
- id="dx1-40013"></a> and continue to use <span
+ id="dx1-43013"></a> and continue to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>(or <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossaries</span>), but you also need to instruct
<a
- id="dx1-40014"></a><span
+ id="dx1-43014"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to omit sorting to save time and to prevent the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-40015"></a> key from being
+ id="dx1-43015"></a> key from being
set.
-</p><!--l. 8969--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 9023--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file created by <a
- id="dx1-40016"></a><span
+ id="dx1-43016"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>is loaded using:
-</p><!--l. 8970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-40017"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9024--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-43017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">filename</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8972--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9026--><p class="noindent" >
(Don’t include the file extension in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩.) There’s a shortcut version
(recommended over the above) that sets ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">filename</span>⟩ to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\jobname</span>:
-</p><!--l. 8975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-40018"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9029--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-43018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8977--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9031--><p class="noindent" >
On the first use, this command is a shortcut for </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -17728,7 +17846,7 @@
</div>
</div> On subsequent use,<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x9" id="fn1x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-40019f1"></a> this
+ id="x1-43019f1"></a> this
command is a shortcut for <div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -17742,15 +17860,15 @@
</div>
</div> where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ is the current value of
-<!--l. 8989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+<!--l. 9043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcecount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 8990--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9044--><p class="noindent" >
which is incremented at the end of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>. Any advisory notes
regarding <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>also apply to <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources</span>.
-</p><!--l. 8995--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>command writes the line </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -17766,41 +17884,41 @@
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>if it
exists.<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn2x9" id="fn2x9-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">9.2</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-40020f2"></a>
+ id="x1-43020f2"></a>
-<!--l. 9005--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
+<!--l. 9059--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file won’t exist on the first LaTeX run, the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-40021"></a> package
+ id="dx1-43021"></a> package
option additionally switches on <a
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-40022"></a>. Any use of commands like <span
+ id="dx1-43022"></a>. Any use of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext </span>will produce ?? in the document, since the entries are undefined at this
point. Once <a
- id="dx1-40023"></a><span
+ id="dx1-43023"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>has created the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file the references should be resolved.
This may cause a shift in the locations if the actual text produced once the entry is
defined is significantly larger than the placeholder ?? (as this can alter the page
breaking).
-</p><!--l. 9015--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span
+</p><!--l. 9069--><p class="indent" > Note that as from v1.12, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourcefile </span>temporarily switches the
category code of <span
class="cmtt-10">@ </span>to 11 (letter) while it reads the file to allow for any internal
commands stored in the location field.
</p>
-<!--l. 9020--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9074--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.1 </span> <a
id="selection"></a>Selection</h3>
-<!--l. 9022--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a
- id="dx1-41001"></a><a
+<!--l. 9076--><p class="noindent" >The default behaviour is for <a
+ id="dx1-44001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to select all entries that have a record in the
<span
@@ -17809,7 +17927,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">glsignore </span>format (for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls[format=glsignore]{duck}</span></span></span>) is recognised by
<a
- id="dx1-41002"></a><span
+ id="dx1-44002"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>as a special ignored record. This means that it will match the selection
criteria but the record won’t be added to the location list. This means that you won’t
get spurious commas in the location list (as can happen with the other indexing
@@ -17821,7 +17939,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-213">
\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsignore}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9034--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and
+<!--l. 9088--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the front matter and
@@ -17829,23 +17947,23 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-214">
\GlsXtrSetDefaultNumberFormat{glsnumberformat}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9038--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from
+<!--l. 9092--><p class="nopar" > at the start of the main matter to prevent any records in the front matter from
occurring in the location lists.
-</p><!--l. 9042--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 9096--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddall </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddallunused </span>don’t
work with <a
- id="dx1-41003"></a><a
+ id="dx1-44003"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> as the command has to iterate over the internal lists of
defined entry labels, which will be empty on the first run and on subsequent
runs will only contain those entries that have been selected by <a
- id="dx1-41004"></a><span
+ id="dx1-44004"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 9047--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9049--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a
- id="dx1-41005"></a><span
+</p><!--l. 9101--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9103--><p class="indent" > If you want to add all entries to the glossary, you need to tell <a
+ id="dx1-44005"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>this in the
options list. For example:
@@ -17855,29 +17973,29 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-215">
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={terms},selection={all}]
</pre>
-<!--l. 9054--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the
+<!--l. 9108--><p class="nopar" > This will add all entries, regardless of whether or not they have any records in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. Those that don’t have any records will have an empty location list. See the
<a
- id="dx1-41006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-44006"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> user manual for more details of this option.
-</p><!--l. 9060--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9114--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9060--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9114--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.2 </span> <a
id="sortinganddisplayingtheglossary"></a>Sorting and Displaying the Glossary</h3>
-<!--l. 9062--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a
- id="dx1-42001"></a><span
+<!--l. 9116--><p class="noindent" >There are many sorting options provided by <a
+ id="dx1-45001"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The default is to sort
according to the system locale. If the document has a language setting, you can use
<span
class="cmtt-10">sort=doc </span>to instruct <a
- id="dx1-42002"></a><span
+ id="dx1-45002"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to sort according to that. (The language tag obtained
from <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-42003"></a>’s interface is written to the <span
+ id="dx1-45003"></a>’s interface is written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file.) For a multilingual document
you need to explicitly set the locale using a well-formed language tag. For
example:
@@ -17891,20 +18009,20 @@
  sort=de-DE-1996 % sort according to this locale
]
</pre>
-<!--l. 9075--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of
+<!--l. 9129--><p class="nopar" > The locale-sensitive sort methods usually ignore most punctuation so for lists of
symbols you may find it more appropriate to use one of the letter-base sort methods
that sort according to the Unicode value of each character. Alternatively you can
provide a custom rule. See the <a
- id="dx1-42004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-45004"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> manual for full details of all the available sort
methods.
-</p><!--l. 9084--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
+</p><!--l. 9138--><p class="indent" > Since the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file only defines those references required within the document
(selected according to the <span
class="cmtt-10">selection </span>option) and the definitions have been written in
the order corresponding to <a
- id="dx1-42005"></a><span
+ id="dx1-45005"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s sorted list, the glossaries can simply be
displayed using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>(or <span
@@ -17912,9 +18030,9 @@
<a
href="#sec:printunsrt"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:printunsrt </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">10.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:printunsrt">Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:printunsrt --></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9092--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span
+</p><!--l. 9146--><p class="indent" > Suppose the <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>examples shown above have been stored in the files <span
class="cmtt-10">terms.bib</span>,
<span
@@ -17937,7 +18055,7 @@
\printunsrtglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9114--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span
+<!--l. 9168--><p class="nopar" > The document build process (assuming the document is called <span
class="cmtt-10">mydoc</span>) is:
@@ -17948,7 +18066,7 @@
bib2gls mydoc
pdflatex mydoc
</pre>
-<!--l. 9121--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span
+<!--l. 9175--><p class="nopar" > This creates a single glossary containing the entries: <span
class="cmtt-10">bird</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">duck</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, <span
@@ -17961,12 +18079,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">shtml </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">M </span>entries were added because
<a
- id="dx1-42006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-45006"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> detected (from the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file) that they had been used in the document. The
other entries were added because <a
- id="dx1-42007"></a><span
+ id="dx1-45007"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>detected (from the <span
class="cmtt-10">.bib </span>files) that they
are referenced by the used entries. In the case of <span
@@ -17974,18 +18092,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">goose</span>, they are
in the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-42008"></a> field for <span
+ id="dx1-45008"></a> field for <span
class="cmtt-10">bird</span>. In the case of <span
class="cmtt-10">ssi </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">html</span>, they are referenced
in the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-42009"></a> field of <span
+ id="dx1-45009"></a> field of <span
class="cmtt-10">shtml</span>. These cross-referenced entries won’t have
a location list when the glossary is first displayed, but depending on how
they are referenced, they may pick up a location list on the next document
build.
-</p><!--l. 9138--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
+</p><!--l. 9192--><p class="indent" > The entries can be separated into different glossaries with different sort
methods:
@@ -18007,8 +18125,8 @@
\printunsrtglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9164--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9166--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span
+<!--l. 9218--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9220--><p class="indent" > Or you can have multiple instance of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>with the same
<span
class="cmtt-10">type</span>, which will produce a glossary with ordered sub-blocks. For example:
@@ -18034,10 +18152,10 @@
\printunsrtglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9195--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the
+<!--l. 9249--><p class="nopar" > This will result in a glossary where the first group has the title “Abbreviations”, the
second group has the title “Symbols” and then follow the usual letter groups. Note
that for this example to work, you must run <a
- id="dx1-42010"></a><a
+ id="dx1-45010"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> with the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--group</span></span></span> (or <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -18053,17 +18171,17 @@
bib2gls -g myDoc
pdflatex myDoc
</pre>
-<!--l. 9206--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span
+<!--l. 9260--><p class="nopar" > The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
- id="dx1-42011"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding
+ id="dx1-45011"></a> field must always be a label. You can set the corresponding
title with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetgrouptitle </span>(see <a
href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glosstylemods </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.11</span> </a><a
href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style
Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>). If no title is set then the label is used as the group title.
-</p><!--l. 9212--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using
+</p><!--l. 9266--><p class="indent" > You can provide your own custom sort rule. For example, if you are using
<span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -18200,7 +18318,7 @@
</div>
</div> Remember that if you are using <span
class="cmss-10">inputenc</span><a
- id="dx1-42012"></a> then extended characters, such as é or ø,
+ id="dx1-45012"></a> then extended characters, such as é or ø,
are active and will expand when written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file. So with PDFLaTeX the
above would have to be changed to protect against expansion. Some of the
@@ -18214,7 +18332,7 @@
class="cmbx-10">in the </span><span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span><span
class="cmbx-10">file</span>. <a
- id="dx1-42013"></a><a
+ id="dx1-45013"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> will recognise this as the
character given by the hexadecimal value ⟨<span
@@ -18225,7 +18343,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6 </span>and so on. This is quite cumbersome, but you can
use the shortcut <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshex</span><a
- id="dx1-42014"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-45014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">E6 </span>instead, so the above needs to be written as:
<div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -18361,50 +18479,50 @@
class="cmtt-10">]</span>
</div>
</div>
-<!--l. 9260--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 9314--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9260--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9314--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3 </span> <a
- id="x1-430009.3"></a>The <span
+ id="x1-460009.3"></a>The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package</h3>
-<!--l. 9263--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a
+<!--l. 9317--><p class="noindent" >The package option <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-43001"></a> (or simply <a
+ id="dx1-46001"></a> (or simply <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-43002"></a>) automatically loads the
+ id="dx1-46002"></a>) automatically loads the
supplementary package <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-43003"></a>, which provides some commands that
+ id="dx1-46003"></a>, which provides some commands that
are specific to <a
- id="dx1-43004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-46004"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. The package isn’t loaded by <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
- id="dx1-43005"></a> as that option is
+ id="dx1-46005"></a> as that option is
intended for sorting with <a
- id="dx1-43006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-46006"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-43007"></a><a
+ id="dx1-46007"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> and it is expected that the sorting will
be switched off (with the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">sort=none</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9272--><p class="indent" > If <span
+</p><!--l. 9326--><p class="indent" > If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-43008"></a> is loaded via the <a
+ id="dx1-46008"></a> is loaded via the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-43009"></a> package option then the check for
+ id="dx1-46009"></a> package option then the check for
associated language resource files (see <a
href="#sec:lang"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:lang </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">14</span> </a><a
href="#sec:lang">Multi-Lingual Support<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:lang --></a>)
will also search for the existence of <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
@@ -18414,41 +18532,41 @@
class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩ is the four letter script identifier, such as
<span
class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9280--><p class="indent" > This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span
+</p><!--l. 9334--><p class="indent" > This package provides some shortcut commands that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-43010"></a> if the
+ id="dx1-46010"></a> if the
relevant package option has defined the associated glossary: <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtabbreviations</span><a
- id="dx1-43011"></a>,
+ id="dx1-46011"></a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtacronyms</span><a
- id="dx1-43012"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-46012"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtsymbols</span><a
- id="dx1-43013"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-46013"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtnumbers</span><a
- id="dx1-43014"></a> and
+ id="dx1-46014"></a> and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtindex</span><a
- id="dx1-43015"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9286--><p class="indent" > The <a
+ id="dx1-46015"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 9340--><p class="indent" > The <a
href="#styopt.savenumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">savenumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-43016"></a> package option doesn’t have any effect with <a
- id="dx1-43017"></a><span
+ id="dx1-46016"></a> package option doesn’t have any effect with <a
+ id="dx1-46017"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>.
The location lists are saved by default, so <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-43018"></a> patches
+ id="dx1-46018"></a> patches
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-43019"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-46019"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisplaynumberlist</span><a
- id="dx1-43020"></a> to work with the <span
+ id="dx1-46020"></a> to work with the <span
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
- id="dx1-43021"></a>
+ id="dx1-46021"></a>
field
-</p><!--l. 9291--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-43022"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9345--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-46022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidecommand{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
@@ -18458,18 +18576,18 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9293--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9347--><p class="noindent" >
This command is intended for use in <span
class="cmtt-10">@preamble</span>. It’s simply defined to
<span
class="cmtt-10">\providecommand </span>in <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-43023"></a> but <a
- id="dx1-43024"></a><span
+ id="dx1-46023"></a> but <a
+ id="dx1-46024"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s interpreter treats it as
<span
class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand</span>. This means that you can override <a
- id="dx1-43025"></a><span
+ id="dx1-46025"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s internal definition of a
command without overriding the command definition in the document (if it’s already
defined before the resource file is input). For example
@@ -18480,8 +18598,8 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-222">
@preamble{"\glsxtrprovidecommand{\int}{integral}"}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9304--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a
- id="dx1-43026"></a><a
+<!--l. 9358--><p class="nopar" > This will force <a
+ id="dx1-46026"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to treat <span
class="cmtt-10">\int </span>as the word “integral” to assist sorting but if
@@ -18489,7 +18607,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file (as it is by default) then it won’t
override the current definition (provided by the kernel or redefined by a
package).
-</p><!--l. 9311--><p class="indent" > The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span
+</p><!--l. 9365--><p class="indent" > The helper commands in the resource files are defined using <span
class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>.
For many of them, if you want to provide an alternative definition then you need to
define the command before the resource file is loaded. There are a few that may be
@@ -18498,8 +18616,8 @@
first LaTeX run when the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist. In this case, you may prefer to
use:
-</p><!--l. 9318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-43027"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9372--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-46027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrenewcommand{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
@@ -18509,24 +18627,24 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">definition</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9374--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves like <span
class="cmtt-10">\renewcommand </span>but only generates a warning rather than an error
if the command isn’t already defined so it won’t interrupt the document
build.
-</p><!--l. 9325--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-43028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9379--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-46028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIndexCounterLink{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9327--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9381--><p class="noindent" >
If the <span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-43029"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span
+ id="dx1-46029"></a> command has been defined (that is, <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-43030"></a> has been
+ id="dx1-46030"></a> has been
loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>) then this command checks for the existence of
the <span
@@ -18547,21 +18665,21 @@
<a
href="#styopt.indexcounter"><span
class="cmss-10">indexcounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-43031"></a> package option combined with <a
- id="dx1-43032"></a><span
+ id="dx1-46031"></a> package option combined with <a
+ id="dx1-46032"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">save-index-counter</span>
resource option. See the <a
- id="dx1-43033"></a><span
+ id="dx1-46033"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>manual for further details (at least version
1.4).
-</p><!--l. 9341--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
+</p><!--l. 9395--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
class="cmtt-10">set-widest </span>resource option, <a
- id="dx1-43034"></a><span
+ id="dx1-46034"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ will now
use:
-</p><!--l. 9343--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-43035"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9397--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-46035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidest{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18569,50 +18687,50 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9345--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9399--><p class="noindent" >
(if it has been defined) to set the widest name for the given glossary type and level.
This allows for both the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-43036"></a> style and the styles provided by <span
+ id="dx1-46036"></a> style and the styles provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-longextra</span><a
- id="dx1-43037"></a>,
+ id="dx1-46037"></a>,
which need to know the widest name.
-</p><!--l. 9351--><p class="indent" > If <a
- id="dx1-43038"></a><span
+</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="indent" > If <a
+ id="dx1-46038"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can’t determine the widest name (typically because the name field
consists of commands that aren’t recognised by the interpreter) then <a
- id="dx1-43039"></a><span
+ id="dx1-46039"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+
will now use:
-</p><!--l. 9354--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-43040"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9408--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-46040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSetWidestFallback{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">max depth</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9356--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9410--><p class="noindent" >
(if defined). Currently the maximum hierarchical depth ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">max depth</span>⟩ may only be 0 or
2. This command requires commands provided by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-43041"></a>
+ id="dx1-46041"></a>
package with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-43042"></a> style enabled. In this case, it may be simpler to just use
+ id="dx1-46042"></a> style enabled. In this case, it may be simpler to just use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glssetwidest</span><a
- id="dx1-43043"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 9363--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-46043"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 9417--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9363--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9417--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.1 </span> <a
id="sec:supplocations"></a>Supplemental Locations</h4>
-<!--l. 9366--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-44001"></a> <span
+<!--l. 9420--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-47001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaysupploc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18625,9 +18743,9 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9368--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9422--><p class="noindent" >
This is used by <a
- id="dx1-44002"></a><a
+ id="dx1-47002"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> version 1.7+ for supplemental locations, instead of using
<span
@@ -18634,11 +18752,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsupphypernumber </span>with the <a
href="#catattr.externallocation"><span
class="cmss-10">externallocation</span></a><a
- id="dx1-44003"></a> attribute. This command sets up
+ id="dx1-47003"></a> attribute. This command sets up
the location counter and prefix (used in the formation of hyperlinks) and then
uses
-</p><!--l. 9374--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-44004"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9428--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-47004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrmultisupplocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18646,16 +18764,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9376--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9430--><p class="noindent" >
to format the actual location (with an external hyperlink, if supported).
-</p><!--l. 9380--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9434--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9380--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9434--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.2 </span> <a
id="sec:recordnameref"></a>Nameref Record</h4>
-<!--l. 9383--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span
+<!--l. 9437--><p class="noindent" >Normally locations are recorded in the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file in the form:
-</p><!--l. 9386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 9440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18668,16 +18786,16 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9387--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9441--><p class="noindent" >
The <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a
- id="dx1-45001"></a> option, which requires at least <a
- id="dx1-45002"></a><span
+ id="dx1-48001"></a> option, which requires at least <a
+ id="dx1-48002"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8, instead
uses:
-</p><!--l. 9391--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 9445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18697,7 +18815,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">hcounter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9392--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9446--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\@currentlabelname </span>and ⟨<span
@@ -18705,34 +18823,34 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\@currentHref</span>. These commands require <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-45003"></a>. If they are undefined, ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-48003"></a>. If they are undefined, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ and
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ will be left empty and <a
- id="dx1-45004"></a><span
+ id="dx1-48004"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will treat it as a regular record.
-</p><!--l. 9399--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 9453--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful with this option as ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ will globally change on every instance of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\refstepcounter </span>but ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ won’t necessarily change. It can therefore cause
unexpected behaviour. </div>
-</p><!--l. 9403--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 9405--><p class="indent" > The final argument ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 9457--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9459--><p class="indent" > The final argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩ is obtained from <span
class="cmtt-10">\theH</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ which provides the
partial target name associated with the indexing counter. With the original
<a
- id="dx1-45005"></a><a
+ id="dx1-48005"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>/<a
- id="dx1-45006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-48006"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> approach, it’s not possible to include this information in the
location, so the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-45007"></a> package attempts to derive a prefix from which the
+ id="dx1-48007"></a> package attempts to derive a prefix from which the
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩ value can be reconstituted by appending the prefix. Unfortunately, not all
definitions of <span
@@ -18746,9 +18864,9 @@
<span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-45008"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail.
-</p><!--l. 9416--><p class="indent" > Since <a
- id="dx1-45009"></a><a
+ id="dx1-48008"></a> counter with chapters) so this can fail.
+</p><!--l. 9470--><p class="indent" > Since <a
+ id="dx1-48009"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> is customized specifically for use with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>, it’s now
@@ -18757,7 +18875,7 @@
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=nameref</span><a
- id="dx1-45010"></a> option does this. By providing both
+ id="dx1-48010"></a> option does this. By providing both
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">hcounter</span>⟩, you can determine which target you would rather use. The default
@@ -18768,10 +18886,10 @@
using the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">href </span>⟩ target, which will take you to the nearest target before the indexing
took place.
-</p><!--l. 9427--><p class="indent" > With <a
- id="dx1-45011"></a><span
+</p><!--l. 9481--><p class="indent" > With <a
+ id="dx1-48011"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+, normal locations are displayed using:
-</p><!--l. 9429--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 9483--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnoidxdisplayloc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18781,11 +18899,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9484--><p class="noindent" >
This is provided by the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-45012"></a> package and is simply defined to do:
-</p><!--l. 9434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+ id="dx1-48012"></a> package and is simply defined to do:
+</p><!--l. 9488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18796,16 +18914,16 @@
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9435--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="noindent" >
Earlier versions of <a
- id="dx1-45013"></a><span
+ id="dx1-48013"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>only used this in the <span
class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a
- id="dx1-45014"></a> field and explicitly used
+ id="dx1-48014"></a> field and explicitly used
<span
class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter </span>in the <span
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
- id="dx1-45015"></a> field followed by <span
+ id="dx1-48015"></a> field followed by <span
class="cmtt-10">\</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18814,18 +18932,18 @@
the code that’s created with the default <a
href="#styopt.makeindex"><span
class="cmss-10">makeindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-45016"></a> setting. The <span
+ id="dx1-48016"></a> setting. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\setentrycounter</span>
command sets up the prefix needed for <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>to reform the target name
from the given location.
-</p><!--l. 9445--><p class="indent" > The locations identified by <span
+</p><!--l. 9499--><p class="indent" > The locations identified by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr at record@nameref </span>are written by <a
- id="dx1-45017"></a><span
+ id="dx1-48017"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>to
the location list using:
-</p><!--l. 9447--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-45018"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9501--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-48018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18845,12 +18963,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9449--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9503--><p class="noindent" >
With normal internal locations, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will always be empty. With supplemental
locations, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ will be the external file reference.
-</p><!--l. 9454--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
+</p><!--l. 9508--><p class="indent" > The default definition is:
@@ -18872,9 +18990,9 @@
  }%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9471--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
-</p><!--l. 9473--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-45019"></a> <span
+<!--l. 9525--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
+</p><!--l. 9527--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-48019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">format</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18884,7 +19002,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9475--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9529--><p class="noindent" >
This ignores the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ and <span
@@ -18894,22 +19012,22 @@
hyperlink with the target name obtained from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">target</span>⟩ (and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩, if not empty).
-</p><!--l. 9479--><p class="indent" > Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of
+</p><!--l. 9533--><p class="indent" > Since pages and equations typically don’t have titles, the default definition of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdisplaylocnameref </span>checks the counter was used as the location. If it’s <span
class="cmss-10">page</span><a
- id="dx1-45020"></a>
+ id="dx1-48020"></a>
or if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩ is empty, then just the location is used as the hyperlink text. If the counter
<span
class="cmss-10">equation</span><a
- id="dx1-45021"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained
+ id="dx1-48021"></a>, then the text is the location in parentheses. Otherwise the text is obtained
from ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">title</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 9486--><p class="indent" > If ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 9540--><p class="indent" > If ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ is empty an internal link is created with:
-</p><!--l. 9487--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-45022"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-48022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtinternalnameref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18917,10 +19035,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">title</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9489--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9543--><p class="noindent" >
otherwise an external link is created with:
-</p><!--l. 9491--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-45023"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9545--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-48023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtexternalnameref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">target</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18930,13 +19048,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9493--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9547--><p class="noindent" >
The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">file</span>⟩ argument is set by <a
- id="dx1-45024"></a><a
+ id="dx1-48024"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> for supplemental locations.
-</p><!--l. 9497--><p class="indent" > Here’s alternative definition that uses the ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 9551--><p class="indent" > Here’s alternative definition that uses the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ to reform the
target name (as <span
@@ -18952,9 +19070,9 @@
 \glsxtrnamereflink{#3}{#5}{#6}{#7}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9504--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
-</p><!--l. 9506--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-45025"></a> <span
+<!--l. 9558--><p class="nopar" > which uses:
+</p><!--l. 9560--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-48025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnameloclink{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -18970,10 +19088,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9508--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9562--><p class="noindent" >
This uses the same commands as <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnamereflink </span>to produce the hyperlinks.
-</p><!--l. 9512--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose
+</p><!--l. 9566--><p class="indent" > In both cases, the link is encapsulated with the text-block command whose
name is given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">format</span>⟩, but <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshypernumber </span>is first locally redefined to
@@ -18984,8 +19102,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">hyperbf </span>then it will simply behave like
<span
class="cmtt-10">textbf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 9519--><p class="indent" > For compactness, <a
- id="dx1-45026"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 9573--><p class="indent" > For compactness, <a
+ id="dx1-48026"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> merges normal records if the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩, ⟨<span
@@ -18995,7 +19113,7 @@
With nameref records, you can use the <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">--merge-nameref-on</span></span></span> switch provided by
<a
- id="dx1-45027"></a><span
+ id="dx1-48027"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>v1.8+ to determine how to merge nameref records. This switch
must be followed by one of the following keywords: <span
class="cmtt-10">hcounter </span>(merge on
@@ -19010,15 +19128,15 @@
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩, as regular records). In all cases, the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ must also
match.
-</p><!--l. 9530--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9584--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 9530--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 9584--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.3.3 </span> <a
id="sec:resourcecommands"></a>Helper Commands for Resource Options</h4>
-<!--l. 9533--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46001"></a> <span
+<!--l. 9587--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glshex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9535--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9589--><p class="noindent" >
This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\string\u</span></span></span>, which is required when you need to indicate a
Unicode character in the form <span
@@ -19025,14 +19143,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">\u</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">hex</span>⟩ in some of the resource options (as illustrated
above).
-</p><!--l. 9541--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46002"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9595--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscapturedgroup </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9543--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9597--><p class="noindent" >
This is just defined as <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\string\$</span></span></span> and is used for the captured group reference in a
replacement part of a regular expression substitution (requires at least <a
- id="dx1-46003"></a><span
+ id="dx1-49003"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>
version 1.5). For example:
@@ -19042,14 +19160,14 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-225">
sort-replace={{([a-zA-Z])\string\.}{\glscapturedgroup1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9549--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or
+<!--l. 9603--><p class="nopar" > This only removes a full stop that follows any of the characters a,…,z or
A,…,Z.
-</p><!--l. 9553--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
+</p><!--l. 9607--><p class="indent" > If you use the <span
class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option, you can test if the <span
class="cmtt-10">childcount</span>
field is non-zero using:
-</p><!--l. 9555--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46004"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfHasNonZeroChildCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -19057,42 +19175,45 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9557--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9611--><p class="noindent" >
This internally uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero </span>and will do ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.
-Within ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t
+set. Within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ you can use <span
-class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>to access the value. (It
-will be 0 in ⟨<span
-class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.)
-</p><!--l. 9564--><p class="indent" > A convenient shortcut for use in the <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>to access
+the value. (It will be 0 in ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ if the field isn’t set.) As from v1.47, there
+is also a starred version which uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero* </span>(don’t add
+grouping).
+</p><!--l. 9620--><p class="indent" > A convenient shortcut for use in the <span
class="cmtt-10">entry-type-aliases </span>setting:
-</p><!--l. 9566--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46005"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9622--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrBibTeXEntryAliases </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9568--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9624--><p class="noindent" >
This provides aliases for BibTeX’s standard entry types to <a
- id="dx1-46006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-49006"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span
class="cmtt-10">@bibtexentry</span>
entry type (requires at least <a
- id="dx1-46007"></a><span
+ id="dx1-49007"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>version 1.4).
-</p><!--l. 9573--><p class="indent" > You may also want to provide storage keys for BibTeX’s standard fields rather
+</p><!--l. 9629--><p class="indent" > You may also want to provide storage keys for BibTeX’s standard fields rather
than having to alias them all. This can be done with:
-</p><!--l. 9575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46008"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrProvideBibTeXFields </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9577--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9633--><p class="noindent" >
Note that BibTeX’s <span
class="cmtt-10">type </span>field clashes with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-46009"></a> package’s <span
+ id="dx1-49009"></a> package’s <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-46010"></a> key, so
+ id="dx1-49010"></a> key, so
this command provides the key <span
class="cmtt-10">bibtextype </span>instead. You can alias it with
<span
@@ -19106,55 +19227,55 @@
accessed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrbibtype</span>. Each of these commands takes the entry label as the
sole argument.
-</p><!--l. 9588--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 9644--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-46011"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing
+ id="dx1-49011"></a> package also provides definitions of the missing
mathematical Greek commands: <span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46012"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49012"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a
- id="dx1-46013"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49013"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Epsilon</span><a
- id="dx1-46014"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49014"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Zeta</span><a
- id="dx1-46015"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49015"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Eta</span><a
- id="dx1-46016"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49016"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Iota</span><a
- id="dx1-46017"></a>,
+ id="dx1-49017"></a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Kappa</span><a
- id="dx1-46018"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49018"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Mu</span><a
- id="dx1-46019"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49019"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Nu</span><a
- id="dx1-46020"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49020"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Omicron</span><a
- id="dx1-46021"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49021"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Rho</span><a
- id="dx1-46022"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49022"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Tau</span><a
- id="dx1-46023"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49023"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Chi</span><a
- id="dx1-46024"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49024"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-46025"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49025"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\omicron</span><a
- id="dx1-46026"></a>. These are all
+ id="dx1-49026"></a>. These are all
defined with <span
class="cmtt-10">\providecommand</span>, so they won’t override any definitions provided by
any package loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span><a
- id="dx1-46027"></a>. Since <a
- id="dx1-46028"></a><span
+ id="dx1-49027"></a>. Since <a
+ id="dx1-49028"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s interpreter recognises
these commands, using them instead of explicitly using the Latin characters with the
same shape helps to keep the Greek symbols together when sorting. Similarly,
if <span
class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a
- id="dx1-46029"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also
+ id="dx1-49029"></a> has been loaded, the missing upright Greek commands are also
provided.
-</p><!--l. 9602--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the
+</p><!--l. 9658--><p class="indent" > The remaining commands provide common rule blocks for use in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">sort-rule </span>resource option. If you want a rule for a specific locale, you can
provide similar commands in a file called <span
@@ -19163,16 +19284,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩
identifies the dialect, locale, region or root language. See the description of
+
+
+
<span
class="cmtt-10">\IfTrackedLanguageFileExists </span>in the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-46030"></a> documentation for further details.
+ id="dx1-49030"></a> documentation for further details.
If this file is on TeX’s path and the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-46031"></a> package (automatically loaded by
-
-
-
+ id="dx1-49031"></a> package (automatically loaded by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>) detects that the document has requested that language or locale, then the
file will automatically be loaded. For example, if you want to provide a rule
@@ -19221,7 +19342,7 @@
}
{}% glossaries-extra-bib2gls.sty not loaded
</pre>
-<!--l. 9652--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span
+<!--l. 9708--><p class="nopar" > (The use of <span
class="cmtt-10">\string </span>is in case the <span
class="cmtt-10">< </span>character has been made active.) You can
provide more than one rule-block per local, to allow for loanwords or foreign words.
@@ -19229,7 +19350,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIRules</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrWelshIIRules</span>
etc.
-</p><!--l. 9659--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then
+</p><!--l. 9715--><p class="indent" > If the rules are for a particular script (independent of language or region) then
they can be provided in a file given by <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">script</span>⟩<span
@@ -19249,20 +19370,20 @@
  % an alternative set of Cyrillic rules
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9671--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through
+<!--l. 9727--><p class="nopar" > (Remember that the required document language scripts need to be tracked through
the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-46032"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This
+ id="dx1-49032"></a> package, in order for these files to be automatically loaded. This
essentially means ensuring you load the appropriate language package before
<span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-46033"></a> is loaded by the base <span
+ id="dx1-49033"></a> is loaded by the base <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-46034"></a> package or any other package that uses it.
+ id="dx1-49034"></a> package or any other package that uses it.
See the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-46035"></a> documentation for further details.)
-</p><!--l. 9679--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or
+ id="dx1-49035"></a> documentation for further details.)
+</p><!--l. 9735--><p class="indent" > Alternatively, if the rules are specific to a subject rather than a region or
language, then you can provide a supplementary package. For example, if you have a
package called, say, <span
class="cmss-10">mapsymbols </span>that provides map symbols, then the file
@@ -19288,10 +19409,10 @@
 \string< \glshex 26BD % football 0x26BD
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9700--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span
+<!--l. 9756--><p class="nopar" > and the supplementary file <span
class="cmtt-10">mapsymbols.bib </span>can provide the appropriate definitions
for <a
- id="dx1-46036"></a><a
+ id="dx1-49036"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>:
@@ -19303,7 +19424,7 @@
\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Battlefield}{\char"2694}
\glsxtrprovidecommand{\Stadium}{\char"26BD}"}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9707--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set:
+<!--l. 9763--><p class="nopar" > Now both the preamble and rule block can be used in the resource set:
@@ -19330,10 +19451,10 @@
 }
]
</pre>
-<!--l. 9732--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9734--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span
+<!--l. 9788--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9790--><p class="indent" > The following commands are provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-46037"></a>. They should be
+ id="dx1-49037"></a>. They should be
separated by the rule separator characters <span
class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon) or <span
class="cmtt-10">,</span> (comma) or
@@ -19342,16 +19463,16 @@
class="cmtt-10"><</span> (less than). See Java’s <a
href="http://docs.oracle.com/javase/8/docs/api/java/text/RuleBasedCollator.html" >RuleBasedCollator</a> documentation for
details of the rule syntax.
-</p><!--l. 9741--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span
+</p><!--l. 9797--><p class="indent" > For example, the following will place the mathematical Greek symbols (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46038"></a>,
+ id="dx1-49038"></a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46039"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49039"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a
- id="dx1-46040"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49040"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a
- id="dx1-46041"></a> etc) in a block before Latin characters:
+ id="dx1-49041"></a> etc) in a block before Latin characters:
@@ -19371,38 +19492,38 @@
 <\glsxtrLatinOslash
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9758--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46042"></a> <span
+<!--l. 9814--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcontrolrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9762--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9818--><p class="noindent" >
These are control characters that are usually placed at the start of a rule in the
ignored section. They typically won’t occur in any sort values, but if they do they
should normally be ignored.
-</p><!--l. 9767--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46043"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9823--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49043"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrspacerules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9769--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9825--><p class="noindent" >
These are space characters. They typically come after the control characters with the
two blocks separated by a <span
class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon).
-</p><!--l. 9773--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46044"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9829--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnonprintablerules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9775--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9831--><p class="noindent" >
These are non-printable characters (BOM, tabs, line feed and carriage return). They
typically come after the spaces separated by a <span
class="cmtt-10">;</span> (semi-colon). These characters
aren’t checked for by <a
- id="dx1-46045"></a><a
+ id="dx1-49045"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> when it determines whether or not to use the
interpreter, so a TAB or newline character may end up in the sort value if it wasn’t
interpreted.
-</p><!--l. 9783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46046"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9785--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9841--><p class="noindent" >
These are combining diacritic marks which typically follow the space and
non-printable blocks (separated by a semi-colon). This command is defined in terms
of sub-block commands:
@@ -19418,27 +19539,27 @@
 \glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9796--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered.
-</p><!--l. 9800--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46047"></a> <span
+<!--l. 9852--><p class="nopar" > If you prefer, you can use the sub-blocks directly in your required ordered.
+</p><!--l. 9856--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9802--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9858--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: acute, grave, breve, circumflex, caron, ring,
vertical line above, diaeresis (umlaut), double acute, tilde, dot above, combining
macron.
-</p><!--l. 9807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46048"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9863--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9809--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9865--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: short solidus overlay, cedilla, ogonek, dot
below, low line, overline, hook above, double vertical line above, double grave
accent, candrabindu, inverted breve, turned comma above, comma above,
reversed comma above, comma above right, grave accent below, acute accent
below.
-</p><!--l. 9816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46049"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9872--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9818--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9874--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: left tack below, right tack below, left angle
above, horn, left half ring below, up tack below, down tack below, plus sign below,
minus sign below, palatalized hook below, retroflex hook below, diaresis below, ring
@@ -19450,10 +19571,10 @@
dialytika tonos, Greek ypogegrammeni, double tilde, double inverted breve,
Cyrillic titlo, Cyrillic palatalization, Cyrillic dasia pneumata, Cyrillic psili
pneumata.
-</p><!--l. 9833--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46050"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9889--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcombiningdiacriticIVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9835--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9891--><p class="noindent" >
This contains the combining diacritics: left harpoon above, right harpoon above, long
vertical line overlay, short vertical line overlay, anticlockwise arrow above, clockwise
arrow above, left arrow above, right arrow above, ring overlay, clockwise ring overlay,
@@ -19460,19 +19581,19 @@
anticlockwise ring overlay, three dots above, four dots above, enclosing circle,
enclosing square, enclosing diamond, enclosing circle backslash, left right arrow
above.
-</p><!--l. 9845--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46051"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9901--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhyphenrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9847--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9903--><p class="noindent" >
This contains hyphens (including the minus sign 0x2212). This rule block typically
comes after the diacritic rules separated by a comma.
-</p><!--l. 9852--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46052"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9908--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9854--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9910--><p class="noindent" >
This contains punctuation characters. This rule block typically comes after the
hyphen rules separated by a less than (<span
class="cmtt-10"><</span>). As with the combining diacritics, this
@@ -19489,11 +19610,11 @@
  \string<\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 9866--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 9868--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46053"></a> <span
+<!--l. 9922--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 9924--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9870--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9926--><p class="noindent" >
This is the first punctuation sub-block containing: underscore, macron, comma,
semi-colon, colon, exclamation mark, inverted exclamation mark, question
mark, inverted question mark, solidus, full stop, acute accent, grave accent,
@@ -19502,26 +19623,26 @@
parenthesis, left square bracket, right square bracket, left curly bracket, right
curly bracket, section sign, pilcrow sign, copyright sign, registered sign, at
sign.
-</p><!--l. 9881--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46054"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9937--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcurrencyrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9883--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9939--><p class="noindent" >
This sub-block contains some currency symbols: currency sign, Thai currency symbol
baht, cent sign, colon sign, cruzeiro sign, dollar sign, dong sign, euro sign, French
franc sign, lira sign, mill sign, naira sign, peseta sign, pound sign, rupee sign, new
sheqel sign, won sign, yen sign.
-</p><!--l. 9890--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46055"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9946--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49055"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgeneralpuncIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9892--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9948--><p class="noindent" >
This sub-block contains some other punctuation symbols: asterisk, backslash,
ampersand, hash sign, percent sign, plus sign, plus-minus sign, division sign,
multiplication sign, less-than sign, equals sign, greater-than sign, not sign, vertical
bar (pipe), broken bar, degree sign, micron sign.
-</p><!--l. 9899--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46056"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9955--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49056"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9901--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9957--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9) and the subscript and
superscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span
class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> <sup class="textsuperscript"><span
@@ -19529,36 +19650,36 @@
The digit block typically comes after the punctuation rules separated by a less than
(<span
class="cmtt-10"><</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9909--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46057"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9965--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrBasicDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9911--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9967--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains just the Basic Latin digits (0, …, 9).
-</p><!--l. 9914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46058"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSubScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9916--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9972--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains just the subscript digits (<sub class="textsubscript"><span
class="cmr-9">0</span></sub> … <sub class="textsubscript"><span
class="cmr-9">9</span></sub>).
-</p><!--l. 9920--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46059"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9976--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrSuperScriptDigitrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9922--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9978--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains just the superscript digits (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmr-9">0</span></sup> … <sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmr-9">9</span></sup>).
-</p><!--l. 9926--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46060"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49060"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfractionrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9928--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9984--><p class="noindent" >
This rule block contains vulgar fraction characters. The digit block typically comes
after the digit rules separated by a less than (<span
class="cmtt-10"><</span>).
-</p><!--l. 9933--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended
+</p><!--l. 9989--><p class="indent" > There are a number of Latin rule blocks. Some of these included extended
characters or ligatures (such as ß or œ) but they don’t include accented
characters. If you require a Latin rule block that includes accented characters,
digraphs, trigraphs or other extended characters, then it’s best to provide similar
@@ -19567,10 +19688,10 @@
class="cmti-10">tag</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file for the particular language or
region.
-</p><!--l. 9941--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46061"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 9997--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9943--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 9999--><p class="noindent" >
This is just the basic (non-extended) Latin alphabet with the superscript and
subscript Latin letters (<sup class="textsuperscript"><span
class="cmr-9">a</span></sup> <sub class="textsubscript"><span
@@ -19578,327 +19699,327 @@
don’t want the subscripts and superscripts included you can redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA</span>
etc to omit them.)
-</p><!--l. 9950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46062"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10006--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9952--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10008--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’
and eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’.
-</p><!--l. 9956--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46063"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49063"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9958--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10014--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’
and eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’.
-</p><!--l. 9962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46064"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10018--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49064"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9964--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10020--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’, oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated
as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9970--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46065"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10026--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9972--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10028--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9977--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46066"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10033--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49066"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9979--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10035--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’,
eszett (ß) treated as ‘sz’ and thorn (þ) treated as ‘th’.
-</p><!--l. 9984--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46067"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10040--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49067"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9986--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10042--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but it includes ae-ligature (æ) between ‘A’
and ‘B’, eth (Ð) between ‘D’ and ‘E’, insular G (Ᵹ) instead of ‘G’, oe-ligature between
‘O’ and ‘P’, long s (ſ) equivalent to ‘s’, thorn (þ) between ‘T’ and ‘U’ and wynn (Ƿ)
instead of W.
-</p><!--l. 9993--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46068"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49068"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinVIIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 9995--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10051--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrGeneralLatinIrules </span>but ae-ligature (æ) is treated as ‘ae’,
oe-ligature (œ) is treated as ‘oe’, eszett (ß) treated as ‘ss’, thorn (þ) is treated as ‘th’,
Ø is treated as ‘O’ and ‘Ł’ is treated as ‘L’.
-</p><!--l. 10001--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46069"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10057--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49069"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinA </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10003--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10059--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘A’ but includes the sub- and superscript A.
-</p><!--l. 10007--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46070"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10063--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49070"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinE </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10009--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10065--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘E’ but includes the subscript E.
-</p><!--l. 10013--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46071"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinH </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10015--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10071--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘H’ but includes the subscript H.
-</p><!--l. 10019--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46072"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10075--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinK </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10021--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10077--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘K’ but includes the subscript K.
-</p><!--l. 10025--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46073"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10081--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49073"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinI </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10027--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10083--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘I’ but includes the superscript I.
-</p><!--l. 10031--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46074"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10087--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinL </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10033--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10089--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘L’ but includes the subscript L.
-</p><!--l. 10037--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46075"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49075"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinM </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10039--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10095--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘M’ but includes the subscript M.
-</p><!--l. 10043--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46076"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49076"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinN </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10045--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10101--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘N’ but includes the sub- and superscript N.
-</p><!--l. 10049--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46077"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49077"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinO </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10051--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘O’ but includes the sub- and superscript O.
-</p><!--l. 10055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46078"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49078"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinP </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10057--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10113--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘P’ but includes the subscript P.
-</p><!--l. 10061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46079"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinS </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10063--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10119--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘S’ but includes the subscript S.
-</p><!--l. 10067--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46080"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinT </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10069--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10125--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘T’ but includes the subscript T.
-</p><!--l. 10073--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46081"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49081"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinX </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10075--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10131--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers ‘X’ but includes the subscript X.
-</p><!--l. 10079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46082"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSs </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10081--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10137--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by short ‘s’
equivalent to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘ss’.)
-</p><!--l. 10086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46083"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49083"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEszettSz </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10144--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers eszett (ß) and makes long s (ſ) followed by ‘z’ equivalent
to ‘ß’. (This is used in the above blocks that treat ‘ß’ as ‘sz’.)
-</p><!--l. 10093--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46084"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49084"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinEth </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10095--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10151--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for eth (Ð) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46085"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49085"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinThorn </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10101--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10157--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for thorn (þ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10105--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46086"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10161--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49086"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAELigature </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10107--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10163--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ae-ligature (æ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
values.
-</p><!--l. 10111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46087"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49087"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOELigature </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10113--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10169--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for oe-ligature (œ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
values.
-</p><!--l. 10117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46088"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10173--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49088"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinOslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10119--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10175--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ‘Ø’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10123--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46089"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10179--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49089"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinLslash </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10125--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10181--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ‘Ł’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46090"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10185--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49090"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinWynn </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10131--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10187--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for wynn (Ƿ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values.
-</p><!--l. 10135--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46091"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10191--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49091"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinInsularG </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10137--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10193--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for insular G (Ᵹ) so you don’t need to remember the Unicode
values.
-</p><!--l. 10141--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46092"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49092"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinSchwa </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10143--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10199--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule that just covers schwa (Ə) but includes the subscript schwa. (Not used in
any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.)
-</p><!--l. 10148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46093"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10204--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49093"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrLatinAA </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10150--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10206--><p class="noindent" >
A mini-rule for ‘Å’ so you don’t need to remember the Unicode values. (Not used in
any of the provided Latin rule blocks described above.)
-</p><!--l. 10155--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46094"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10211--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49094"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10157--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10213--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46095"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49095"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a
- id="dx1-46096"></a> etc) and upright Greek
+ id="dx1-49096"></a> etc) and upright Greek
(<span
class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46097"></a>, etc, from the <span
+ id="dx1-49097"></a>, etc, from the <span
class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a
- id="dx1-46098"></a> package) characters that includes digamma
+ id="dx1-49098"></a> package) characters that includes digamma
(<span
class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-46099"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-49099"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-46100"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. The upright and italic versions
+ id="dx1-49100"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. The upright and italic versions
are gathered together into the same letter group.
-</p><!--l. 10164--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46101"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10220--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49101"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10166--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10222--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathGreekIrules </span>but doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46102"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10225--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49102"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10171--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10227--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upright Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46103"></a>, etc, from the <span
+ id="dx1-49103"></a>, etc, from the <span
class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a
- id="dx1-46104"></a> package)
+ id="dx1-49104"></a> package)
characters that includes digamma (<span
class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-46105"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-49105"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-46106"></a>) between epsilon and
+ id="dx1-49106"></a>) between epsilon and
zeta.
-</p><!--l. 10177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46107"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10233--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49107"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathUpGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10235--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upright Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\upalpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46108"></a>, etc, from the <span
+ id="dx1-49108"></a>, etc, from the <span
class="cmss-10">upgreek</span><a
- id="dx1-46109"></a> package) that
+ id="dx1-49109"></a> package) that
doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10183--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46110"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10239--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49110"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10185--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10241--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46111"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49111"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46112"></a>, etc) characters that includes
+ id="dx1-49112"></a>, etc) characters that includes
digamma (<span
class="cmtt-10">\diagamma</span><a
- id="dx1-46113"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-49113"></a> and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-46114"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. Note that even
+ id="dx1-49114"></a>) between epsilon and zeta. Note that even
though the upper case <span
class="cmtt-10">\Delta </span>etc are actually rendered upright by LaTeX, <a
- id="dx1-46115"></a><a
+ id="dx1-49115"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a>
interpreter treats them as italic to help keep them close to the lower case
versions.
-</p><!--l. 10193--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46116"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10249--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49116"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10195--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10251--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46117"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49117"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46118"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t
+ id="dx1-49118"></a>, etc) characters that doesn’t
include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10199--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46119"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49119"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10201--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10257--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46120"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49120"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a
- id="dx1-46121"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-49121"></a>, etc) characters that
includes digamma (<span
class="cmtt-10">\Digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-46122"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
-</p><!--l. 10206--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46123"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-49122"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
+</p><!--l. 10262--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49123"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicUpperGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10208--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10264--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for upper case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46124"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49124"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Beta</span><a
- id="dx1-46125"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-49125"></a>, etc) characters that
doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10212--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46126"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10268--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49126"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10214--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10270--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46127"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49127"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a
- id="dx1-46128"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-49128"></a>, etc) characters that
includes digamma (<span
class="cmtt-10">\digamma</span><a
- id="dx1-46129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
-</p><!--l. 10219--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46130"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-49129"></a>) between epsilon and zeta.
+</p><!--l. 10275--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49130"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicLowerGreekIIrules </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10221--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10277--><p class="noindent" >
A rule block for lower case mathematical Greek (<span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha</span><a
- id="dx1-46131"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-49131"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\beta</span><a
- id="dx1-46132"></a>, etc) characters that
+ id="dx1-49132"></a>, etc) characters that
doesn’t include digamma.
-</p><!--l. 10225--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span
+</p><!--l. 10281--><p class="indent" > Additionally, there are commands in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpAlpha</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrUpBeta</span>
etc and <span
@@ -19910,32 +20031,32 @@
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\Alpha</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\alpha </span>etc) as well as the following:
-</p><!--l. 10232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46133"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49133"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicPartial </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10234--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10290--><p class="noindent" >
The partial derivative symbol (<span
class="cmmi-10">∂</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-46134"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-49134"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrMathItalicNabla </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10239--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10295--><p class="noindent" >
The nabla symbol (<span
class="cmsy-10">∇</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10243--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10299--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10243--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10299--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.4 </span> <a
id="supplementarycommands"></a>Supplementary Commands</h3>
-<!--l. 10245--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span
+<!--l. 10301--><p class="noindent" >These commands are provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>for use with <a
- id="dx1-47001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-50001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10248--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span
+</p><!--l. 10304--><p class="indent" > The information provided with <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLoadResources </span>is written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file
using </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -19951,13 +20072,13 @@
</div>
</div> where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">information</span>⟩ is the information to pass to <a
- id="dx1-47002"></a><span
+ id="dx1-50002"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>. The command in the
second argument
-<!--l. 10255--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47003"></a> <span
+<!--l. 10311--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrresourceinit </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10257--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10313--><p class="noindent" >
may be used to temporarily redefine commands before the information is written to
the file. This does nothing by default, but may be redefined to allow the use of short
commands for convenience. For example, with:
@@ -19968,7 +20089,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-234">
\renewcommand{\glsxtrresourceinit}{\let\u\glshex}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10264--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 10320--><p class="nopar" > you can just use, for example, <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\u</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> E6</span></span></span> instead of <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\string\uE6</span></span></span> in the custom rule.
@@ -19975,12 +20096,12 @@
This redefinition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\u </span>is scoped so its original definition is restored after the write
operation.
-</p><!--l. 10269--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you
+</p><!--l. 10325--><p class="indent" > If you have multiple resource commands and you want a default set of options you
can supply them in the definition of:
-</p><!--l. 10271--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47004"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10273--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10329--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -19989,8 +20110,8 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-235">
\renewcommand{\GlsXtrDefaultResourceOptions}{selection=all}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10277--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands.
-</p><!--l. 10280--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier
+<!--l. 10333--><p class="nopar" > This should be done before the resource commands.
+</p><!--l. 10336--><p class="indent" > It’s possible to specify label prefixes. For example, modifying the earlier
example:
@@ -20017,7 +20138,7 @@
\printunsrtglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10311--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom
+<!--l. 10367--><p class="nopar" > If you do something like this, you may find it more convenient to define custom
commands that set the prefix. For example:
@@ -20026,13 +20147,13 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-237">
\newcommand*{\sym}[2][]{\gls[#1]{sym.#2}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10316--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span
+<!--l. 10372--><p class="nopar" > The problem with this is that the custom command <span
class="cmtt-10">\sym </span>doesn’t allow for modifiers
(such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls* </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls+</span>). Instead you can use:
-</p><!--l. 10320--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47005"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10376--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewgls[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20040,7 +20161,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10322--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10378--><p class="noindent" >
which defines the command ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ that behaves like </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -20068,7 +20189,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-238">
\glsxtrnewgls{sym.}{\sym}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10330--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks)
+<!--l. 10386--><p class="nopar" > or (to default to no hyperlinks)
@@ -20076,13 +20197,13 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-239">
\glsxtrnewgls[hyper=false]{sym.}{\sym}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10334--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+<!--l. 10390--><p class="nopar" > now you can use <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\sym+{M}</span></span></span> to behave like <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls+{sym.M}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 10337--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can
+</p><!--l. 10393--><p class="indent" > If you also want the plural and first letter upper case versions you can
use
-</p><!--l. 10339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47006"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10395--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20098,7 +20219,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">\Glspl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10342--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10398--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -20107,9 +20228,9 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-240">
\glsxtrnewglslike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\idx}{\idxpl}{\Idx}{\Idxpl}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10346--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions:
-</p><!--l. 10348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47007"></a> <span
+<!--l. 10402--><p class="nopar" > For the all caps versions:
+</p><!--l. 10404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewGLSlike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20121,7 +20242,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">\GLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10351--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10407--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -20130,11 +20251,11 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-241">
\glsxtrnewGLSlike[hyper=false]{idx.}{\IDX}{\IDXpl}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10355--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10357--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span
+<!--l. 10411--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10413--><p class="indent" > There’s an analogous command for <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>:
-</p><!--l. 10358--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47008"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10414--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrgls[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20142,14 +20263,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10360--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10416--><p class="noindent" >
and for <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGls </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>:
-</p><!--l. 10363--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47009"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10419--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrglslike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20165,10 +20286,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">\rGlspl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10367--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10423--><p class="noindent" >
and for the all caps:
-</p><!--l. 10369--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47010"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10425--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewrGLSlike[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">default options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20180,8 +20301,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">\rGLSpl-like cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10372--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10374--><p class="indent" > If you provide your own custom command with just <span
+</p><!--l. 10428--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10430--><p class="indent" > If you provide your own custom command with just <span
class="cmtt-10">\newcommand </span>that
has syntax that starts with <span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -20189,50 +20310,50 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>, then you can notify <a
- id="dx1-47011"></a><a
+ id="dx1-50011"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>
using:
-</p><!--l. 10377--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47012"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10433--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtridentifyglslike{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">command</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10379--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10435--><p class="noindent" >
This writes information to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.aux </span>file so that <a
- id="dx1-47013"></a><span
+ id="dx1-50013"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>can search for the given
command when looking for dependencies.
-</p><!--l. 10384--><p class="indent" > Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified
+</p><!--l. 10440--><p class="indent" > Another possibility is to set up known label prefixes, with each one identified
by:
-</p><!--l. 10386--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47014"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10442--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10388--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10444--><p class="noindent" >
These should be listed in order of precedence. Since no entries are defined on the first
LaTeX run, the final prefix should be the fallback. You can prepend a prefix to the
list using:
-</p><!--l. 10392--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47015"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10394--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10450--><p class="noindent" >
which gives it the highest order of precedence.
-</p><!--l. 10397--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 10453--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩ argument may be empty. You can clear the list with:
-</p><!--l. 10399--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47016"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrclearlabelprefixes </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10401--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10403--><p class="indent" > You can test if a prefix is already in the list with:
-</p><!--l. 10404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47017"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10457--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10459--><p class="indent" > You can test if a prefix is already in the list with:
+</p><!--l. 10460--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifinlabelprefixlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20240,7 +20361,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10406--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10462--><p class="noindent" >
In general it’s best to avoid adding multiple instances of the same prefix, so you can
check with this command before adding a prefix to the list. However, it can be useful
@@ -20248,10 +20369,10 @@
to repeat a prefix at the end of the list so that it can be used as a fallback for entries
that haven’t yet been defined.
-</p><!--l. 10413--><p class="indent" > With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary),
+</p><!--l. 10469--><p class="indent" > With the list of possible prefixes set up (including an empty prefix if necessary),
you can use:
-</p><!--l. 10415--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47018"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10471--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dgls[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20259,7 +20380,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10417--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10473--><p class="noindent" >
which behaves like </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -20279,10 +20400,10 @@
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ matches a defined
entry (or the last entry in the prefix list if none match).
-<!--l. 10426--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing
+<!--l. 10482--><p class="indent" > There are also analogous commands for the plural and case-changing
versions:
-</p><!--l. 10428--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47019"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10484--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dglspl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20290,11 +20411,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10430--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10486--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10432--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10488--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dGls[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20302,11 +20423,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10490--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10436--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47021"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50021"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20314,11 +20435,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10438--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10494--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10440--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47022"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10496--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dGLS[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20326,11 +20447,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10442--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10498--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10444--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47023"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20338,11 +20459,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10446--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10502--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10448--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47024"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10504--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dglslink[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20350,11 +20471,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10450--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10506--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>),
-</p><!--l. 10452--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-47025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10508--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-50025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20362,10 +20483,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10454--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10510--><p class="noindent" >
(uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span>).
-</p><!--l. 10457--><p class="indent" > These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries.
+</p><!--l. 10513--><p class="indent" > These commands are essentially provided for a mixture of single and dual entries.
Suppose the file <span
class="cmtt-10">entries.bib </span>contains:
@@ -20384,7 +20505,7 @@
    diameter}
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10470--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is:
+<!--l. 10526--><p class="nopar" > and suppose the document code is:
@@ -20404,7 +20525,7 @@
\printunsrtglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10489--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span
+<!--l. 10545--><p class="nopar" > This uses the default empty primary prefix and <span
class="cmtt-10">dual.</span> for the dual prefix, so
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{svm}</span></span></span> is referencing the primary entry, which is (essentially) an <span
@@ -20415,7 +20536,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls{pi}</span></span></span>, which references the primary <span
class="cmtt-10">@index </span>entry rather than the
symbol.
-</p><!--l. 10498--><p class="indent" > What’s really needed is:
+</p><!--l. 10554--><p class="indent" > What’s really needed is:
@@ -20423,7 +20544,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-244">
\gls{duck}, \gls{dual.svm}, \gls{dual.pi}.
</pre>
-<!--l. 10501--><p class="nopar" > or with
+<!--l. 10557--><p class="nopar" > or with
@@ -20434,7 +20555,7 @@
 dual-prefix={}
]
</pre>
-<!--l. 10508--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix:
+<!--l. 10564--><p class="nopar" > then only the entries without a dual need a prefix:
@@ -20442,7 +20563,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-246">
\gls{idx.duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
</pre>
-<!--l. 10512--><p class="nopar" > Using <span
+<!--l. 10568--><p class="nopar" > Using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnewglslike</span>, as earlier, this can be simplified to:
@@ -20451,8 +20572,8 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-247">
\idx{duck}, \gls{svm}, \gls{pi}.
</pre>
-<!--l. 10516--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals.
-</p><!--l. 10519--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
+<!--l. 10572--><p class="nopar" > but this requires remembering which terms have duals.
+</p><!--l. 10575--><p class="indent" > An alternative is to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\dgls </span>instead:
@@ -20475,7 +20596,7 @@
\printunsrtglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10540--><p class="nopar" > On the first LaTeX call (when the <span
+<!--l. 10596--><p class="nopar" > On the first LaTeX call (when the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file doesn’t exist), neither <span
class="cmtt-10">dual.svm </span>nor
<span
@@ -20492,8 +20613,8 @@
location will be added to the primary entry’s location list, unless overridden by
resource options, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10552--><p class="indent" > Once <a
- id="dx1-47026"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 10608--><p class="indent" > Once <a
+ id="dx1-50026"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> has been run and the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file exists, then <span
@@ -20507,7 +20628,7 @@
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{dual.svm}</span></span></span>, which follows the abbreviation style and hyperlinks to the list of
abbreviations.
-</p><!--l. 10560--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span
+</p><!--l. 10616--><p class="indent" > Similarly for the index-symbol combination <span
class="cmtt-10">dual.pi </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">pi</span>. In the case of
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -20517,19 +20638,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">\dgls{duck}</span></span></span> always behaves like
<span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{duck}</span></span></span>.
-</p><!--l. 10566--><p class="indent" > If you haven’t used <span
+</p><!--l. 10622--><p class="indent" > If you haven’t used <span
class="cmtt-10">combine-dual-locations </span>an extra <a
- id="dx1-47027"></a><span
+ id="dx1-50027"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>+LaTeX run
may be required to correct the location lists.
-</p><!--l. 10570--><p class="indent" > If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding
+</p><!--l. 10626--><p class="indent" > If you change the label prefixes, remember to update the corresponding
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtraddlabelprefix{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>. If no prefixes have been added to the list (or if the
list is cleared), just an empty prefix is assumed.
-</p><!--l. 10575--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.8, <a
- id="dx1-47028"></a><span
+</p><!--l. 10631--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.8, <a
+ id="dx1-50028"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>provides hooks that identify the label prefixes in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file: </p><div class="alltt">
@@ -20539,19 +20660,19 @@
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\bibglstertiaryprefixlabel</span><a
- id="dx1-47029"></a><span
+ id="dx1-50029"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\bibglsdualprefixlabel</span><a
- id="dx1-47030"></a><span
+ id="dx1-50030"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\bibglsprimaryprefixlabel</span><a
- id="dx1-47031"></a><span
+ id="dx1-50031"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">prefix</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
@@ -20566,7 +20687,7 @@
\newcommand{\bibglsdualprefixlabel}[1]{\glsxtrprependlabelprefix{#1}}
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries]
</pre>
-<!--l. 10589--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span
+<!--l. 10645--><p class="nopar" > Remember that this will only have an effect once the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file has been created.
The prefix list will be empty on the first run (which is treated as a single empty
prefix). If this isn’t a suitable fallback, it may be necessary to add one after all the
@@ -20581,19 +20702,19 @@
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=entries,label-prefix={idx.}]
\glsxtraddlabelprefix{idx.}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10600--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep
+<!--l. 10656--><p class="nopar" > Although this rather defeats the purpose of using the hooks as you still have to keep
track of the fallback prefix.
-</p><!--l. 10604--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10660--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10604--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10660--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">9.5 </span> <a
id="sec:recordcount"></a>Record Counting</h3>
-<!--l. 10607--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a
- id="dx1-48001"></a><a
+<!--l. 10663--><p class="noindent" >As from version 1.1 of <a
+ id="dx1-51001"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, you can save the total record count for each entry by
invoking <a
- id="dx1-48002"></a><span
+ id="dx1-51002"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>with the <span
class="cmtt-10">--record-count </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>switches.
@@ -20600,38 +20721,38 @@
These options will ensure that when each entry is written to the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex </span>file
<a
- id="dx1-48003"></a><span
+ id="dx1-51003"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>will additionally set the following internal fields for that entry:
</p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 10614--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 10670--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount</span>: set to the total number of records found for the entry;
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 10616--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 10672--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩: set to the total number of records found for the
entry for the given counter.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 10619--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+<!--l. 10675--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">--record-count-unit </span>is used then additionally: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 10621--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 10677--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">.</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩: set to the total number of records
found for the entry for the given counter with the given location.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 10625--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If
+<!--l. 10681--><p class="noindent" >Only use the unit counting option if the locations don’t contain any special characters. If
you really need it with locations that may contain formatting commands, then you
can try redefining:
-</p><!--l. 10628--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48004"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10684--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdetoklocation{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10630--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10686--><p class="noindent" >
so that it detokenizes ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ but take care when using <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount</span>
@@ -20641,8 +20762,8 @@
-</p><!--l. 10636--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a
- id="dx1-48005"></a><span
+</p><!--l. 10692--><p class="indent" > Note that the record count includes locations that <a
+ id="dx1-51005"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>discards, such as
ignored records, duplicates and partial duplicates. It doesn’t include cross-reference
records. For example, if <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
@@ -20658,7 +20779,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">section </span>counter (stored in the
<span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section </span>field) is 1.
-</p><!--l. 10648--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span
+</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="indent" > With the unit counting on as well, the field <span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.1 </span>is set to
2, <span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.2 </span>is set to 1, <span
@@ -20665,14 +20786,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.page.3 </span>is set to 4 and
<span
class="cmtt-10">recordcount.section.3 </span>is set to 1.
-</p><!--l. 10653--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to
+</p><!--l. 10709--><p class="indent" > You can access these fields using the following commands which will expand to
the field value if set or to 0 if unset:
-</p><!--l. 10655--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48006"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10657--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10713--><p class="noindent" >
This expands to the total record count for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
@@ -20682,15 +20803,15 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-251">
\GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{bird}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10662--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8.
-</p><!--l. 10665--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48007"></a> <span
+<!--l. 10718--><p class="nopar" > expands to 8.
+</p><!--l. 10721--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10667--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10723--><p class="noindent" >
This expands to the counter total for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">counter</span>⟩ is the
@@ -20702,7 +20823,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-252">
\GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{page}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10673--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and
+<!--l. 10729--><p class="nopar" > expands to 7 and
@@ -20710,9 +20831,9 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-253">
\GlsXtrRecordCount{bird}{section}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10677--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1.
-</p><!--l. 10680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48008"></a> <span
+<!--l. 10733--><p class="nopar" > expands to 1.
+</p><!--l. 10736--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20720,7 +20841,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10682--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10738--><p class="noindent" >
This expands to the total for the given location. For example
@@ -20729,18 +20850,18 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-254">
\GlsXtrLocationRecordCount{bird}{page}{3}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10686--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span
+<!--l. 10742--><p class="nopar" > expands to 4. Be careful about using <span
class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">location</span>⟩ part. Remember that
due to TeX’s asynchronous output routine, <span
class="cmtt-10">\thepage </span>may not be correct.
-</p><!--l. 10691--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 10747--><p class="indent" > There are commands analogous to the entry counting commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\cgls</span>
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>that are triggered by the record count. These are listed
below.
-</p><!--l. 10695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48009"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10751--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -20750,9 +20871,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10697--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10698--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48010"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10753--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10754--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglspl</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -20762,9 +20883,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10700--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10701--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48011"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10756--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGls</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -20774,9 +20895,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10703--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10704--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48012"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10760--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -20786,9 +20907,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10706--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10707--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48013"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10762--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10763--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -20798,9 +20919,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10709--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10710--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48014"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10765--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10766--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">modifier</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
@@ -20810,11 +20931,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10712--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10768--><p class="noindent" >
These commands check the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-48015"></a> attribute which, if set, should be a number.
+ id="dx1-51015"></a> attribute which, if set, should be a number.
For example:
@@ -20823,27 +20944,27 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-255">
\glssetcategoryattribute{abbreviation}{recordcount}{1}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10717--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use
-</p><!--l. 10719--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48016"></a> <span
+<!--l. 10773--><p class="nopar" > For convenience, you can use
+</p><!--l. 10775--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetRecordCountAttribute{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">category list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">n</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10721--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10777--><p class="noindent" >
to set the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-48017"></a> attribute to ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-51017"></a> attribute to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ for all the categories listed in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">category</span>
<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 10725--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 10781--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like commands use
-</p><!--l. 10726--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48018"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10782--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifrecordtrigger{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -20851,7 +20972,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">normal</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10729--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10785--><p class="noindent" >
to determine whether the <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command should behave like its <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -20858,22 +20979,22 @@
counterpart (⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩) or whether it should instead use ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 10734--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a
+</p><!--l. 10790--><p class="indent" > This command checks if the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-48019"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does
+ id="dx1-51019"></a> attribute is set. If not is just does
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩, otherwise it tests if
-</p><!--l. 10737--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10793--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrecordtriggervalue{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10739--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10795--><p class="noindent" >
is greater than the value given in the <a
href="#catattr.recordcount"><span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span></a><a
- id="dx1-48021"></a> attribute for that entry’s category.
+ id="dx1-51021"></a> attribute for that entry’s category.
If true, this does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">normal</span>⟩ otherwise it does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩. The default definition of the
@@ -20887,85 +21008,85 @@
 \GlsXtrTotalRecordCount{#1}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10748--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span
+<!--l. 10804--><p class="nopar" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ part writes a record with the <span
class="cmss-10">format</span><a
- id="dx1-48022"></a> set to <span
+ id="dx1-51022"></a> set to <span
class="cmtt-10">glstriggerrecordformat</span>
(which <a
- id="dx1-48023"></a><a
+ id="dx1-51023"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v1.1+ recognises as a special type of ignored location format) and
does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩. Then it unsets the <a
- id="dx1-48024"></a><a
+ id="dx1-51024"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuseflag">first use flag</a>. Note that it doesn’t implement
the post-link hook. This ensures that the record count is correct on the next
run.
-</p><!--l. 10757--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 10813--><p class="indent" > The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger format</span>⟩ depends on the <span
class="cmtt-10">\rgls</span>-like command used and will be one of
the following:
-</p><!--l. 10759--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10815--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglsformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10761--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10762--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48026"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10817--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10818--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rglsplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10764--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10765--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48027"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10820--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10821--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlsformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10767--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10768--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10823--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10824--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGlsplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10770--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10771--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48029"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10826--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10827--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10773--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10774--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48030"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10829--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10830--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSplformat{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10776--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10832--><p class="noindent" >
These all behave much like their <span
class="cmtt-10">\cglsformat </span>counterparts. If the entry’s <a
href="#catattr.regular"><span
class="cmss-10">regular</span></a><a
- id="dx1-48031"></a>
+ id="dx1-51031"></a>
attribute is set or if the entry doesn’t have a long form, the first or first plural is
used, otherwise the long or long plural form is used.
-</p><!--l. 10782--><p class="indent" > You can use
-</p><!--l. 10783--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-48032"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10838--><p class="indent" > You can use
+</p><!--l. 10839--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-51032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrenablerecordcount </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10785--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10841--><p class="noindent" >
to redefine <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span>, <span
@@ -20980,7 +21101,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\rGlspl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLS</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\rGLSpl</span>, respectively, for convenience.
-</p><!--l. 10790--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 10846--><p class="indent" > If you don’t want the entries that use ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">trigger code</span>⟩ to appear in the glossary, you
need to use the resource option <span
class="cmtt-10">trigger-type </span>to assign them to another glossary.
@@ -21006,7 +21127,7 @@
\printunsrtglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10816--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span
+<!--l. 10872--><p class="nopar" > In the above, <span
class="cmtt-10">stc </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">upa </span>both only have one record, so they are assigned to the
<span
@@ -21016,54 +21137,54 @@
</p>
-<!--l. 10821--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 10821--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10877--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 10877--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">10. <a
id="sec:miscnew"></a>Miscellaneous New Commands</h2>
-</p><!--l. 10824--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 10880--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry</span><a
- id="dx1-49001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries
+ id="dx1-52001"></a> entry to cross-reference entries
when used with the <a
href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-49002"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-52002"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span
class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-49003"></a> options. The <span
+ id="dx1-52003"></a> options. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
package provides a supplementary command
-</p><!--l. 10828--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-49004"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10884--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-52004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10830--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10886--><p class="noindent" >
that works in the same way except that it uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\pageref</span><a
- id="dx1-49005"></a> instead of <span
+ id="dx1-52005"></a> instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ref</span><a
- id="dx1-49006"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 10834--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using
-</p><!--l. 10835--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-49007"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-52006"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 10890--><p class="indent" > You can copy an entry to another glossary using
+</p><!--l. 10891--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-52007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrcopytoglossary{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">glossary-type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10837--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10893--><p class="noindent" >
This appends ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-label</span>⟩ to the end of the internal list for the glossary given by
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">glossary-type</span>⟩. Be careful if you use the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-49008"></a> package as this may cause duplicate
+ id="dx1-52008"></a> package as this may cause duplicate
hypertargets. You will need to change <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>to another value or disable
hyperlinks when you display the duplicate. Alternatively, use the new <span
class="cmss-10">target</span><a
- id="dx1-49009"></a> key to
+ id="dx1-52009"></a> key to
switch off the targets:
@@ -21072,8 +21193,8 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-258">
\printunsrtglossary[target=false]
</pre>
-<!--l. 10847--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10849--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 10903--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10905--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package allows you to set preamble code for a given glossary
type using <span
class="cmtt-10">\setglossarypreamble</span>. This overrides any previous setting.
@@ -21080,38 +21201,38 @@
With <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>(as from v1.12) you can instead append to the preamble
using
-</p><!--l. 10854--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-49010"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-52010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10856--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10912--><p class="noindent" >
or prepend using
-</p><!--l. 10858--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-49011"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10914--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-52011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\pretoglossarypreamble[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">type</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10860--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10916--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 10862--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 10918--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.1 </span> <a
id="sec:fields"></a>Entry Fields</h3>
-<!--l. 10865--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
+<!--l. 10921--><p class="noindent" >A field may now be used to store the name of a text-block command that takes a
single argument. The field is given by
-</p><!--l. 10867--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50001"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10923--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10869--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10925--><p class="noindent" >
The default value is <span
class="cmtt-10">useri</span>. Note that the value must be the control sequence name
<span
class="cmti-10">without the initial backslash</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10874--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 10930--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -21141,11 +21262,11 @@
   $\mtx{M}\mtxinv{M}=\glssymbol{identitymatrix}$}
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10902--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10904--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
+<!--l. 10958--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 10960--><p class="indent" > There are two commands provided that allow you to apply the command to an
argument:
-</p><!--l. 10906--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50002"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53002"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21153,7 +21274,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10908--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10964--><p class="noindent" >
This effectively does </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -21180,15 +21301,15 @@
must be defined to take a single required argument. Although it effectively acts like
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink </span>it misses out the post-link hook.
-<!--l. 10918--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span
+<!--l. 10974--><p class="indent" > The default ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">default-options</span>⟩ are given by
-</p><!--l. 10919--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50003"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10975--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10921--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10977--><p class="noindent" >
This is defined as <span
class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>but may be redefined as appropriate. Note that the
replacement text of <span
@@ -21195,10 +21316,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions </span>is prepended to the optional
argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glslink</span>.
-</p><!--l. 10927--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a
+</p><!--l. 10983--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.23, there’s also a starred version of this command that has a
final optional argument:
-</p><!--l. 10929--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50004"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10985--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt*[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21208,10 +21329,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10931--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10987--><p class="noindent" >
Both the starred and unstarred versions use:
-</p><!--l. 10933--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50005"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 10989--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmtdisplay{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21219,7 +21340,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">insert</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10935--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 10991--><p class="noindent" >
within the link text. In the case of the unstarred version ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ will be empty. It will
also be empty if the final option argument is missing from the starred form. If the
@@ -21231,7 +21352,7 @@
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-50006"></a>). There won’t be a warning or error if the entry is
+ id="dx1-53006"></a>). There won’t be a warning or error if the entry is
defined by the given field is missing. In either case, (the entry is undefined or the field
is missing) ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs name</span>⟩ will be <span
@@ -21244,17 +21365,17 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-260">
\newcommand{\glsxtrfmtdisplay}[3]{\csuse{#1}{#2}#3}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10949--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span
+<!--l. 11005--><p class="nopar" > which puts ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ inside the argument of the control sequence and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">insert</span>⟩ outside it
(but it will still be inside the link text).
-</p><!--l. 10954--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span
+</p><!--l. 11010--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Remember that nested links cause a problem so avoid using commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. </div>
-</p><!--l. 10957--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 10959--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 11013--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11015--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -21267,12 +21388,12 @@
  \glssymbol{identitymatrix}
\]
</pre>
-<!--l. 10967--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span
+<!--l. 11023--><p class="nopar" > If the default options are set to <span
class="cmtt-10">noindex </span>then <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t index, but will
create a hyperlink (if <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-50007"></a> has been loaded). This can be changed so that it also
+ id="dx1-53007"></a> has been loaded). This can be changed so that it also
suppresses the hyperlink:
@@ -21281,30 +21402,30 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-262">
\renewcommand{\GlsXtrFmtDefaultOptions}{hyper=false,noindex}
</pre>
-<!--l. 10974--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 10976--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
+<!--l. 11030--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11032--><p class="indent" > Note that <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt </span>won’t work with PDF bookmarks. Instead you can
use
-</p><!--l. 10978--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50008"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11034--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrentryfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10980--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11036--><p class="noindent" >
If <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-50009"></a> is used, this uses <span
+ id="dx1-53009"></a> is used, this uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>and will expand to
-</p><!--l. 10982--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50010"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11038--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpdfentryfmt{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10984--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11040--><p class="noindent" >
within the PDF bookmarks, but in the document it will do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21315,7 +21436,7 @@
simply does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩. It may be redefined, but remember that it needs to expand
fully.
-</p><!--l. 10991--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 11047--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey </span>to add new keys. This
command will cause an error if the key has already been defined. The <span
@@ -21322,8 +21443,8 @@
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
package provides a supplementary command that will only define the key if it doesn’t
already exist:
-</p><!--l. 10996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50011"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11052--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrprovidestoragekey{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21331,7 +21452,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 10998--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11054--><p class="noindent" >
If the key has already been defined, it will still provide the command given in the
third argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ (if it hasn’t already been defined). Unlike <span
@@ -21340,9 +21461,9 @@
may be left empty if you’re happy to just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch </span>to fetch the value of
this new key.
-</p><!--l. 11004--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with:
-</p><!--l. 11005--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50012"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11060--><p class="indent" > You can test if a key has been provided with:
+</p><!--l. 11061--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifkeydefined{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">key</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21350,7 +21471,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11007--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11063--><p class="noindent" >
This tests if ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩ is available for use in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">key</span>⟩= list in the second argument of
@@ -21359,20 +21480,20 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span>).
The corresponding field may not have been set for any of the entries if no default was
provided.
-</p><!--l. 11015--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
+</p><!--l. 11071--><p class="indent" > There are now commands provided to set individual fields. Note that
these only change the specified field, not any related values. For example,
changing the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-50013"></a> field won’t update the <span
+ id="dx1-53013"></a> field won’t update the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-50014"></a> field. There are also
+ id="dx1-53014"></a> field. There are also
some fields that should really only be set when entries are defined (such as
the <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-50015"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently
+ id="dx1-53015"></a> field). Unexpected results may occur if they are subsequently
changed.
-</p><!--l. 11023--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50016"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11079--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21380,7 +21501,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11025--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11081--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -21396,10 +21517,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span>. If a
field without a corresponding key is assigned a value, the key remains undefined. This
command is robust.
-</p><!--l. 11035--><p class="indent" > <span
+</p><!--l. 11091--><p class="indent" > <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>uses
-</p><!--l. 11036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50017"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11092--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21407,13 +21528,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11038--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11094--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry label and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is the assignment code.
-</p><!--l. 11042--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span
+</p><!--l. 11098--><p class="indent" > This command just uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdoifexists</span><a
- id="dx1-50018"></a><span
+ id="dx1-53018"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21425,13 +21546,13 @@
href="#styopt.undefaction"><span
class="cmss-10">undefaction</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-50019"></a>. You can redefine
+ id="dx1-53019"></a>. You can redefine
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetfieldifexists </span>to simply do ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ if you want to skip the existence check.
Alternatively you can instead use
-</p><!--l. 11048--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11104--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrdeffield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21442,18 +21563,18 @@
class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11050--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11106--><p class="noindent" >
This simply uses <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-50021"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-53021"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\csdef </span>without any checks. This command
isn’t robust. There is also a version that uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\protected at csedef</span>
instead:<span class="footnote-mark"><a
href="#fn1x10" id="fn1x10-bk"><sup class="textsuperscript">10.1</sup></a></span><a
- id="x1-50022f1"></a>
-</p><!--l. 11055--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50023"></a> <span
+ id="x1-53022f1"></a>
+</p><!--l. 11111--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53023"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtredeffield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21464,9 +21585,34 @@
class="cmitt-10">replacement text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11057--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11059--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50024"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11113--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11115--><p class="indent" > The following command was added to <span
+class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>v1.47 primarily for the
+convenience of <a
+ id="dx1-53024"></a><a
+href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
+class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>:
+</p><!--l. 11117--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53025"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrapptocsvfield{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 11119--><p class="noindent" >
+There’s no check for the existence of either the entry or the field. If the entry
+identified by ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has the given field set then this command will append a comma
+followed by ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ to the existing value, otherwise it will set the field to just ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩.
+This uses <span
+class="cmtt-10">\csdef </span>or <span
+class="cmtt-10">\csappto </span>so the effect can be localised.
+</p><!--l. 11127--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21474,11 +21620,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11061--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11129--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but globally.
-</p><!--l. 11064--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11132--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53027"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21486,11 +21632,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11066--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11134--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 11069--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50026"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11137--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrSetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21498,11 +21644,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11071--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11139--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\gGlsXtrSetField </span>but uses protected expansion.
-</p><!--l. 11074--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50027"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11142--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53029"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21510,7 +21656,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11076--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11144--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ to the replacement text of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">cs</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
@@ -21517,8 +21663,8 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩
(using <span
class="cmtt-10">\let</span>).
-</p><!--l. 11080--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11148--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21526,11 +21672,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">cs name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11082--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11150--><p class="noindent" >
As <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetField </span>but the control sequence name is supplied instead.
-</p><!--l. 11086--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50029"></a> <span
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 11154--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53031"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLetFieldToField{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label-1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21541,7 +21690,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">field-2</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11088--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11156--><p class="noindent" >
Sets the field given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field-1</span>⟩ for the entry given by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label-1</span>⟩ to the field given by
@@ -21559,17 +21708,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">} </span>is still used, as for
<span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>.
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 11096--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 11164--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshasfield</span><a
- id="dx1-50030"></a> to determine if a field has been
+ id="dx1-53032"></a> to determine if a field has been
set. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a simpler version:
-</p><!--l. 11099--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50031"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11167--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53033"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21579,7 +21725,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11101--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11169--><p class="noindent" >
(New to v1.19.) Note that in this case the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be the <span
class="cmti-10">internal </span>field label (for
@@ -21596,16 +21742,16 @@
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. Within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ you may
use
-</p><!--l. 11110--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50032"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11178--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11112--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11180--><p class="noindent" >
to access the field value. This command includes grouping which scopes the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ and
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩ parts. The starred version
-</p><!--l. 11116--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50033"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11184--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53035"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield*{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21615,21 +21761,21 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11118--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11186--><p class="noindent" >
omits the implicit grouping.
-</p><!--l. 11121--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span
+</p><!--l. 11189--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Be careful of keys that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\relax </span>as the default value (such as the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-50034"></a>). Use
+ id="dx1-53036"></a>). Use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\ifglshassymbol </span>instead. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11124--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11126--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span
+</p><!--l. 11192--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11194--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that simply uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifcsundef</span>. It doesn’t save the field
value, but can be used if you only need to check if the field is defined without
accessing it:
-</p><!--l. 11129--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50035"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11197--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53037"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldUndef{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21639,8 +21785,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11131--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11133--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined
+</p><!--l. 11199--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11201--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> There’s a difference between an undefined field and an unset field. An undefined
field hasn’t been assigned any value (no associated internal control sequence
has been defined). If a defined field has been defined to empty, then it’s
considered unset. <span
@@ -21658,10 +21804,13 @@
fields that can only be defined through commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetField</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 11146--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11148--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using
-</p><!--l. 11149--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11214--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 11216--><p class="indent" > You can test if a field value equals a string using
+</p><!--l. 11217--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21673,7 +21822,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11151--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11219--><p class="noindent" >
If the entry exists and has the given field set to the given text then this does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩
otherwise it does ⟨<span
@@ -21684,16 +21833,13 @@
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ using
<span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-50037"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-53039"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifdefstring</span>. Version 1.39 introduced a starred form of this command,
-
-
-
which uses the starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11161--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command:
-</p><!--l. 11162--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50038"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11229--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.31, there’s a similar command:
+</p><!--l. 11230--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqXpStr{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21705,7 +21851,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11164--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11232--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqStr </span>but first (protected) fully expands ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ (but not
@@ -21712,8 +21858,8 @@
the field value). If you want to compare the (protected) full expansion of both the
field value and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ use:
-</p><!--l. 11169--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50039"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11237--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53041"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfXpFieldEqXpStr{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21726,14 +21872,14 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11171--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11239--><p class="noindent" >
Again, version 1.39 introduced a starred form of these commands, which use the
starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11175--><p class="indent" > As from v1.42, you can test if the field value is contained in a comma-separated
+</p><!--l. 11243--><p class="indent" > As from v1.42, you can test if the field value is contained in a comma-separated
list with:
-</p><!--l. 11177--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50040"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11245--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldValueInCsvList{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21746,7 +21892,7 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11179--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11247--><p class="noindent" >
The unstarred version uses the unstarred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>(which
adds grouping so ⟨<span
@@ -21762,13 +21908,13 @@
internally uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\DTLifinlist </span>provided by <span
class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a
- id="dx1-50041"></a> which performs
+ id="dx1-53043"></a> which performs
a one level expansion on ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">list</span>⟩. See the <span
class="cmss-10">datatool</span><a
- id="dx1-50042"></a> documentation for further
+ id="dx1-53044"></a> documentation for further
details.
-</p><!--l. 11191--><p class="indent" > This command is intended for fields that contain a label. For example, to test if
+</p><!--l. 11259--><p class="indent" > This command is intended for fields that contain a label. For example, to test if
the category is one of a set of labels:
@@ -21779,8 +21925,8 @@
 {abbreviation,acronym}% set of labels
 {true part}{false part}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11197--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11199--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the
+<!--l. 11265--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11267--><p class="indent" > As from v1.31, if a field represents a numeric (integer) value, you can use the
following two numeric tests. If the field is set, it must expand to an integer. You may
use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>within ⟨<span
@@ -21793,9 +21939,50 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrentfieldvalue </span>is set accordingly. As from version 1.39, these
numeric tests have starred versions. The unstarred versions add implicit grouping.
The starred versions don’t.
-</p><!--l. 11209--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero:
-</p><!--l. 11210--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50043"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11277--><p class="indent" > As from v1.47 there’s a similar command:
+</p><!--l. 11278--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53045"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfValueInFieldCsvList{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 11280--><p class="noindent" >
+This is essentially the opposite situation where the list is stored in the given field and
+⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ is the element to find in the list. Again the unstarred versions add implicit
+grouping. Note that the ⟨<span
+class="cmti-10">value</span>⟩ isn’t expanded. If you need it to be fully expanded
+before searching for it use:
+</p><!--l. 11286--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53046"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\xGlsXtrIfValueInFieldCsvList{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">value</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">true</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
+class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
+class="cmtt-10">}</span>
+</div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 11288--><p class="noindent" >
+(To add a value to a field containing a comma-separated list, use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrapptocsvfield</span>.
+To iterate over the field use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span>.)
+</p><!--l. 11292--><p class="indent" > To test if the value is non-zero:
+</p><!--l. 11293--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53047"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldNonZero{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21805,10 +21992,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11212--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11295--><p class="noindent" >
Alternatively, you can test if the field expands to a specific number using:
-</p><!--l. 11215--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50044"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11298--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldEqNum{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21820,7 +22007,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11217--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11300--><p class="noindent" >
This does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">true</span>⟩ if the field value equals ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">n</span>⟩ (using <span
@@ -21828,8 +22015,8 @@
otherwise it does ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">false</span>⟩. For a more general numeric comparison you can
use:
-</p><!--l. 11222--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50045"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11305--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53049"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrIfFieldCmpNum{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21844,27 +22031,30 @@
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>
</div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11224--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11307--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">comparison</span>⟩ is one of <span
class="cmtt-10">=</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">< </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">></span>.
-</p><!--l. 11228--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 11311--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package provides <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsfieldfetch</span><a
- id="dx1-50046"></a> which can be used to fetch the
+ id="dx1-53050"></a> which can be used to fetch the
value of the given field and store it in a control sequence. The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package
provides another way of accessing the field value:
-</p><!--l. 11232--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50047"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11315--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53051"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11234--><p class="noindent" >
+
+
+
+</p><!--l. 11317--><p class="noindent" >
This works in the same way as commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentrytext </span>but the field label is
specified in the first argument. Note that the ⟨<span
@@ -21871,42 +22061,39 @@
class="cmti-10">field-label</span>⟩ corresponds to the internal
field tag, which isn’t always the same as the key name. See Table 4.1 of the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-50048"></a>
+ id="dx1-53052"></a>
manual. No error occurs if the entry or field haven’t been defined. This command is
not robust.
-</p><!--l. 11242--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
+</p><!--l. 11325--><p class="indent" > There is also a version that converts the first letter to uppercase (analogous to
<span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsentrytext</span>):
-</p><!--l. 11244--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50049"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53053"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11246--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11329--><p class="noindent" >
and, as from v1.37, a command that converts the entire value to upper case:
-</p><!--l. 11248--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50050"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11331--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSxtrusefield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field-label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-
-
-
-</p><!--l. 11250--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11252--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span
+</p><!--l. 11333--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11335--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a field to store a list that can be used as an <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-50051"></a> internal
+ id="dx1-53055"></a> internal
list, you can use the following command that adds an item to the field using
<span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-50052"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-53056"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\listcsadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 11256--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50053"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53057"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21914,7 +22101,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11258--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11341--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ is the entry’s field and ⟨<span
@@ -21924,8 +22111,8 @@
class="cmtt-10">\listeadd </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\listxadd</span>:
-</p><!--l. 11263--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50054"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11346--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21933,9 +22120,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11265--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11266--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50055"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11348--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11349--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53059"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlisteadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21943,9 +22130,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11268--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11269--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50056"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11351--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11352--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53060"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldlistxadd{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21953,19 +22140,19 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">item</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11271--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11354--><p class="noindent" >
You can then iterate over the list using:
-</p><!--l. 11273--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50057"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11356--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53061"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11275--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11358--><p class="noindent" >
or
-</p><!--l. 11277--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50058"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11360--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldforlistloop{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -21973,43 +22160,46 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11279--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11362--><p class="noindent" >
that internally use <span
class="cmtt-10">\dolistcsloop </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\forlistloop</span>, respectively. You can use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\listbreak</span><a
- id="dx1-50059"></a> to break out of the loop (see the <span
+ id="dx1-53063"></a> to break out of the loop (see the <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-50060"></a> manual for further
+ id="dx1-53064"></a> manual for further
details).
-</p><!--l. 11284--><p class="indent" > For fields that contain comma-separated lists use <span
+</p><!--l. 11367--><p class="indent" > For fields that contain comma-separated lists use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 11287--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42:
-</p><!--l. 11288--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50061"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11370--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42:
+</p><!--l. 11371--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53065"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11290--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11373--><p class="noindent" >
Like <span
class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a
- id="dx1-50062"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-53066"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\DTLformatlist</span><a
- id="dx1-50063"></a>, this iterates over an (<span
+ id="dx1-53067"></a>, this iterates over an (<span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-50064"></a>) internal list and
+ id="dx1-53068"></a>) internal list and
formats each item. Uses all the same helper commands as <span
class="cmtt-10">\DTLformatlist </span>(the same
+
+
+
list handler macro is used). Unlike the <span
class="cmss-10">datatool-base</span><a
- id="dx1-50065"></a> command, this command has no
+ id="dx1-53069"></a> command, this command has no
starred version. Grouping is automatically applied.
-</p><!--l. 11297--><p class="indent" > For example, with <a
- id="dx1-50066"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 11380--><p class="indent" > For example, with <a
+ id="dx1-53070"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> <span
class="cmtt-10">save-child-count </span>resource option:
@@ -22027,13 +22217,13 @@
  {no children}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11308--><p class="nopar" > For fields that contain a comma-separated list use <span
+<!--l. 11391--><p class="nopar" > For fields that contain a comma-separated list use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist</span>
instead.
-</p><!--l. 11312--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span
+</p><!--l. 11395--><p class="indent" > There are also commands that use <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifinlistcs</span>:
-</p><!--l. 11313--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50067"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11396--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53071"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldifinlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -22045,11 +22235,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11315--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11398--><p class="noindent" >
and <span
class="cmtt-10">\xifinlistcs</span>
-</p><!--l. 11317--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50068"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11400--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53072"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldxifinlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -22061,16 +22251,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11319--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11321--><p class="indent" > See the <span
+</p><!--l. 11402--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11404--><p class="indent" > See the <span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-50069"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular
+ id="dx1-53073"></a>’s user manual for further details of these commands, in particular
the limitations of <span
class="cmtt-10">\ifinlist</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11325--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it
+</p><!--l. 11408--><p class="indent" > If the field has a comma-separated list value instead, you can iterate over it
using:
-</p><!--l. 11327--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50070"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11410--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53074"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -22078,65 +22268,69 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">handler</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11329--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11412--><p class="noindent" >
where again ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">handler</span>⟩ is a control sequence that takes a single argument. Unlike the
<span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox</span><a
- id="dx1-50071"></a> loops, this doesn’t ignore empty elements nor does it discard leading /
+ id="dx1-53075"></a> loops, this doesn’t ignore empty elements nor does it discard leading /
trailing spaces. Internally it uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>(modified by <span
class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a
- id="dx1-50072"></a> which is automatically
+ id="dx1-53076"></a> which is automatically
loaded by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-50073"></a>). The <span
+ id="dx1-53077"></a>). The <span
class="cmss-10">xfor</span><a
- id="dx1-50074"></a> package modifies the behaviour of <span
+ id="dx1-53078"></a> package modifies the behaviour of <span
class="cmtt-10">\@for </span>to allow the
loop to be broken prematurely using <span
class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>. The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield</span>
command locally defines a user level command:
-</p><!--l. 11339--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50075"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11422--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53079"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrendfor </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11341--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11424--><p class="noindent" >
which is just a synonym for <span
class="cmtt-10">\@endfortrue</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11344--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span
+</p><!--l. 11427--><p class="indent" > The loop is performed within the true part of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield </span>so scoping is
-automatically applied.
-</p><!--l. 11347--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42:
-</p><!--l. 11348--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50076"></a> <span
+automatically applied. If you don’t want scoping use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrforcsvfield* </span>which
+will use <span
+class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrifhasfield* </span>instead but take care if you nest these starred
+commands as unexpected results can occur without the scoping.
+</p><!--l. 11433--><p class="indent" > New to v1.42:
+</p><!--l. 11434--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53080"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11350--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11436--><p class="noindent" >
Like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfieldformatcsvlist </span>but for fields that contain comma-separated
lists.
-</p><!--l. 11354--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by
-</p><!--l. 11355--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50077"></a> <span
-class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11357--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11440--><p class="indent" > As from version 1.32, if the field given by
+</p><!--l. 11441--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53081"></a> <span
+class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignTextField </span></div><hr>
+</p><!--l. 11443--><p class="noindent" >
(which defaults to <span
class="cmtt-10">userii</span>) contains a locale tag, then
-</p><!--l. 11359--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50078"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11445--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53082"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrForeignText{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">entry label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">text</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11361--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11447--><p class="noindent" >
can be used to encapsulate ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">text</span>⟩ in <span
class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage{</span>⟨<span
@@ -22147,18 +22341,18 @@
class="cmti-10">dialect</span>⟩ is
obtained from the locale tag through <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-50079"></a>’s <span
+ id="dx1-53083"></a>’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\GetTrackedDialectFromLanguageTag</span><a
- id="dx1-50080"></a>
+ id="dx1-53084"></a>
command. You need at least <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-50081"></a> v1.3.6 for this to work properly. The ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-53085"></a> v1.3.6 for this to work properly. The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">dialect</span>⟩
must be one that’s tracked (which typically means that <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-50082"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-53086"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-50083"></a> has been
+ id="dx1-53087"></a> has been
loaded with the appropriate setting for that language). If <span
class="cmtt-10">\foreignlanguage </span>hasn’t
been defined, this just does ⟨<span
@@ -22194,19 +22388,19 @@
\gls{abnt}, \gls{din}.
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11403--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11406--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
+<!--l. 11489--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11492--><p class="indent" > When using the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-50084"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can
+ id="dx1-53088"></a> option, in addition to recording the usual location, you can
also record the current value of another counter at the same time using the
preamble-only command:
-</p><!--l. 11409--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-50085"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11495--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-53089"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrRecordCounter{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11411--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11497--><p class="noindent" >
For example:
@@ -22216,7 +22410,7 @@
\usepackage[record]{glossaries-extra}
\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11416--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span
+<!--l. 11502--><p class="nopar" > Each time an entry is referenced with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>,
the <span
@@ -22263,23 +22457,23 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-267">
\glsxtrfieldlistgadd{bird}{record.section}{1.2}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11433--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span
+<!--l. 11519--><p class="nopar" > Note that there’s no key corresponding to this new <span
class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field, but its
value can be accessed with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielduse </span>or the list can be iterated over with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfielddolistloop </span>etc.
-</p><!--l. 11439--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11525--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11439--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11525--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2 </span> <a
id="sec:printunsrt"></a>Display All Entries Without Sorting or Indexing</h3>
-<!--l. 11442--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-51001"></a> <span
+<!--l. 11528--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-54001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">] </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11444--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11530--><p class="noindent" >
This behaves like <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>but never sorts the entries and
always lists all the defined entries for the given glossary (and doesn’t require
@@ -22286,25 +22480,25 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries</span>). If you want to use one of the <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-51002"></a><a
- id="dx1-51003"></a>-like styles with
+ id="dx1-54002"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54003"></a>-like styles with
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, make sure you load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-51004"></a> which modifies
+ id="dx1-54004"></a> which modifies
the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip </span>to avoid the “Incomplete <span
class="cmtt-10">\iftrue</span>” error that may
otherwise occur.
-</p><!--l. 11454--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
-</p><!--l. 11455--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-51005"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11540--><p class="noindent" >There’s also a starred form
+</p><!--l. 11541--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-54005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11457--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11543--><p class="noindent" >
which is equivalent to </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -22322,48 +22516,48 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossarypreamble</span>, the supplied ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">code</span>⟩ is done before the glossary
header.
-<!--l. 11467--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
+<!--l. 11553--><p class="indent" > This means you now have the option to simply list all entries on the first
LaTeX run without the need for a post-processor, however there will be no <a
- id="dx1-51006"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54006"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number
list</a> in this case, as that has to be set by a post-processor such as <a
- id="dx1-51007"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54007"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (see
<a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2gls </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">9</span> </a><a
href="#sec:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>: Managing Reference Databases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2gls --></a>).
-</p><!--l. 11473--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
+</p><!--l. 11559--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> No attempt is made to gather hierarchical elements. If child entries aren’t defined
immediately after their parent entry, they won’t be together in the glossary when
using <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11478--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11564--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11480--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span
+</p><!--l. 11566--><p class="indent" > There’s a difference in behaviour depending on whether or not the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
- id="dx1-51008"></a> key is
+ id="dx1-54008"></a> key is
defined. If not defined (default), the group label will be formed from the first letter of
the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-51009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as discussed in
+ id="dx1-54009"></a> field. The corresponding group title will be obtained as discussed in
<a
href="#sec:glosstylemods"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:glosstylemods </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">2.11</span> </a><a
href="#sec:glosstylemods">Glossary Style Modifications<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:glosstylemods --></a>. This can lead to an odd effect if
you are using a style that separates letter groups when the ordering isn’t
alphabetical.
-</p><!--l. 11488--><p class="indent" > If the <span
+</p><!--l. 11574--><p class="indent" > If the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
- id="dx1-51010"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a
+ id="dx1-54010"></a> key is defined (which it is with the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-51011"></a> option) then the group label
+ id="dx1-54011"></a> option) then the group label
will be obtained from the value of that field. If the field is empty, <span
class="cmti-10">no grouping is</span>
<span
@@ -22370,57 +22564,57 @@
class="cmti-10">performed</span>, even if the style supports it. (That is, there won’t be a header or a vertical
separation.) If the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
- id="dx1-51012"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained
+ id="dx1-54012"></a> field is non-empty, then the corresponding title is obtained
as described earlier.
-</p><!--l. 11496--><p class="indent" > In either case, if the <span
+</p><!--l. 11582--><p class="indent" > In either case, if the <span
class="cmss-10">groups</span><a
- id="dx1-51013"></a> option is set to false then no group formation will be
+ id="dx1-54013"></a> option is set to false then no group formation will be
performed.
-</p><!--l. 11499--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field for the group label, you can redefine
-</p><!--l. 11500--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-51014"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11585--><p class="indent" > If you want to use a different field for the group label, you can redefine
+</p><!--l. 11586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-54014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11502--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11588--><p class="noindent" >
to the relevant internal field label, but the <span
class="cmss-10">group</span><a
- id="dx1-51015"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-54015"></a> <span
class="cmti-10">key </span>must still be defined (through
the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-51016"></a> option or with commands like <span
+ id="dx1-54016"></a> option or with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaddstoragekey</span>) to ensure that
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrgroupfield</span>. (This method is used by <a
- id="dx1-51017"></a><a
+ id="dx1-54017"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>
for secondary entries, which have the group label stored in the <span
class="cmtt-10">secondarygroup</span>
internal field.)
-</p><!--l. 11510--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span
+</p><!--l. 11596--><p class="indent" > If you have any entries with the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-51018"></a> key set, you will need the <span
+ id="dx1-54018"></a> key set, you will need the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-51019"></a> package
+ id="dx1-54019"></a> package
option <a
href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span
class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=ignore</span><a
- id="dx1-51020"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-54020"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.seenoindex"><span
class="cmss-10">seenoindex</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=warn</span><a
- id="dx1-51021"></a> to prevent an error occurring from the
+ id="dx1-54021"></a> to prevent an error occurring from the
automated <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee </span>normally triggered by this key. The <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-51022"></a> package option
+ id="dx1-54022"></a> package option
will automatically deal with this.
-</p><!--l. 11517--><p class="indent" > For example:
+</p><!--l. 11603--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -22435,98 +22629,98 @@
\printunsrtglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11531--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
-</p><!--l. 11535--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a
+<!--l. 11617--><p class="nopar" > In the above, zebra will be listed before ant as it was defined first.
+</p><!--l. 11621--><p class="indent" > If you allow document definitions with the <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a
- id="dx1-51023"></a> option, the document will
+ id="dx1-54023"></a> option, the document will
require a second LaTeX run if the entries are defined after <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11539--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span
+</p><!--l. 11625--><p class="indent" > The optional argument is as for <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary </span>(except for the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-51024"></a> key,
+ id="dx1-54024"></a> key,
which isn’t available).
-</p><!--l. 11542--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
-</p><!--l. 11544--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-51025"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11628--><p class="indent" > All glossaries may be displayed in the order of their definition using:
+</p><!--l. 11630--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-54025"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11546--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11632--><p class="noindent" >
which is analogous to <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossaries</span>. This just iterates over all defined
glossaries (that aren’t on the ignored list) and does <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>[type=⟨<span
class="cmti-10">type</span>⟩].
-</p><!--l. 11551--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11637--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11551--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11637--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2.1 </span> <a
id="sec:printunsrthooks"></a>Hooks</h4>
-<!--l. 11554--><p class="noindent" >To avoid complications caused by <span
+<!--l. 11640--><p class="noindent" >To avoid complications caused by <span
class="cmss-10">tabular</span><a
- id="dx1-52001"></a><a
- id="dx1-52002"></a>-like glossary styles, <span
+ id="dx1-55001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-55002"></a>-like glossary styles, <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>
iterates over all entries in the selected glossary and appends the appropriate code to
an internal command. Once the construction of this command is complete, then it’s
performed to display the glossary. This puts the loop outside the style code. For
convenience, there’s a hook used within the loop:
-</p><!--l. 11561--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-52003"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-55003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryentryprocesshook{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11563--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11649--><p class="noindent" >
This hook should not display any content, but may be used to perform calculations.
For example, to calculate widths. Within this hook you can use:
-</p><!--l. 11567--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-52004"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-55004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryskipentry </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11569--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11655--><p class="noindent" >
to skip the current entry. This will prevent the entry from being added to the internal
command.
-</p><!--l. 11573--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the
+</p><!--l. 11659--><p class="indent" > There’s another hook immediately before the internal command containing the
glossary code is performed:
-</p><!--l. 11575--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-52005"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11661--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-55005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossarypredoglossary </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11577--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11579--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses
-</p><!--l. 11580--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-52006"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11663--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11665--><p class="indent" > The internal command uses
+</p><!--l. 11666--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-55006"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11582--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11668--><p class="noindent" >
to display each item in the list, where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the current label.
-</p><!--l. 11585--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does
-</p><!--l. 11586--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-52007"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11671--><p class="indent" > By default the handler just does
+</p><!--l. 11672--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-55007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrunsrtdo{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11588--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11674--><p class="noindent" >
which determines whether to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry </span>and checks the
<span
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
- id="dx1-52008"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-55008"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a
- id="dx1-52009"></a> fields for the <a
- id="dx1-52010"></a><a
+ id="dx1-55009"></a> fields for the <a
+ id="dx1-55010"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>. If you want to use a different field to be
used instead of <span
class="cmss-10">location</span><a
- id="dx1-52011"></a> then redefine:
-</p><!--l. 11594--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-52012"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-55011"></a> then redefine:
+</p><!--l. 11680--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-55012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrLocationField </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11596--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11682--><p class="noindent" >
to the internal name of the desired field. For example:
@@ -22535,31 +22729,31 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-269">
\renewcommand{\GlsXtrLocationField}{primarylocation}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11600--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11601--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will
+<!--l. 11686--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11687--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> Note that if the given location field is undefined or unset, the handler will
fallback on the <span
class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a
- id="dx1-52013"></a> field. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11604--><p class="noindent" >
+ id="dx1-55013"></a> field. </div>
+</p><!--l. 11690--><p class="noindent" >
You can instruct <a
- id="dx1-52014"></a><a
+ id="dx1-55014"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> to omit setting the <span
class="cmss-10">loclist</span><a
- id="dx1-52015"></a> field with the resource option
+ id="dx1-55015"></a> field with the resource option
<span
class="cmtt-10">--save-loclist=false </span>to prevent it from being used as a fallback.
-</p><!--l. 11609--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11695--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11609--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11695--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h4 class="subsectionHead"></p><h4 class="subsectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.2.2 </span> <a
id="sec:printunsrtfilter"></a>Filtering</h4>
-<!--l. 11612--><p class="noindent" >You can redefine the handler used by <span
+<!--l. 11698--><p class="noindent" >You can redefine the handler used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>if required. For
example, you may want to filter entries according to the category label. You can test
if a label is contained in a comma-separated list of labels using:
-</p><!--l. 11616--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-53001"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11702--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-56001"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtriflabelinlist{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -22569,14 +22763,14 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">false</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11618--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11704--><p class="noindent" >
The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label list</span>⟩ will be fully expanded.
-</p><!--l. 11621--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
+</p><!--l. 11707--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you redefine the handler to exclude entries, you may end up with an empty
glossary. This could cause a problem for the list-based styles. </div>
-</p><!--l. 11625--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 11627--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes:
+</p><!--l. 11711--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11713--><p class="indent" > For example, if the preamble includes:
@@ -22585,7 +22779,7 @@
\usepackage[record,style=index]{glossaries-extra}
\GlsXtrRecordCounter{section}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11631--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
+<!--l. 11717--><p class="nopar" > then you can print the glossary but first redefine the handler to only select entries
that include the current section number in the <span
class="cmtt-10">record.section </span>field:
@@ -22599,8 +22793,8 @@
  {}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11641--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11643--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span
+<!--l. 11727--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11729--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the starred form of <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>which will
localise the change:
@@ -22616,10 +22810,10 @@
  }%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11654--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11656--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span
+<!--l. 11740--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11742--><p class="indent" > If you are using the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-53002"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more
+ id="dx1-56002"></a> package and want to display the same glossary more
than once, you can also add a temporary redefinition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glolinkprefix </span>to avoid
duplicate hypertarget names. For example:
@@ -22643,7 +22837,7 @@
  }%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11676--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span
+<!--l. 11762--><p class="nopar" > Note that this will cause a problem if your descriptions contain commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
that need to link an entry that doesn’t appear in the summary. In this case, it’s a
better approach to use:
@@ -22667,8 +22861,8 @@
  }%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11696--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11698--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
+<!--l. 11782--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11784--><p class="indent" > If it’s a short summary at the start of a section, you might also want to suppress
the glossary header and add some vertical space afterwards:
@@ -22692,16 +22886,16 @@
  \appto\glossarypostamble{\glspar\medskip\glspar}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11718--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11720--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
-</p><!--l. 11721--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-53003"></a> <span
+<!--l. 11804--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11806--><p class="indent" > There’s a shortcut command that essentially does this:
+</p><!--l. 11807--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-56003"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11723--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11809--><p class="noindent" >
The above example can simply be replaced with:
@@ -22710,16 +22904,16 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-276">
\printunsrtglossaryunit{section}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11727--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 11729--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span
+<!--l. 11813--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 11815--><p class="indent" > This shortcut command is actually defined to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>
with
-</p><!--l. 11730--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-53004"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 11816--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-56004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunitsetup{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">counter name</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11732--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11818--><p class="noindent" >
so if you want to just make some minor modifications you can do
@@ -22730,18 +22924,18 @@
  \renewcommand*{\glossarysection}[2][]{\subsection*{Summary}}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11739--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
+<!--l. 11825--><p class="nopar" > which will start the list with a subsection header with the title “Summary”
(overriding the glossary’s title).
-</p><!--l. 11743--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a
+</p><!--l. 11829--><p class="indent" > Note that this shortcut command is only available with the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-53005"></a> (or
+ id="dx1-56005"></a> (or
<a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
- id="dx1-53006"></a>) package option.
-</p><!--l. 11746--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
+ id="dx1-56006"></a>) package option.
+</p><!--l. 11832--><p class="indent" > This temporary change in the hypertarget prefix means you need to explicitly use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\hyperlink </span>to create a link to it as commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>will try to link to the target
@@ -22753,27 +22947,27 @@
just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryunit </span>for a quick summary at the start of a section
etc.
-</p><!--l. 11756--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11842--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 11756--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 11842--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.3 </span> <a
id="sec:printunsrtinner"></a>Partial Glossaries</h3>
-<!--l. 11759--><p class="noindent" >It’s possible that you may require greater customisation over the way the glossary is
+<!--l. 11845--><p class="noindent" >It’s possible that you may require greater customisation over the way the glossary is
displayed that can’t be simply achieved with the hooks or glossary styles. This
section describes a command and environment provided to assist with this, but note
that they aren’t compatible with tabular-like glossary styles, such as <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-54001"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-57001"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">super</span><a
- id="dx1-54002"></a>,
+ id="dx1-57002"></a>,
due to their complexity and internal scoping that interferes with alignment.
You will also need to take care with list styles (provided in the <span
class="cmss-10">glossary-list</span><a
- id="dx1-54003"></a>
+ id="dx1-57003"></a>
package).
-</p><!--l. 11769--><p class="indent" > To get a better understanding of how this works, it’s useful to consider how a
+</p><!--l. 11855--><p class="indent" > To get a better understanding of how this works, it’s useful to consider how a
glossary with <a
- id="dx1-54004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-57004"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> works. Here’s a simple example document:
@@ -22793,46 +22987,46 @@
\printglossary
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11790--><p class="nopar" > When the document is built, <a
- id="dx1-54005"></a><a
+<!--l. 11876--><p class="nopar" > When the document is built, <a
+ id="dx1-57005"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> creates a file that contains: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span><a
- id="dx1-54006"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57006"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">[\glossarytoctitle</span><a
- id="dx1-54007"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57007"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">]{\glossarytitle</span><a
- id="dx1-54008"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57008"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">}\glossarypreamble</span><a
- id="dx1-54009"></a>
+ id="dx1-57009"></a>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary}\glossaryheader</span><a
- id="dx1-54010"></a>
+ id="dx1-57010"></a>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span><a
- id="dx1-54011"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57011"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{B}\relax</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> \glsresetentrylist</span><a
- id="dx1-54012"></a>
+ id="dx1-57012"></a>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a
- id="dx1-54013"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57013"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{broccoli}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span><span
class="cmitt-10"> list</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}\glsgroupskip</span><a
- id="dx1-54014"></a>
+ id="dx1-57014"></a>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading</span><a
- id="dx1-54015"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57015"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{C}\relax</span><span
class="cmtt-10"> \glsresetentrylist</span><a
- id="dx1-54016"></a>
+ id="dx1-57016"></a>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a
- id="dx1-54017"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57017"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{cabbage}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span><span
class="cmitt-10"> list</span>⟩<span
@@ -22839,12 +23033,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">}%</span>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\end{theglossary}\glossarypostamble</span><a
- id="dx1-54018"></a>
+ id="dx1-57018"></a>
</div>
</div> The <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>command defines the commands shown above after it’s
detected the glossary type, the title and style. It then inputs the file.
-<!--l. 11806--><p class="indent" > The <span
+<!--l. 11892--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>command performs the same preliminary setup but
there’s no file to input. Instead it then does the section heading (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span>)
@@ -22854,7 +23048,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary} </span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">content</span>⟩ <span
class="cmtt-10">\end{theglossary}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 11813--><p class="indent" > The letter group markup (<span
+</p><!--l. 11899--><p class="indent" > The letter group markup (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupheading </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsgroupskip</span>) is inserted
whenever the group label changes between top-level entries. In this case, ⟨<span
@@ -22868,7 +23062,7 @@
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry</span><a
- id="dx1-54019"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57019"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">{broccoli}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">location</span><span
class="cmitt-10"> list</span>⟩<span
@@ -22884,12 +23078,12 @@
</div>
</div> This internal handler uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaryhandler</span><a
- id="dx1-54020"></a> to determine the required
+ id="dx1-57020"></a> to determine the required
information (location list, hierarchical level) that’s needed to typeset the entry (using
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span>).
-<!--l. 11831--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+<!--l. 11917--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\begin{printunsrtglossarywrap}[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]</span><br
@@ -22896,18 +23090,18 @@
class="newline" />⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">content</span>⟩ <span
class="cmtt-10">\end{printunsrtglossarywrap} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11834--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11920--><p class="noindent" >
The <span
class="cmss-10">printunsrtglossarywrap</span><a
- id="dx1-54021"></a><a
- id="dx1-54022"></a> environment provides a wrapper in which you can
+ id="dx1-57021"></a><a
+ id="dx1-57022"></a> environment provides a wrapper in which you can
place the actual glossary code. The optional argument is the same as for
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>, but note that in this case the <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-54023"></a> key simply provides the
+ id="dx1-57023"></a> key simply provides the
glossary title and doesn’t identify the content.
-</p><!--l. 11841--><p class="indent" > This environment essentially does: </p><div class="alltt">
+</p><!--l. 11927--><p class="indent" > This environment essentially does: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">initial</span><span
@@ -22914,16 +23108,16 @@
class="cmitt-10"> setup</span>⟩
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\glossarysection</span><a
- id="dx1-54024"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57024"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">[\glossarytoctitle</span><a
- id="dx1-54025"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57025"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">]{\glossarytitle</span><a
- id="dx1-54026"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57026"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">}\glossarypreamble</span><a
- id="dx1-54027"></a>
+ id="dx1-57027"></a>
<br /><span
class="cmtt-10">\begin{theglossary}\glossaryheader</span><a
- id="dx1-54028"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57028"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsresetentrylist</span>
<br />⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">content</span>⟩
@@ -22938,12 +23132,12 @@
class="cmti-10">initial setup</span>⟩ sets the current
glossary style, which determines the definition of <span
class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-54029"></a><a
- id="dx1-54030"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-57029"></a><a
+ id="dx1-57030"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and
<span
class="cmtt-10">\subglossentry</span>.
-<!--l. 11855--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is possible to explicitly use the commands that create letter group
+<!--l. 11941--><p class="indent" > Whilst it is possible to explicitly use the commands that create letter group
headings and the handler within ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">content</span>⟩, it would be quite laborious and prone to
error to do so for anything other than a very short list. This can be illustrated with
@@ -22963,15 +23157,15 @@
\printunsrtglossaryhandler\glscurrententrylabel
\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11870--><p class="nopar" > This trivial example will work with a tabular-like style, such as <span
+<!--l. 11956--><p class="nopar" > This trivial example will work with a tabular-like style, such as <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-54031"></a> (although the
+ id="dx1-57031"></a> (although the
group headings will be ignored). A more practical example that uses a loop within
⟨<span
class="cmti-10">content</span>⟩ won’t.
-</p><!--l. 11876--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
+</p><!--l. 11962--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-54032"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57032"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
@@ -22979,26 +23173,26 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">post-code</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 11877--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 11963--><p class="noindent" >
This command is provided for use within <span
class="cmss-10">printunsrtglossarywrap</span><a
- id="dx1-54033"></a><a
- id="dx1-54034"></a>. The optional
+ id="dx1-57033"></a><a
+ id="dx1-57034"></a>. The optional
argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">options</span>⟩ is similar to <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>but the following keys are
unavailable: <span
class="cmss-10">title</span><a
- id="dx1-54035"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-57035"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">toctitle</span><a
- id="dx1-54036"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-57036"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">style</span><a
- id="dx1-54037"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-57037"></a>, <span
class="cmss-10">numberedsection</span><a
- id="dx1-54038"></a> and <span
+ id="dx1-57038"></a> and <span
class="cmss-10">label</span><a
- id="dx1-54039"></a>.
-</p><!--l. 11885--><p class="indent" > This will do: </p><div class="alltt">
+ id="dx1-57039"></a>.
+</p><!--l. 11971--><p class="indent" > This will do: </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
class="cmtt-10"> \begingroup</span>
@@ -23025,7 +23219,7 @@
</div> where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">initial setup</span>⟩ processes the options and assigns <span
class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-54040"></a>, ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-57040"></a>, ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">pre-code</span>⟩ is
some preliminary code and ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">post-code</span>⟩ is some final code before the end of the scoping.
@@ -23034,9 +23228,9 @@
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>would normally
insert within the <span
class="cmss-10">theglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-54041"></a><a
- id="dx1-54042"></a> environment.
-<!--l. 11901--><p class="indent" > For example:
+ id="dx1-57041"></a><a
+ id="dx1-57042"></a> environment.
+<!--l. 11987--><p class="indent" > For example:
@@ -23046,7 +23240,7 @@
\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=main]{}{}
\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11906--><p class="nopar" > This produces a result very similar to that obtained with just:
+<!--l. 11992--><p class="nopar" > This produces a result very similar to that obtained with just:
@@ -23054,15 +23248,15 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-281">
\printunsrtglossary[style=indexgroup,type=main]
</pre>
-<!--l. 11910--><p class="nopar" > The first case is unsuitable for use with a tabular-style. It will also cause a
+<!--l. 11996--><p class="nopar" > The first case is unsuitable for use with a tabular-style. It will also cause a
problem with a list style when used with <a
- id="dx1-54043"></a><a
+ id="dx1-57043"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> (where the inner content
will be empty on the first LaTeX run which will cause a missing <span
class="cmtt-10">\item</span>
error).
-</p><!--l. 11916--><p class="indent" > This partial glossary command is more useful when you need to apply filtering
+</p><!--l. 12002--><p class="indent" > This partial glossary command is more useful when you need to apply filtering
(which can be set up in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">pre-code</span>⟩ argument as in <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary*</span>) or if
@@ -23081,12 +23275,12 @@
\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{}
\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11929--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the <span
+<!--l. 12015--><p class="nopar" > In this case, the <span
class="cmss-10">list</span><a
- id="dx1-54044"></a> style doesn’t cause a problem as there will be three instances of
+ id="dx1-57044"></a> style doesn’t cause a problem as there will be three instances of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\item </span>on the first LaTeX run.
-</p><!--l. 11933--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example:
+</p><!--l. 12019--><p class="indent" > Here’s another example:
@@ -23103,16 +23297,16 @@
\printunsrtinnerglossary[type=mineral]{}{}
\end{printunsrtglossarywrap}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11945--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above cases, the inner glossaries have been arranged
+<!--l. 12031--><p class="nopar" > Note that in both of the above cases, the inner glossaries have been arranged
manually (animal, then vegetable and then mineral).
-</p><!--l. 11949--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to use <span
+</p><!--l. 12035--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary </span>within the handler
function used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary</span>. The internal scoping within
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtinnerglossary </span>helps to reduce interference.
-</p><!--l. 11954--><p class="indent" > This is a rather more complicated example that requires <a
- id="dx1-54045"></a><a
+</p><!--l. 12040--><p class="indent" > This is a rather more complicated example that requires <a
+ id="dx1-57045"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>. Suppose I have
a file called <span
@@ -23126,7 +23320,7 @@
@indexplural{mineral}
@indexplural{vegetable}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11961--><p class="nopar" > And also a file called <span
+<!--l. 12047--><p class="nopar" > And also a file called <span
class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>that contains entries like:
@@ -23149,14 +23343,14 @@
  category={mineral}
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 11982--><p class="nopar" > Note that the category labels in the second file match the entry labels in the first
+<!--l. 12068--><p class="nopar" > Note that the category labels in the second file match the entry labels in the first
file.
-</p><!--l. 11986--><p class="indent" > The simplest way of creating a hierarchical glossary from this data is to input
+</p><!--l. 12072--><p class="indent" > The simplest way of creating a hierarchical glossary from this data is to input
both files and copy the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-54046"></a> field to the <span
+ id="dx1-57046"></a> field to the <span
class="cmss-10">parent</span><a
- id="dx1-54047"></a> field:
+ id="dx1-57047"></a> field:
@@ -23165,7 +23359,7 @@
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src={topictitles,topics},
 replicate-fields={category=parent}]
</pre>
-<!--l. 11992--><p class="nopar" > The glossary can then simply be displayed with:
+<!--l. 12078--><p class="nopar" > The glossary can then simply be displayed with:
@@ -23173,18 +23367,18 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-287">
\printunsrtglossary[style=indexgroup]
</pre>
-<!--l. 11996--><p class="nopar" > This will now be ordered: animal (followed by animal child entries), mineral
+<!--l. 12082--><p class="nopar" > This will now be ordered: animal (followed by animal child entries), mineral
(followed by mineral child entries), vegetable (followed by vegetable child
entries).
-</p><!--l. 12001--><p class="indent" > Suppose (for some strange reason) that I now need the ordering to be vegetable,
+</p><!--l. 12087--><p class="indent" > Suppose (for some strange reason) that I now need the ordering to be vegetable,
mineral, animal (that is, reverse alphabetical) but the child entries still need to be in
the normal alphabetical order.
-</p><!--l. 12005--><p class="indent" > It’s not possible to use different sort methods for different hierarchical levels with
+</p><!--l. 12091--><p class="indent" > It’s not possible to use different sort methods for different hierarchical levels with
<a
- id="dx1-54048"></a><a
+ id="dx1-57048"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>, but it is possible to simulate it.
-</p><!--l. 12009--><p class="indent" > Instead of making the entries within <span
+</p><!--l. 12095--><p class="indent" > Instead of making the entries within <span
class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>children of the entries defined
in <span
class="cmtt-10">topictitles.bib</span>, I’m now going to create separate glossaries for each
@@ -23198,7 +23392,7 @@
\newignoredglossary*{mineral}
\newignoredglossary*{vegetable}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12016--><p class="nopar" > The entries in <span
+<!--l. 12102--><p class="nopar" > The entries in <span
class="cmtt-10">topictitles.bib </span>go in the default main glossary and are sorted in
reverse:
@@ -23209,19 +23403,19 @@
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=topictitles,type=main,selection=all,
 sort=en-GB-reverse]
</pre>
-<!--l. 12022--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve selected all entries in this example. It becomes more complicated with
+<!--l. 12108--><p class="nopar" > Note that I’ve selected all entries in this example. It becomes more complicated with
the default selection criteria. (See the <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-nested.tex </span>example provided with
<a
- id="dx1-54049"></a><a
+ id="dx1-57049"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v2.3+.)
-</p><!--l. 12028--><p class="indent" > Now the entries in <span
+</p><!--l. 12114--><p class="indent" > Now the entries in <span
class="cmtt-10">topics.bib </span>are selected but the <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-54050"></a> field is set to the <span
+ id="dx1-57050"></a> field is set to the <span
class="cmss-10">category</span><a
- id="dx1-54051"></a>
+ id="dx1-57051"></a>
field:
@@ -23231,7 +23425,7 @@
\GlsXtrLoadResources[src=topics,type={same as category},selection=all,
 sort=en-GB]
</pre>
-<!--l. 12033--><p class="nopar" > The aim here is to use <span
+<!--l. 12119--><p class="nopar" > The aim here is to use <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossary </span>to list all the entries in the main
glossary (that is, all the topic titles) and use a handler that tests if there is a glossary
that has the same label as the current entry label. If one exists, it’s then listed using
@@ -23255,30 +23449,30 @@
  \let\printunsrtglossaryhandler\nestedhandler
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12053--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12055--><p class="indent" > I’ve used <span
+<!--l. 12139--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12141--><p class="indent" > I’ve used <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary* </span>as I don’t need to specify a title for any of those
glossaries nor do I need to use those glossaries with <span
class="cmtt-10">\printunsrtglossaries</span>. With
<a
- id="dx1-54052"></a><a
+ id="dx1-57052"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a> v2.3+, I can omit the three <span
class="cmtt-10">\newignoredglossary* </span>lines and use the
<span
class="cmtt-10">--provide-glossaries </span>switch which will make <a
- id="dx1-54053"></a><span
+ id="dx1-57053"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls </span>automatically provide
any unknown glossaries (with <span
class="cmtt-10">\provideignoredglossary</span>) in the <span
class="cmtt-10">.glstex</span>
file.
-</p><!--l. 12063--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12149--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 12063--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12149--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.4 </span> <a
id="sec:glossentry"></a>Standalone Entry Items</h3>
-<!--l. 12066--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details
+<!--l. 12152--><p class="noindent" >It may be that you don’t want a list but would rather display entry details
throughout the document. You can simply do <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>followed by
<span
@@ -23286,10 +23480,10 @@
href="#styopt.sort"><span
class="cmss-10">sort</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=none</span><a
- id="dx1-55001"></a> to
+ id="dx1-58001"></a> to
skip the construction of the <span
class="cmss-10">sort</span><a
- id="dx1-55002"></a> field.) For example, in the preamble provide a
+ id="dx1-58002"></a> field.) For example, in the preamble provide a
custom command:
@@ -23303,7 +23497,7 @@
 \par\medskip
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12080--><p class="nopar" > define your entries
+<!--l. 12166--><p class="nopar" > define your entries
@@ -23313,7 +23507,7 @@
  description={a relation or expression involving variables}
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12086--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text:
+<!--l. 12172--><p class="nopar" > and then later in the text:
@@ -23321,27 +23515,27 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-294">
\displayterm{function}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12090--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12092--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span
+<!--l. 12176--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12178--><p class="indent" > However, if may be that you want to use <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-55003"></a> and have commands like <span
+ id="dx1-58003"></a> and have commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
link back to the place where the term is described. Instead of using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname</span>
use
-</p><!--l. 12096--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-55004"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12182--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-58004"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12098--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12184--><p class="noindent" >
where ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ is the entry’s label.
-</p><!--l. 12101--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the
+</p><!--l. 12187--><p class="indent" > This is designed to behave much like the way the name is displayed in the
glossary. It performs the following: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 12104--><p class="noindent" >Defines <span
+ <!--l. 12190--><p class="noindent" >Defines <span
class="cmtt-10">\glscurrententrylabel </span>to the entry’s label. This is usually
done at the start of the glossary style commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentry </span>and
@@ -23352,7 +23546,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname</span>.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 12110--><p class="noindent" >Defines <span
+ <!--l. 12196--><p class="noindent" >Defines <span
class="cmtt-10">\currentglossary </span>to the entry’s glossary type. This is usually done at
the start of commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and may be used by style hooks.
@@ -23361,39 +23555,39 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssubentryitem</span>. The value is obtained by fully
expanding:
- </p><!--l. 12116--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-55005"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 12202--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-58005"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneGlossaryType </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12118--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 12204--><p class="noindent" >
which defaults to the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">type</span><a
- id="dx1-55006"></a> field for the current entry.
+ id="dx1-58006"></a> field for the current entry.
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 12122--><p class="noindent" >Increments and display the entry counters if the <a
+ <!--l. 12208--><p class="noindent" >Increments and display the entry counters if the <a
href="#styopt.entrycounter"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-55007"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-58007"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.subentrycounter"><span
class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span></a><a
- id="dx1-55008"></a>
+ id="dx1-58008"></a>
package options are set. If the entry doesn’t have a parent, then this does
</p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 12127--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 12213--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span></p></li></ul>
- <!--l. 12129--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p>
+ <!--l. 12215--><p class="noindent" >otherwise it does (as from v1.31) </p>
<ul class="itemize2">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 12131--><p class="noindent" ><span
+ <!--l. 12217--><p class="noindent" ><span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem</span><a
- id="dx1-55009"></a>
+ id="dx1-58009"></a>
<span
class="cmtt-10">{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -23402,7 +23596,7 @@
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>if the entry has
a parent but not a grandparent.</p></li></ul>
- <!--l. 12135--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in
+ <!--l. 12221--><p class="noindent" >This reflects the behaviour of the predefined hierarchical styles. A bug in
pre-version 1.31 used <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryitem </span>for all child levels, which doesn’t match
the hierarchical glossary styles. If you want to restore this behaviour, just
@@ -23414,18 +23608,18 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-295">
\renewcommand*{\GlsXtrStandaloneSubEntryItem}[1]{\glssubentryitem{#1}}
</pre>
- <!--l. 12141--><p class="nopar" >
+ <!--l. 12227--><p class="nopar" >
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 12143--><p class="noindent" >Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span
+ <!--l. 12229--><p class="noindent" >Sets the hyper-target if supported (using <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget</span>) and displays the entry
name using:
- </p><!--l. 12145--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-55010"></a> <span
+ </p><!--l. 12231--><p class="noindent" ><hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-58010"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
- </p><!--l. 12147--><p class="noindent" >
+ </p><!--l. 12233--><p class="noindent" >
which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glstarget{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
@@ -23441,17 +23635,17 @@
from category attributes such as <a
href="#catattr.glossnamefont"><span
class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span></a><a
- id="dx1-55011"></a>.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 12155--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span
+ id="dx1-58011"></a>.</p></li></ul>
+<!--l. 12241--><p class="noindent" >If you have used <span
class="cmtt-10">\nopostdesc</span><a
- id="dx1-55012"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-58012"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrnopostpunc</span><a
- id="dx1-55013"></a> in any of your description fields,
+ id="dx1-58013"></a> in any of your description fields,
you can use
-</p><!--l. 12157--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-55014"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12243--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-58014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12159--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12245--><p class="noindent" >
to make these commands behave as they normally do within a glossary. This needs to
be placed before </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -23464,11 +23658,11 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsnonextpages </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnextpages </span>have no effect outside
of the glossary and are not intended for use in a standalone context.
-<!--l. 12169--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span
+<!--l. 12255--><p class="indent" > It’s also possible to select a different field (rather than using <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-55015"></a>):
-</p><!--l. 12171--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-55016"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-58015"></a>):
+</p><!--l. 12257--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-58016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">header</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
@@ -23476,7 +23670,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12173--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12259--><p class="noindent" >
The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">field</span>⟩ must be given using its internal field label which may not be the same as
the key used to set the field. See the key to field mappings table in the <span
@@ -23488,7 +23682,7 @@
determined as follows: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 12181--><p class="noindent" >If <span
+ <!--l. 12267--><p class="noindent" >If <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrhead</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩ is defined, then ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is <span
@@ -23503,18 +23697,18 @@
</p></li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 12183--><p class="noindent" >Otherwise ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 12269--><p class="noindent" >Otherwise ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">header</span>⟩ is simply the field value.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 12185--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+<!--l. 12271--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentryother </span>command internally uses
-</p><!--l. 12186--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-55017"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12272--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-58017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryOther{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">field</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12188--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12274--><p class="noindent" >
instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrStandaloneEntryName</span>, which uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glossentrynameother{</span>⟨<span
@@ -23527,12 +23721,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glossentryname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12193--><p class="indent" > If you have loaded the <span
+</p><!--l. 12279--><p class="indent" > If you have loaded the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-55018"></a> package (through the <a
+ id="dx1-58018"></a> package (through the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
- id="dx1-55019"></a> option)
+ id="dx1-58019"></a> option)
then accessibility support will be provided if there’s a corresponding command
</p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
@@ -23547,7 +23741,7 @@
</div>
</div> (for example, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssymbolaccessdisplay</span>).
-<!--l. 12202--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to:
+<!--l. 12288--><p class="indent" > This means that my custom command can be changed to:
@@ -23560,12 +23754,12 @@
 \par\medskip
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12210--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span
+<!--l. 12296--><p class="nopar" > If I want numbered definitions, then I can use the package options <span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-55020"></a> or
+ id="dx1-58020"></a> or
<span
class="cmss-10">subentrycounter</span><a
- id="dx1-55021"></a> and remove the colon:
+ id="dx1-58021"></a> and remove the colon:
@@ -23578,7 +23772,7 @@
 \par\medskip
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12221--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to
+<!--l. 12307--><p class="nopar" > The counter label uses a dot after the number by default but this can be changed to
a colon:
@@ -23587,13 +23781,13 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-298">
\renewcommand*{\glsentrycounterlabel}{\theglossaryentry:\space}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12226--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span
+<!--l. 12312--><p class="nopar" > It’s now possible to not only use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>to link back to the definition but also use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsrefentry </span>to reference the counter and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpageref </span>to reference the page
number.
-</p><!--l. 12231--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make
+</p><!--l. 12317--><p class="indent" > If I want the description to behave more like it does in a glossary in need to make
the following modification:
@@ -23610,9 +23804,9 @@
 \par\medskip
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12243--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span
+<!--l. 12329--><p class="nopar" > (Note the grouping to localise <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtractivatenopost</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 12246--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span
+</p><!--l. 12332--><p class="indent" > You can also use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrglossentry </span>within section headings. For example:
@@ -23621,7 +23815,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-300">
\section{\glsxtrglossentry{function}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12250--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span
+<!--l. 12336--><p class="nopar" > This will use <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsentryname </span>in PDF bookmarks (if <span
class="cmtt-10">\texorpdfstring </span>is defined)
and will use <span
@@ -23637,32 +23831,32 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\@glsxtrnotinmark </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrrestoremarkhook</span>.)
-</p><!--l. 12260--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12346--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 12260--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12346--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">10.5 </span> <a
id="sec:alias"></a>Entry Aliases</h3>
-<!--l. 12263--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span
+<!--l. 12349--><p class="noindent" >An entry can be made an alias of another entry using the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-56001"></a> key. The
+ id="dx1-59001"></a> key. The
value should be the label of the other term. There’s no check for the other’s
existence when the aliased entry is defined. This is to allow the possibility of
defining the other entry after the aliased entry. (For example, when used with
<a
- id="dx1-56002"></a><a
+ id="dx1-59002"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span></a>.)
-</p><!--l. 12270--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 12356--><p class="indent" > If an entry ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ is made an alias of ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩ then: </p>
<ul class="itemize1">
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 12272--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ <!--l. 12358--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">see</span><a
- id="dx1-56003"></a> field wasn’t provided when ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-59003"></a> field wasn’t provided when ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ was defined, the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-56004"></a> key will
+ id="dx1-59004"></a> key will
automatically trigger </p><div class="alltt">
<div class="obeylines-v">
<span
@@ -23675,9 +23869,9 @@
</div>
</li>
<li class="itemize">
- <!--l. 12277--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
+ <!--l. 12363--><p class="noindent" >If the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-56005"></a> package has been loaded then <span
+ id="dx1-59005"></a> package has been loaded then <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span>will link to
@@ -23685,7 +23879,7 @@
class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩’s target. (Unless the <a
href="#catattr.targeturl"><span
class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a
- id="dx1-56006"></a> attribute has been set for ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-59006"></a> attribute has been set for ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩’s
category.)
</p></li>
@@ -23693,17 +23887,17 @@
- <!--l. 12281--><p class="noindent" >With <a
+ <!--l. 12367--><p class="noindent" >With <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=off</span><a
- id="dx1-56007"></a> or <a
+ id="dx1-59007"></a> or <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=hybrid</span><a
- id="dx1-56008"></a>, the <span
+ id="dx1-59008"></a>, the <span
class="cmss-10">noindex</span><a
- id="dx1-56009"></a> setting will automatically
+ id="dx1-59009"></a> setting will automatically
be triggered when referencing ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ with commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or
@@ -23710,7 +23904,7 @@
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glstext</span>. This prevents ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-1</span>⟩ from have a <a
- id="dx1-56010"></a><a
+ id="dx1-59010"></a><a
href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a> (aside from
the cross-reference added with <span
class="cmtt-10">\glssee</span>) unless it’s been explicitly
@@ -23718,41 +23912,41 @@
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd </span>or if the indexing has been explicitly set using
<span
class="cmtt-10">noindex=false</span>.
- </p><!--l. 12289--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a
+ </p><!--l. 12375--><p class="noindent" >Note that with <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-56011"></a>, the <a
- id="dx1-56012"></a><a
+ id="dx1-59011"></a>, the <a
+ id="dx1-59012"></a><a
href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a> for aliased entries is controlled
with <a
- id="dx1-56013"></a><a
+ id="dx1-59013"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> settings.</p></li></ul>
-<!--l. 12293--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by
-</p><!--l. 12294--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-56014"></a> <span
+<!--l. 12379--><p class="indent" > The index suppression trigger is performed by
+</p><!--l. 12380--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-59014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12296--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12382--><p class="noindent" >
This is performed after the default options provided by <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrSetDefaultGlsOpts</span><a
- id="dx1-56015"></a>
+ id="dx1-59015"></a>
have been set. With <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><span
class="cmss-10">=only</span><a
- id="dx1-56016"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-59016"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>will default to do
nothing.
-</p><!--l. 12302--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span
+</p><!--l. 12388--><p class="indent" > Within the definition of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrsetaliasnoindex </span>you can use
-</p><!--l. 12303--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-56017"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12389--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-59017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrindexaliased </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12305--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12391--><p class="noindent" >
to index ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">entry-2</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 12308--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
+</p><!--l. 12394--><p class="indent" > The index suppression command can be redefined to index the main term instead.
For example:
@@ -23764,25 +23958,25 @@
 \setkeys{glslink}{noindex}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12315--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12317--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span
+<!--l. 12401--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12403--><p class="indent" > The value of the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-56018"></a> field can be accessed using
-</p><!--l. 12318--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-56019"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-59018"></a> field can be accessed using
+</p><!--l. 12404--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-59019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtralias{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12320--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12406--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 12322--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 12322--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12408--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 12408--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">11. <a
id="sec:onthefly"></a>On-the-Fly Document Definitions</h2>
-</p><!--l. 12325--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 12411--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands described here may superficially look like ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">\index{</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">word</span>⟩<span
@@ -23791,16 +23985,16 @@
class="cmtt-10">\index </span>then just use <span
class="cmtt-10">\index</span>.
</div>
-</p><!--l. 12330--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12332--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 12416--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12418--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package advises against defining entries in the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-57001"></a><a
- id="dx1-57002"></a>
+ id="dx1-60001"></a><a
+ id="dx1-60002"></a>
environment. As mentioned in <a
href="#sec:pkgopts"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:pkgopts </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">1.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts">New or Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a>
above, this ability is disabled by default with <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>but can be enabled using
@@ -23807,26 +24001,26 @@
the <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a
- id="dx1-57003"></a> package options.
-</p><!--l. 12338--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span
+ id="dx1-60003"></a> package options.
+</p><!--l. 12424--><p class="indent" > Although this can be problematic, the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package provides a way of
defining and using entries within the <span
class="cmss-10">document</span><a
- id="dx1-57004"></a><a
- id="dx1-57005"></a> environment without the tricks used
+ id="dx1-60004"></a><a
+ id="dx1-60005"></a> environment without the tricks used
with the <a
href="#styopt.docdefs"><span
class="cmss-10">docdefs</span></a><a
- id="dx1-57006"></a> option. <span
+ id="dx1-60006"></a> option. <span
class="cmti-10">There are limitations with this approach, so take care with it.</span>
This function is disabled by default, but can be enabled using the preamble-only
command:
-</p><!--l. 12344--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-57007"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12430--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-60007"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12346--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12432--><p class="noindent" >
When used, this defines the commands described below.
-</p><!--l. 12349--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
+</p><!--l. 12435--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The commands <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl</span>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr </span>and <span
@@ -23833,13 +24027,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl </span>can’t be used after
the glossaries have been displayed (through <span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary</span><a
- id="dx1-57008"></a> etc). It’s best not to
+ id="dx1-60008"></a> etc). It’s best not to
mix these commands with the standard glossary commands, such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or there
may be unexpected results. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12355--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12357--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-57009"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12441--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12443--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-60009"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span
@@ -23847,7 +24041,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12359--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12445--><p class="noindent" >
If an entry with the label ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ has already been defined, this just does <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>
@@ -23882,32 +24076,32 @@
class="cmsy-10">}</span>
</div>
</div>
-<!--l. 12371--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span
+<!--l. 12457--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> The ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ must contain any non-expandable commands, such as formatting
commands or problematic characters. If the term requires any of these, they must be
omitted from the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩ and placed in the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-57010"></a> key must be provided in the optional
+ id="dx1-60010"></a> key must be provided in the optional
argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12377--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12463--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12379--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span
+</p><!--l. 12465--><p class="indent" > The second optional argument ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">dfn-options</span>⟩ should be empty if the entry has
already been defined, since it’s too late for them. If it’s not empty, a warning will be
generated with
-</p><!--l. 12382--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-57011"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12468--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-60011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrWarning{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">dfn-options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12384--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12386--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span
+</p><!--l. 12470--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12472--><p class="indent" > For example, this warning will be generated on the second instance of <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>
below:
@@ -23919,8 +24113,8 @@
 ... later
\glsxtr[][plural=geese]{goose}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12392--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12394--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like:
+<!--l. 12478--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12480--><p class="indent" > If you are considering doing something like:
@@ -23931,15 +24125,15 @@
 ... later
\goose\ some more text here
</pre>
-<!--l. 12400--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
+<!--l. 12486--><p class="nopar" > then don’t bother. It’s simpler and less problematic to just define the entries in the
preamble with <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-57012"></a> and then use <span
+ id="dx1-60012"></a> and then use <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>in the document.
-</p><!--l. 12405--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span
+</p><!--l. 12491--><p class="indent" > There are plural and case-changing alternatives to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr</span>:
-</p><!--l. 12406--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-57013"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12492--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-60013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span
@@ -23947,13 +24141,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12408--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12494--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12411--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-57014"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12497--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-60014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtr[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span
@@ -23961,13 +24155,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12413--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12499--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12416--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-57015"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12502--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-60015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsxtrpl[</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">gls-options</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">][</span>⟨<span
@@ -23975,12 +24169,12 @@
class="cmtt-10">]{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12418--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12504--><p class="noindent" >
This is like <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtr </span>but uses <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl </span>instead of <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12421--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
+</p><!--l. 12507--><p class="indent" > If you use UTF-8 and don’t want the inconvenient of needing to use an
ASCII-only label, then it’s better to use <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> instead of
LaTeX (or pdf<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span>). If you really desperately want to use UTF-8 entry labels
without switching to <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span> or Lua<span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span> then there is a starred version of
@@ -23988,34 +24182,34 @@
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>that allows you to use UTF-8 characters in ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, but it’s
experimental and may not work in some cases.
-</p><!--l. 12430--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span
+</p><!--l. 12516--><p class="indent" > <div class="important" title="Important Note"> If you use the starred version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly </span>don’t use any
commands in the ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩, even if they expand to just text. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12434--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12520--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 12436--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 12436--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12522--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 12522--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">12. <a
id="sec:supplemental"></a>Supplemental Packages</h2>
-</p><!--l. 12439--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 12525--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>bundle provides additional support packages <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-58001"></a> (for
+ id="dx1-61001"></a> (for
prefixing) and <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-58002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t
+ id="dx1-61002"></a> (for accessibility support). These packages aren’t
automatically loaded.
</p>
-<!--l. 12444--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12530--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.1 </span> <a
id="sec:prefix"></a>Prefixes or Determiners</h3>
-<!--l. 12447--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span
+<!--l. 12533--><p class="noindent" >If prefixing is required, you can simply load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-59001"></a> after <span
+ id="dx1-62001"></a> after <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. For
example:
@@ -24037,25 +24231,25 @@
\printglossaries
\end{document}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12470--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12472--><p class="noindent" >
+<!--l. 12556--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12558--><p class="noindent" >
</p>
-<!--l. 12472--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12558--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><h3 class="sectionHead"></p><h3 class="sectionHead"><span class="titlemark">12.2 </span> <a
id="sec:accsupp"></a>Accessibility Support</h3>
-<!--l. 12475--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
+<!--l. 12561--><p class="noindent" ><div class="important" title="Important Note"> The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-60001"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features are
+ id="dx1-63001"></a> package is still experimental and so accessibility features are
liable to change. </div>
-</p><!--l. 12478--><p class="noindent" >
-</p><!--l. 12480--><p class="noindent" >The <span
+</p><!--l. 12564--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12566--><p class="noindent" >The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-60002"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span
+ id="dx1-63002"></a> package needs to be loaded before <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>or through
the <a
href="#styopt.accsupp"><span
class="cmss-10">accsupp</span></a><a
- id="dx1-60003"></a> package option:
+ id="dx1-63003"></a> package option:
@@ -24063,11 +24257,11 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-305">
\usepackage[accsupp]{glossaries-extra}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12485--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span
+<!--l. 12571--><p class="nopar" > If you don’t load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-60004"></a> or you load <span
+ id="dx1-63004"></a> or you load <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-60005"></a> after <span
+ id="dx1-63005"></a> after <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>
the new <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span
@@ -24077,11 +24271,11 @@
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. Other accessibility features, such as the
attributes used by <span
class="cmtt-10">\newabbreviation</span><a
- id="dx1-60006"></a> also won’t work if <span
+ id="dx1-63006"></a> also won’t work if <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-60007"></a> is loaded
+ id="dx1-63007"></a> is loaded
too late.
-</p><!--l. 12494--><p class="indent" > The following <span
+</p><!--l. 12580--><p class="indent" > The following <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccess</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands add accessibility information wrapped
around the corresponding <span
@@ -24089,19 +24283,19 @@
class="cmti-10">xxx</span>⟩ commands. There is no check for existence
of the entry nor do any of these commands add formatting, hyperlinks or indexing
information.
-</p><!--l. 12499--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60008"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12585--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63008"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12501--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12587--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-60009"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span
+ id="dx1-63009"></a> field for the entry identified by ⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩.
-</p><!--l. 12505--><p class="indent" > If the <span
+</p><!--l. 12591--><p class="indent" > If the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-60010"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as:
+ id="dx1-63010"></a> package isn’t loaded, this is simply defined as:
@@ -24109,7 +24303,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-306">
\newcommand*{\glsaccessname}[1]{\glsentryname{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12509--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
+<!--l. 12595--><p class="nopar" > otherwise it’s defined as:
@@ -24123,21 +24317,21 @@
  {#1}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12519--><p class="nopar" > (<span
+<!--l. 12605--><p class="nopar" > (<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsnameaccessdisplay</span><a
- id="dx1-60011"></a> is defined by the <span
+ id="dx1-63011"></a> is defined by the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-60012"></a> package.) The first
+ id="dx1-63012"></a> package.) The first
letter upper case version is:
-</p><!--l. 12523--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60013"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessname{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12525--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12611--><p class="noindent" >
Without the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-60014"></a> package this is just defined as:
+ id="dx1-63014"></a> package this is just defined as:
@@ -24145,9 +24339,9 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-308">
\newcommand*{\Glsaccessname}[1]{\Glsentryname{#1}}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12530--><p class="nopar" > With the <span
+<!--l. 12616--><p class="nopar" > With the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-60015"></a> package this is defined as:
+ id="dx1-63015"></a> package this is defined as:
@@ -24161,95 +24355,95 @@
  {#1}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12540--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12542--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
-</p><!--l. 12543--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60016"></a> <span
+<!--l. 12626--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12628--><p class="indent" > The following commands are all defined in an analogous manner.
+</p><!--l. 12629--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12545--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12631--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-60017"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12548--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60018"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63017"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12634--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesstext{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12550--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12636--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">text</span><a
- id="dx1-60019"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-63019"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 12554--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12640--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12556--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12642--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-60021"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12559--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60022"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63021"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12645--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63022"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12561--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12647--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">plural</span><a
- id="dx1-60023"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-63023"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 12565--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60024"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12651--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63024"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12567--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12653--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-60025"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12570--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60026"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63025"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12656--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63026"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirst{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12572--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12658--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-60027"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-63027"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 12576--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60028"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12662--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63028"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12578--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12664--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-60029"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12581--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60030"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63029"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12667--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63030"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessfirstplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12583--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12669--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-60031"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-63031"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 12587--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60032"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12673--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63032"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12589--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12675--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-60033"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12592--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60034"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63033"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12678--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63034"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbol{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -24256,127 +24450,127 @@
-</p><!--l. 12594--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12680--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span><a
- id="dx1-60035"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-63035"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 12598--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60036"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12684--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63036"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12600--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12686--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a
- id="dx1-60037"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12603--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60038"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63037"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12689--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63038"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesssymbolplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12605--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12691--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">symbolplural</span><a
- id="dx1-60039"></a> field with the first letter converted to
+ id="dx1-63039"></a> field with the first letter converted to
upper case.
-</p><!--l. 12609--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60040"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12695--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63040"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12611--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12697--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-60041"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12614--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60042"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63041"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12700--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63042"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdesc{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12616--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12702--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">description</span><a
- id="dx1-60043"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-63043"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 12620--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60044"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12706--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63044"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12622--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12708--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-60045"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12625--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60046"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63045"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12711--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63046"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessdescplural{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12627--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12713--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">descriptionplural</span><a
- id="dx1-60047"></a> field with the first letter converted to
+ id="dx1-63047"></a> field with the first letter converted to
upper case.
-</p><!--l. 12631--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60048"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12717--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63048"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12633--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12719--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-60049"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12636--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60050"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63049"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12722--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63050"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshort{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12638--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12724--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">short</span><a
- id="dx1-60051"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-63051"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 12642--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60052"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12728--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63052"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12644--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12730--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-60053"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12647--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60054"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63053"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12733--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63054"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccessshortpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12649--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12735--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">shortplural</span><a
- id="dx1-60055"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-63055"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 12653--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60056"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12739--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63056"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12655--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12741--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-60057"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12658--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60058"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63057"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12744--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63058"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslong{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12660--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12746--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">long</span><a
- id="dx1-60059"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-63059"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
-</p><!--l. 12664--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60060"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12750--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63060"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
@@ -24383,78 +24577,78 @@
-</p><!--l. 12666--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12752--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-60061"></a> field.
-</p><!--l. 12669--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-60062"></a> <span
+ id="dx1-63061"></a> field.
+</p><!--l. 12755--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-63062"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glsaccesslongpl{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12671--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12757--><p class="noindent" >
This displays the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">longplural</span><a
- id="dx1-60063"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
+ id="dx1-63063"></a> field with the first letter converted to upper
case.
</p>
-<!--l. 12675--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 12675--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12761--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 12761--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">13. <a
id="sec:samples"></a>Sample Files</h2>
-</p><!--l. 12678--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package:
+</p><!--l. 12764--><p class="indent" > The following sample files are provided with this package:
</p><dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12680--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12766--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12680--><p class="noindent" >Simple sample file that uses one of the dummy files provided by the
+ <!--l. 12766--><p class="noindent" >Simple sample file that uses one of the dummy files provided by the
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package for testing.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12683--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12769--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-abbr-styles.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12683--><p class="noindent" >Demonstrates all predefined abbreviation styles.
+ <!--l. 12769--><p class="noindent" >Demonstrates all predefined abbreviation styles.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12686--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12772--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-mixture.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12686--><p class="noindent" >General entries, acronyms and initialisms all treated differently.
+ <!--l. 12772--><p class="noindent" >General entries, acronyms and initialisms all treated differently.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12689--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12775--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-name-font</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12689--><p class="noindent" >Categories and attributes are used to customize the way different entries
+ <!--l. 12775--><p class="noindent" >Categories and attributes are used to customize the way different entries
appear.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12692--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12778--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-abbrv.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12692--><p class="noindent" >General abbreviations.
+ <!--l. 12778--><p class="noindent" >General abbreviations.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12694--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12780--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-acronym.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12694--><p class="noindent" >Acronyms aren’t initialisms and don’t expand on <a
- id="dx1-61001"></a><a
+ <!--l. 12780--><p class="noindent" >Acronyms aren’t initialisms and don’t expand on <a
+ id="dx1-64001"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12697--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12783--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-acronym-desc.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12697--><p class="noindent" >Acronyms that have a separate long form and description.
+ <!--l. 12783--><p class="noindent" >Acronyms that have a separate long form and description.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12700--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12786--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-crossref.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
@@ -24461,55 +24655,55 @@
- <!--l. 12700--><p class="noindent" >Unused entries that have been cross-referenced automatically are added
+ <!--l. 12786--><p class="noindent" >Unused entries that have been cross-referenced automatically are added
at the end of the document.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12703--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12789--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-indexhook.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12703--><p class="noindent" >Use the index hook to track which entries have been indexed (and therefore
+ <!--l. 12789--><p class="noindent" >Use the index hook to track which entries have been indexed (and therefore
find out which ones haven’t been indexed).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12707--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12793--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-footnote.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12707--><p class="noindent" >Footnote abbreviation style that moves the footnote marker outside of
+ <!--l. 12793--><p class="noindent" >Footnote abbreviation style that moves the footnote marker outside of
the hyperlink generated by <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and moves it after certain punctuation
characters for neatness.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12711--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12797--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-undef.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12711--><p class="noindent" >Warn on undefined entries instead of generating an error.
+ <!--l. 12797--><p class="noindent" >Warn on undefined entries instead of generating an error.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12714--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12800--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-mixed-abbrv-styles.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12714--><p class="noindent" >Different abbreviation styles for different entries.
+ <!--l. 12800--><p class="noindent" >Different abbreviation styles for different entries.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12717--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12803--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-initialisms.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12717--><p class="noindent" >Automatically insert dots into initialisms.
+ <!--l. 12803--><p class="noindent" >Automatically insert dots into initialisms.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12720--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12806--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-postdot.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12720--><p class="noindent" >Another initialisms example.
+ <!--l. 12806--><p class="noindent" >Another initialisms example.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12722--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12808--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-postlink.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12722--><p class="noindent" >Automatically inserting text after the <a
- id="dx1-61002"></a><a
+ <!--l. 12808--><p class="noindent" >Automatically inserting text after the <a
+ id="dx1-64002"></a><a
href="#glo:linktext">link-text</a> produced by commands
like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>(outside of hyperlink, if present).
@@ -24517,87 +24711,87 @@
- <!--l. 12726--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12812--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-header.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12726--><p class="noindent" >Using entries in section/chapter headings.
+ <!--l. 12812--><p class="noindent" >Using entries in section/chapter headings.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12728--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12814--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-autoindex.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12728--><p class="noindent" >Using the <a
+ <!--l. 12814--><p class="noindent" >Using the <a
href="#catattr.dualindex"><span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span></a><a
- id="dx1-61003"></a> and <a
+ id="dx1-64003"></a> and <a
href="#catattr.indexname"><span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span></a><a
- id="dx1-61004"></a> attributes to automatically add
+ id="dx1-64004"></a> attributes to automatically add
glossary entries to the index (in addition to the glossary <a
- id="dx1-61005"></a><a
+ id="dx1-64005"></a><a
href="#glo:locationlist">location list</a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12732--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12818--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-autoindex-hyp.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12732--><p class="noindent" >As previous but uses <span
+ <!--l. 12818--><p class="noindent" >As previous but uses <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-61006"></a>.
+ id="dx1-64006"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12734--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12820--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-nested.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12734--><p class="noindent" >Using <span
+ <!--l. 12820--><p class="noindent" >Using <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-61007"></a> within the value of the <span
+ id="dx1-64007"></a> within the value of the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-61008"></a> key.
+ id="dx1-64008"></a> key.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12737--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12823--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-entrycount.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12737--><p class="noindent" >Enable entry-use counting (only index if used more than <span
+ <!--l. 12823--><p class="noindent" >Enable entry-use counting (only index if used more than <span
class="cmmi-10">n </span>times, see
<a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycount </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a
href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12740--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12826--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-unitentrycount.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12740--><p class="noindent" >Enable use of per-unit entry-use counting (<a
+ <!--l. 12826--><p class="noindent" >Enable use of per-unit entry-use counting (<a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycount </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a
href="#sec:entrycount">Entry
Counting (First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12743--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12829--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-onelink.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12743--><p class="noindent" >Using the per-unit entry counting (<a
+ <!--l. 12829--><p class="noindent" >Using the per-unit entry counting (<a
href="#sec:entrycount"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:entrycount </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">7.1</span> </a><a
href="#sec:entrycount">Entry Counting
(First Use Flag)<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:entrycount --></a>) to only have one hyperlink per entry per page.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12747--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12833--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-linkcount.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12747--><p class="noindent" >Using link counting (<a
+ <!--l. 12833--><p class="noindent" >Using link counting (<a
href="#sec:linkcount"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:linkcount </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">7.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:linkcount">Link Counting<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:linkcount --></a>) to only have one
hyperlink per entry.
@@ -24604,77 +24798,77 @@
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12751--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12837--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-pages.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12751--><p class="noindent" >Insert “page” or “pages” before the location list.
+ <!--l. 12837--><p class="noindent" >Insert “page” or “pages” before the location list.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12754--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12840--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-altmodifier.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12754--><p class="noindent" >Set the default options for commands like <span
+ <!--l. 12840--><p class="noindent" >Set the default options for commands like <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>and add an alternative
modifier.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12757--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12843--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-mixedsort.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12757--><p class="noindent" >Uses the optional argument of <span
+ <!--l. 12843--><p class="noindent" >Uses the optional argument of <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>to allow a mixture of
<span
class="cmtt-10">\printglossary </span>and <span
class="cmtt-10">\printnoidxglossary</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12761--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12847--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-external.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12761--><p class="noindent" >Uses the <a
+ <!--l. 12847--><p class="noindent" >Uses the <a
href="#catattr.targeturl"><span
class="cmss-10">targeturl</span></a><a
- id="dx1-61009"></a> attribute to allow for entries that should link to an
+ id="dx1-64009"></a> attribute to allow for entries that should link to an
external URL rather than to an internal glossary.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12765--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12851--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-fmt.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12765--><p class="noindent" >Provides text-block commands associated with entries in order to use
+ <!--l. 12851--><p class="noindent" >Provides text-block commands associated with entries in order to use
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glsxtrfmt</span>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12768--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12854--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-alias.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12768--><p class="noindent" >Uses the <span
+ <!--l. 12854--><p class="noindent" >Uses the <span
class="cmss-10">alias</span><a
- id="dx1-61010"></a> key. (See <a
+ id="dx1-64010"></a> key. (See <a
href="#sec:alias"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:alias </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">10.5</span> </a><a
href="#sec:alias">Entry Aliases<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:alias --></a>.)
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12771--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12857--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12771--><p class="noindent" >Uses the <span
+ <!--l. 12857--><p class="noindent" >Uses the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods</span><a
- id="dx1-61011"></a> package with the <span
+ id="dx1-64011"></a> package with the <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-61012"></a> style (see
+ id="dx1-64012"></a> style (see
<a
-href="#x1-190002.10.1"><span
+href="#x1-190002.11.3"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:stylemods </a><a
-href="#x1-190002.10.1">The <span
+class="cmbx-10">2.11.3</span> </a><a
+href="#x1-190002.11.3">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-stylemods </span>Package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:stylemods --></a>).
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12774--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12860--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-sym.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
@@ -24681,78 +24875,78 @@
- <!--l. 12774--><p class="noindent" >Another <span
+ <!--l. 12860--><p class="noindent" >Another <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-61013"></a> example that measures the symbol widths.
+ id="dx1-64013"></a> example that measures the symbol widths.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12777--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12863--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-alttree-marginpar.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12777--><p class="noindent" >Another <span
+ <!--l. 12863--><p class="noindent" >Another <span
class="cmss-10">alttree</span><a
- id="dx1-61014"></a> example that puts the <a
- id="dx1-61015"></a><a
+ id="dx1-64014"></a> example that puts the <a
+ id="dx1-64015"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a> in the margin.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12780--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12866--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12780--><p class="noindent" >Using on-the-fly commands. Terms with accents must have the <span
+ <!--l. 12866--><p class="noindent" >Using on-the-fly commands. Terms with accents must have the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-61016"></a> key
+ id="dx1-64016"></a> key
explicitly set.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12783--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12869--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly-xetex.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12783--><p class="noindent" >Using on-the-fly commands with <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>. Terms with UTF-8 characters
+ <!--l. 12869--><p class="noindent" >Using on-the-fly commands with <span class="HoLogo-XeLaTeX"><span class="HoLogo-Xe">X<span class="HoLogo-e">Ǝ</span></span><span class="HoLogo-LaTeX">L<span class="HoLogo-a">A</span><span class="HoLogo-TeX">T<span class="HoLogo-e">E</span>X</span></span></span>. Terms with UTF-8 characters
don’t need to have the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-61017"></a> key explicitly set. Terms that contain
+ id="dx1-64017"></a> key explicitly set. Terms that contain
commands must have the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-61018"></a> key explicitly set with the commands
+ id="dx1-64018"></a> key explicitly set with the commands
removed from the label.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12789--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12875--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-onthefly-utf8.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12789--><p class="noindent" >Tries to emulate the previous sample file for use with LaTeX through the
+ <!--l. 12875--><p class="noindent" >Tries to emulate the previous sample file for use with LaTeX through the
starred version of <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrEnableOnTheFly</span><a
- id="dx1-61019"></a>. This is a bit iffy and may
+ id="dx1-64019"></a>. This is a bit iffy and may
not always work. Terms that contain commands must have the <span
class="cmss-10">name</span><a
- id="dx1-61020"></a> key
+ id="dx1-64020"></a> key
explicitly set with the commands removed from the label.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12796--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12882--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-accsupp.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12796--><p class="noindent" >Integrate <span
+ <!--l. 12882--><p class="noindent" >Integrate <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-accsupp</span><a
- id="dx1-61021"></a>.
+ id="dx1-64021"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12798--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12884--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-prefix.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12798--><p class="noindent" >Integrate <span
+ <!--l. 12884--><p class="noindent" >Integrate <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-prefix</span><a
- id="dx1-61022"></a>.
+ id="dx1-64022"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12800--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12886--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-suppl-main.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12800--><p class="noindent" >Uses <span
+ <!--l. 12886--><p class="noindent" >Uses <span
class="cmss-10">thevalue</span><a
- id="dx1-61023"></a> to reference a location in the supplementary file
+ id="dx1-64023"></a> to reference a location in the supplementary file
<span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl.tex</span>.
@@ -24759,13 +24953,13 @@
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 12804--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 12890--><p class="noindent" >
<span
class="cmbx-10">sample-suppl-main-hyp.tex</span> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 12804--><p class="noindent" >A more complicated version to the above that uses the <span
+ <!--l. 12890--><p class="noindent" >A more complicated version to the above that uses the <span
class="cmss-10">hyperref</span><a
- id="dx1-61024"></a> package
+ id="dx1-64024"></a> package
to reference a location in the supplementary file <span
class="cmtt-10">sample-suppl-hyp.tex</span>.
</p>
@@ -24773,33 +24967,33 @@
-<!--l. 12810--><p class="indent" > </div>
-</p><!--l. 12810--><p class="noindent" ><a
+<!--l. 12896--><p class="indent" > </div>
+</p><!--l. 12896--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a><div class="chapter"><h2 class="chapterHead">14. <a
id="sec:lang"></a>Multi-Lingual Support</h2>
-</p><!--l. 12813--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span
+</p><!--l. 12899--><p class="indent" > There’s only one command provided by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>that you’re likely to want
to change in your document and that’s <span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span><a
- id="dx1-62001"></a> (<a
+ id="dx1-65001"></a> (<a
href="#sec:pkgopts"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:pkgopts </a><a
+class="cmbx-10">1.2</span> </a><a
href="#sec:pkgopts">New or
Modified Package Options<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:pkgopts --></a>) if you use the <a
href="#styopt.abbreviations"><span
class="cmss-10">abbreviations</span></a><a
- id="dx1-62002"></a> package option to
+ id="dx1-65002"></a> package option to
automatically create the glossary labelled <span
class="cmtt-10">abbreviations</span>. If this command
doesn’t already exist, it will be defined to “Abbreviations” if <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-62003"></a> hasn’t
+ id="dx1-65003"></a> hasn’t
been loaded, otherwise it will be defined as <span
class="cmtt-10">\acronymname </span>(provided by
<span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>).
-</p><!--l. 12823--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
+</p><!--l. 12909--><p class="indent" > You can redefine it in the usual way. For example:
@@ -24807,11 +25001,11 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-310">
\renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12826--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span
+<!--l. 12912--><p class="nopar" > Or using <span
class="cmss-10">babel</span><a
- id="dx1-62004"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-65004"></a> or <span
class="cmss-10">polyglossia</span><a
- id="dx1-62005"></a> captions hook:
+ id="dx1-65005"></a> captions hook:
@@ -24821,10 +25015,10 @@
 \renewcommand*{\abbreviationsname}{List of Abbreviations}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12832--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12834--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
+<!--l. 12918--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12920--><p class="indent" > Alternatively you can use the <span
class="cmss-10">title</span><a
- id="dx1-62006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations.
+ id="dx1-65006"></a> key when you print the list of abbreviations.
For example:
@@ -24833,7 +25027,7 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-312">
\printabbreviations[title={List of Abbreviations}]
</pre>
-<!--l. 12838--><p class="nopar" > or
+<!--l. 12924--><p class="nopar" > or
@@ -24841,10 +25035,10 @@
<pre class="verbatim" id="verbatim-313">
\printglossary[type=abbreviations,title={List of Abbreviations}]
</pre>
-<!--l. 12842--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12844--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t
+<!--l. 12928--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12930--><p class="indent" > The other fixed text commands are the diagnostic messages, which shouldn’t
appear in the final draft of your document.
-</p><!--l. 12847--><p class="indent" > The <span
+</p><!--l. 12933--><p class="indent" > The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra </span>package has the facility to load language modules (whose
filename is in the form <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
@@ -24852,10 +25046,10 @@
class="cmtt-10">.ldf</span>) if they exist, but won’t warn if
they don’t. If <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-62007"></a> is loaded via the <a
+ id="dx1-65007"></a> is loaded via the <a
href="#styopt.record"><span
class="cmss-10">record</span></a><a
- id="dx1-62008"></a> package option then the
+ id="dx1-65008"></a> package option then the
check for language resource files will additionally search for an associated language
script file given by <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
@@ -24866,7 +25060,7 @@
class="cmtt-10">Latn</span>, associated with the given dialect. There’s no warning
if the associated file isn’t found. The script file is loaded after the dialect
file.
-</p><!--l. 12860--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
+</p><!--l. 12946--><p class="indent" > If you want to write your own language module, you just need to create a file
called <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-</span>⟨<span
class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩<span
@@ -24874,9 +25068,9 @@
class="cmti-10">lang</span>⟩ identifies the language or dialect (see
the <span
class="cmss-10">tracklang</span><a
- id="dx1-62009"></a> package). For example, <span
+ id="dx1-65009"></a> package). For example, <span
class="cmtt-10">glossariesxtr-french.ldf</span>.
-</p><!--l. 12866--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is:
+</p><!--l. 12952--><p class="indent" > The simplest code for this file is:
@@ -24905,8 +25099,8 @@
  {}%
}
</pre>
-<!--l. 12892--><p class="nopar" >
-</p><!--l. 12894--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
+<!--l. 12978--><p class="nopar" >
+</p><!--l. 12980--><p class="indent" > You can adapt this for other languages by replacing all instances of the language
identifier <span
class="cmtt-10">french </span>and the translated text <span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">Abr\’eviations</span></span></span> as appropriate. You can
@@ -24913,34 +25107,34 @@
also use the <span
class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file to provide rule blocks for a particular language for use with
<a
- id="dx1-62010"></a><a
+ id="dx1-65010"></a><a
href="#glo:bib2gls"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>’s</a> custom sort rule. See <a
-href="#x1-430009.3"><span
+href="#x1-460009.3"><span
class="tcrm-1000">§</span><span
-class="cmbx-10">??</span>sec:bib2glssty </a><a
-href="#x1-430009.3">The <span
+class="cmbx-10">9.3</span> </a><a
+href="#x1-460009.3">The <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra-bib2gls </span>package<!--tex4ht:ref: sec:bib2glssty --></a>
for further details.
-</p><!--l. 12901--><p class="indent" > This <span
+</p><!--l. 12987--><p class="indent" > This <span
class="cmtt-10">.ldf </span>file then needs to be put somewhere on TeX’s path so that it can be
found by <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries-extra</span>. You might also want to consider uploading it to CTAN so
that it can be useful to others. (Please don’t send it to me. I already have more
packages than I am able to maintain.)
-</p><!--l. 12907--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
+</p><!--l. 12993--><p class="indent" > If you additionally want to provide translations for the diagnostic messages used
when a glossary is missing, you need to redefine the following commands:
-</p><!--l. 12910--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-62011"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 12996--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-65011"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningHead{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">}{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12912--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 12998--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 12915--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
+ <!--l. 13001--><p class="noindent" >This document is incomplete. The external file associated with the
glossary ‘⟨<span
class="cmti-10">label</span>⟩’ (which should be called ⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩) hasn’t been created.</p></blockquote>
@@ -24947,33 +25141,33 @@
-<!--l. 12918--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-62012"></a> <span
+<!--l. 13004--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-65012"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyStart </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12920--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 13006--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 12923--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
+ <!--l. 13009--><p class="noindent" >This has probably happened because there are no entries defined in
this glossary.</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 12926--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-62013"></a> <span
+<!--l. 13012--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-65013"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyMain </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12928--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 13014--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 12931--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span
+ <!--l. 13017--><p class="noindent" >If you don’t want this glossary, add <span
class="cmtt-10">nomain </span>to your package option
list when you load <span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra.sty</span>. For example:</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 12934--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-62014"></a> <span
+<!--l. 13020--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-65014"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningEmptyNotMain{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12936--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 13022--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 12939--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span
+ <!--l. 13025--><p class="noindent" >Did you forget to use <span
class="cmtt-10">type=</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩ when you defined your entries?
If you tried to load entries into this glossary with <span
@@ -24985,15 +25179,15 @@
did, check that the definitions in the file you loaded all had the type
set to <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdefaulttype</span>.</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 12942--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-62015"></a> <span
+<!--l. 13028--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-65015"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningCheckFile{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12944--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 13030--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 12947--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 13033--><p class="noindent" >Check the contents of the file ⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩. If it’s empty, that means you
haven’t indexed any of your entries in this glossary (using commands
like <span
@@ -25000,13 +25194,13 @@
class="cmtt-10">\gls </span>or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsadd</span>) so this list can’t be generated. If the file isn’t
empty, the document build process hasn’t been completed.</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 12950--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-62016"></a> <span
+<!--l. 13036--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-65016"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningMisMatch </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12952--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 13038--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 12955--><p class="noindent" >You need
+ <!--l. 13041--><p class="noindent" >You need
to either replace <span
class="cmtt-10">\makenoidxglossaries </span>with <span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or
@@ -25020,15 +25214,15 @@
-<!--l. 12958--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-62017"></a> <span
+<!--l. 13044--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-65017"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningNoOut{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12960--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 13046--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 12963--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span
+ <!--l. 13049--><p class="noindent" >The file ⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">file</span>⟩ doesn’t exist. This most likely means you haven’t used
<span
class="cmtt-10">\makeglossaries </span>or you have used <span
@@ -25036,32 +25230,32 @@
version of the document, you can suppress this message using the
<span
class="cmtt-10">nomissingglstext </span>package option.</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 12966--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-62018"></a> <span
+<!--l. 13052--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-65018"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningTail </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12968--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 13054--><p class="noindent" >
This produces the following text in English:
</p><blockquote class="quote">
- <!--l. 12971--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></blockquote>
-<!--l. 12974--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-62019"></a> <span
+ <!--l. 13057--><p class="noindent" >This message will be removed once the problem has been fixed.</p></blockquote>
+<!--l. 13060--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-65019"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningBuildInfo </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12976--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 13062--><p class="noindent" >
This is advice on how to generate the glossary files.
-</p><!--l. 12979--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
- id="dx1-62020"></a> <span
+</p><!--l. 13065--><p class="indent" > <hr><div title="Definition"><a
+ id="dx1-65020"></a> <span
class="cmtt-10">\GlsXtrNoGlsWarningAutoMake{</span>⟨<span
class="cmitt-10">label</span>⟩<span
class="cmtt-10">} </span></div><hr>
-</p><!--l. 12981--><p class="noindent" >
+</p><!--l. 13067--><p class="noindent" >
This is the message produced when the <a
href="#styopt.automake"><span
class="cmss-10">automake</span></a><a
- id="dx1-62021"></a> option is used, but the document
+ id="dx1-65021"></a> option is used, but the document
needs a rerun or the shell escape setting doesn’t permit the execution of the
external application. This command also generates a warning in the transcript
file.
-</p><!--l. 12987--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span
+</p><!--l. 13073--><p class="indent" > See the documented code (<span
class="cmtt-10">glossaries-extra-code.pdf</span>) for further
details.
@@ -25069,7 +25263,7 @@
</p><!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > <a
id="likesection.1"></a><a
- id="x1-62022x1"></a><a
+ id="x1-65022x1"></a><a
id="glossary"></a>
@@ -25078,23 +25272,23 @@
<!--l. 1--><p class="indent" > </div>
</p><!--l. 1--><p class="noindent" ><a
href="#top">Top</a></p><h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
- id="x1-630001"></a>Glossary</h2>
+ id="x1-660001"></a>Glossary</h2>
<dl class="description"><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 29--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 30--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="glo:bib2gls"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span><a
- id="dx1-63001"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66001"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 29--><p class="noindent" >A command line Java application that selects entries from a .bib file and
+ <!--l. 30--><p class="noindent" >A command line Java application that selects entries from a .bib file and
converts them
to glossary definitions (like <span
class="cmtt-10">bibtex </span>but also performs hierarchical sorting
and collation, thus omitting the need for <a
- id="dx1-63002"></a><a
+ id="dx1-66002"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-63003"></a><a
+ id="dx1-66003"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a>). Further
details at: <a
@@ -25101,48 +25295,48 @@
href="http://www.dickimaw-books.com/software/bib2gls/" class="url" ><span
class="cmtt-10">http://www.dickimaw-books.com/software/bib2gls/</span></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 32--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 33--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="glo:entrylocation"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">entry location</span><a
- id="dx1-63004"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66004"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 32--><p class="noindent" >The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page
+ <!--l. 33--><p class="noindent" >The location of the entry in the document. This defaults to the page
number on which the entry appears. An entry may have multiple locations.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 52--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 53--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="glo:firstuse"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">first use</span><a
- id="dx1-63005"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66005"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 52--><p class="noindent" >The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document
+ <!--l. 53--><p class="noindent" >The first time a glossary entry is used (from the start of the document
or after a reset) with one of the following commands: <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-63006"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-66006"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Gls</span><a
- id="dx1-63007"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-66007"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLS</span><a
- id="dx1-63008"></a>,
+ id="dx1-66008"></a>,
<span
class="cmtt-10">\glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-63009"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-66009"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\Glspl</span><a
- id="dx1-63010"></a>, <span
+ id="dx1-66010"></a>, <span
class="cmtt-10">\GLSpl</span><a
- id="dx1-63011"></a> or <span
+ id="dx1-66011"></a> or <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a
- id="dx1-63012"></a>.
+ id="dx1-66012"></a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<!--l. 59--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="glo:firstuseflag"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">first use flag</span><a
- id="dx1-63013"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66013"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
<!--l. 59--><p class="noindent" >A conditional that determines whether or not the entry has been used
according to the rules of <a
- id="dx1-63014"></a><a
+ id="dx1-66014"></a><a
href="#glo:firstuse">first use</a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<!--l. 61--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -25149,19 +25343,19 @@
<a
id="glo:firstusetext"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">first use text</span><a
- id="dx1-63015"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66015"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
<!--l. 61--><p class="noindent" >The text that is displayed on <a
- id="dx1-63016"></a>first use, which is governed by the <span
+ id="dx1-66016"></a>first use, which is governed by the <span
class="cmss-10">first</span><a
- id="dx1-63017"></a> and
+ id="dx1-66017"></a> and
<span
class="cmss-10">firstplural</span><a
- id="dx1-63018"></a> keys of <span
+ id="dx1-66018"></a> keys of <span
class="cmtt-10">\newglossaryentry</span><a
- id="dx1-63019"></a>. (May be overridden by <span
+ id="dx1-66019"></a>. (May be overridden by <span
class="cmtt-10">\glsdisp</span><a
- id="dx1-63020"></a>.)
+ id="dx1-66020"></a>.)
@@ -25170,11 +25364,11 @@
<a
id="glo:linktext"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">link-text</span><a
- id="dx1-63021"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66021"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
<!--l. 70--><p class="noindent" >The text produced by commands such as <span
class="cmtt-10">\gls</span><a
- id="dx1-63022"></a>. It may or may not have a
+ id="dx1-66022"></a>. It may or may not have a
hyperlink to the glossary.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<!--l. 74--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -25181,12 +25375,12 @@
<a
id="glo:locationlist"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">location list</span><a
- id="dx1-63023"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66023"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
<!--l. 74--><p class="noindent" >A list of <a
- id="dx1-63024"></a><a
+ id="dx1-66024"></a><a
href="#glo:entrylocation">entry locations</a>. See <a
- id="dx1-63025"></a><a
+ id="dx1-66025"></a><a
href="#glo:numberlist">number list</a>.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
<!--l. 78--><p class="noindent" >
@@ -25193,15 +25387,15 @@
<a
id="glo:makeglossaries"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries</span><a
- id="dx1-63026"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66026"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
<!--l. 78--><p class="noindent" >A custom designed Perl script interface provided with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries</span>
package to run <a
- id="dx1-63027"></a><a
+ id="dx1-66027"></a><a
href="#glo:xindy"><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span></a> or <a
- id="dx1-63028"></a><a
+ id="dx1-66028"></a><a
href="#glo:makeindex"><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span></a> according to the document settings.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
@@ -25209,13 +25403,13 @@
<a
id="glo:makeglossaries-lite.lua"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeglossaries-lite</span><a
- id="dx1-63029"></a><a
- id="dx1-63030"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66029"></a><a
+ id="dx1-66030"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
<!--l. 80--><p class="noindent" >A custom designed Lua script interface to <a
- id="dx1-63031"></a><span
+ id="dx1-66031"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy </span>and <a
- id="dx1-63032"></a><span
+ id="dx1-66032"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex </span>provided
with the <span
class="cmss-10">glossaries </span>package. This is a cut-down alternative to the Perl
@@ -25237,38 +25431,38 @@
<a
id="glo:makeindex"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">makeindex</span><a
- id="dx1-63033"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66033"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
<!--l. 89--><p class="noindent" >An indexing application.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 104--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 103--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="glo:numberlist"></a><span
class="cmbx-10">number list</span><a
- id="dx1-63034"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66034"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 104--><p class="noindent" >A list of <a
- id="dx1-63035"></a>entry locations (also called a location list). The number list can
+ <!--l. 103--><p class="noindent" >A list of <a
+ id="dx1-66035"></a>entry locations (also called a location list). The number list can
be suppressed using the <a
href="#styopt.nonumberlist"><span
class="cmss-10">nonumberlist</span></a><a
- id="dx1-63036"></a> package option.
+ id="dx1-66036"></a> package option.
</p></dd><dt class="description">
- <!--l. 114--><p class="noindent" >
+ <!--l. 113--><p class="noindent" >
<a
id="glo:xindy"></a><span
class="cmtt-10">xindy</span><a
- id="dx1-63037"></a> </p></dt><dd
+ id="dx1-66037"></a> </p></dt><dd
class="description">
- <!--l. 114--><p class="noindent" >An flexible indexing application with multilingual support written in Perl.</p></dd></dl>
+ <!--l. 113--><p class="noindent" >An flexible indexing application with multilingual support written in Perl.</p></dd></dl>
<h2 class="likechapterHead"><a
- id="x1-6400014"></a>Index</h2>
+ id="x1-6700014"></a>Index</h2>
<!--l. 4--><p class="noindent" > <span
class="cmbx-10">A</span>
</p>
@@ -25275,500 +25469,500 @@
<div class="theindex"><span class="index-item">abbreviation styles (deprecated):<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30173" >1</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33173" >1</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30165" >2</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33165" >2</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30169" >3</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33169" >3</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29078" >4</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32078" >4</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29070" >5</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32070" >5</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29074" >6</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32074" >6</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29104" >7</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32104" >7</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29096" >8</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32096" >8</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29100" >9</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32100" >9</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30214" >10</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33214" >10</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30206" >11</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33206" >11</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30210" >12</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33210" >12</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item">abbreviation styles:<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">footnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30160" >13</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33160" >13</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">footnote-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30181" >14</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33181" >14</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29090" >15</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32090" >15</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29064" >16</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32064" >16</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28092" >17</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29105" >18</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30029" >19</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31092" >17</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32105" >18</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33029" >19</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29079" >20</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30075" >21</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32079" >20</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33075" >21</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-desc-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30074" >22</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33074" >22</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-noshort-em-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28094" >23</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29110" >24</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30028" >25</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31094" >23</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32110" >24</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33028" >25</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28060" >26</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28086" >27</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30018" >28</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31018" >29</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31060" >26</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31086" >27</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33018" >28</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34018" >29</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-em-short-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30071" >30</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33071" >30</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-long-hyphen</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30266" >31</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33266" >31</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-desc-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30255" >32</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30259" >33</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33255" >32</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33259" >33</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-noshort-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28095" >34</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30258" >35</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31095" >34</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33258" >35</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28090" >36</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30254" >37</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30263" >38</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30269" >39</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30279" >40</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30281" >41</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31090" >36</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33254" >37</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33263" >38</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33269" >39</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33279" >40</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33281" >41</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-postshort-hyphen-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30268" >42</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33268" >42</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30246" >43</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30261" >44</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30264" >45</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30272" >46</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35058" >47</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33246" >43</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33261" >44</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33264" >45</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33272" >46</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38058" >47</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-hyphen-short-hyphen-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30256" >48</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30260" >49</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33256" >48</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33260" >49</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14042" >50</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26002" >51</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29084" >52</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29091" >53</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29093" >54</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29098" >55</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29102" >56</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29106" >57</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30049" >58</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29002" >51</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32084" >52</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32091" >53</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32093" >54</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32098" >55</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32102" >56</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32106" >57</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33049" >58</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13040" >59</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14044" >60</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29057" >61</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29065" >62</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29067" >63</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29072" >64</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29076" >65</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29080" >66</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29085" >67</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30052" >68</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32057" >61</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32065" >62</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32067" >63</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32072" >64</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32076" >65</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32080" >66</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32085" >67</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33052" >68</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-desc-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30051" >69</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33051" >69</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29101" >70</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32101" >70</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29075" >71</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32075" >71</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30048" >72</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33048" >72</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28085" >73</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29092" >74</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31085" >73</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32092" >74</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sc-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29066" >75</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31041" >76</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32066" >75</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34041" >76</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29097" >77</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32097" >77</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-noshort-sm-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29071" >78</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32071" >78</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28074" >79</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30021" >80</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30025" >81</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31074" >79</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33021" >80</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33025" >81</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-only-short-only-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30024" >82</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33024" >82</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30239" >83</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30243" >84</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33239" >83</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33243" >84</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-postshort-user-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30242" >85</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33242" >85</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13047" >86</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14020" >87</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14068" >88</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24028" >89</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28029" >90</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28031" >91</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30002" >92</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30010" >93</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30013" >94</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30016" >95</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30032" >96</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30035" >97</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30252" >98</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31014" >99</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31017" >100</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31091" >101</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27028" >89</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31029" >90</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31031" >91</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33002" >92</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33010" >93</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33013" >94</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33016" >95</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33032" >96</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33035" >97</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33252" >98</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34014" >99</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34017" >100</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34091" >101</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14028" >102</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14034" >103</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30054" >104</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30063" >105</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30066" >106</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30069" >107</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30078" >108</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30085" >109</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31090" >110</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33054" >104</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33063" >105</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33066" >106</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33069" >107</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33078" >108</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33085" >109</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34090" >110</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28055" >111</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28087" >112</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30015" >113</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30019" >114</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31055" >111</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31087" >112</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33015" >113</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33019" >114</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30068" >115</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30072" >116</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33068" >115</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33072" >116</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14016" >117</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28039" >118</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30009" >119</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30047" >120</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31039" >118</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33009" >119</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33047" >120</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sc-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14030" >121</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30062" >122</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33062" >122</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14018" >123</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28049" >124</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30012" >125</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31049" >124</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33012" >125</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-sm-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14032" >126</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30065" >127</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33065" >127</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28088" >128</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30008" >129</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30031" >130</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30037" >131</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30043" >132</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30079" >133</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30080" >134</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30113" >135</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30241" >136</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31088" >128</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33008" >129</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33031" >130</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33037" >131</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33043" >132</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33079" >133</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33080" >134</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33113" >135</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33241" >136</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">long-short-user-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30077" >137</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33077" >137</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29010" >138</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30090" >139</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32010" >138</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33090" >139</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29031" >140</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32031" >140</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30089" >141</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33089" >141</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29017" >142</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32017" >142</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nolong-short-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29024" >143</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32024" >143</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24006" >144</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30201" >145</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27006" >144</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33201" >145</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">postfootnote-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30221" >146</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33221" >146</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29008" >147</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32008" >147</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29040" >148</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32040" >148</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29029" >149</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32029" >149</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29055" >150</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32055" >150</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28106" >151</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30170" >152</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31106" >151</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33170" >152</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-footnote-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28105" >153</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30189" >154</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31105" >153</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33189" >154</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28056" >155</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30106" >156</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30110" >157</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31056" >155</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33106" >156</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33110" >157</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30133" >158</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30137" >159</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33133" >158</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33137" >159</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28061" >160</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30109" >161</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31061" >160</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33109" >161</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-long-em-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30136" >162</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33136" >162</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29026" >163</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29030" >164</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29032" >165</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32026" >163</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32030" >164</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32032" >165</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-nolong-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29052" >166</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29056" >167</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32052" >166</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32056" >167</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-postfootnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30211" >168</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33211" >168</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-em-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30229" >169</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33229" >169</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14046" >170</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24030" >171</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28098" >172</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30146" >173</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30161" >174</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30163" >175</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30167" >176</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30171" >177</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30175" >178</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30193" >179</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31020" >180</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27030" >171</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31098" >172</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33146" >173</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33161" >174</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33163" >175</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33167" >176</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33171" >177</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33175" >178</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33193" >179</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34020" >180</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-footnote-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14052" >181</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30174" >182</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30182" >183</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30184" >184</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30187" >185</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30190" >186</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30220" >187</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33174" >182</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33182" >183</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33184" >184</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33187" >185</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33190" >186</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33220" >187</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30271" >188</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30276" >189</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33271" >188</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33276" >189</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-long-hyphen-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30275" >190</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33275" >190</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30278" >191</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30284" >192</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33278" >191</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33284" >192</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-hyphen-postlong-hyphen-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30283" >193</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33283" >193</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-long</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14022" >194</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24023" >195</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28032" >196</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28081" >197</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28104" >198</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30092" >199</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30101" >200</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30104" >201</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30107" >202</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31088" >203</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31093" >204</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27023" >195</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31032" >196</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31081" >197</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31104" >198</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33092" >199</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33101" >200</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33104" >201</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33107" >202</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34088" >203</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34093" >204</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-long-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14036" >205</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28103" >206</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30121" >207</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30128" >208</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30131" >209</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30134" >210</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30140" >211</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31103" >206</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33121" >207</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33128" >208</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33131" >209</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33134" >210</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33140" >211</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30038" >212</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30044" >213</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30097" >214</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30112" >215</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30141" >216</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30142" >217</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30233" >218</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33038" >212</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33044" >213</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33097" >214</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33112" >215</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33141" >216</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33142" >217</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33233" >218</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-long-user-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30139" >219</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33139" >219</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3016" >220</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24021" >221</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24029" >222</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26003" >223</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26018" >224</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29002" >225</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29009" >226</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29011" >227</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29013" >228</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29020" >229</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29027" >230</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29034" >231</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29038" >232</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29043" >233</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30087" >234</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27021" >221</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27029" >222</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29003" >223</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29018" >224</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32002" >225</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32009" >226</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32011" >227</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32013" >228</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32020" >229</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32027" >230</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32034" >231</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32038" >232</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32043" >233</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33087" >234</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29033" >235</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29041" >236</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29048" >237</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29053" >238</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30119" >239</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32033" >235</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32041" >236</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32048" >237</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32053" >238</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33119" >239</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-desc-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30118" >240</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33118" >240</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-nolong-noreg</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30086" >241</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33086" >241</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9062" >242</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9067" >243</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30192" >244</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30202" >245</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30204" >246</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30208" >247</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30212" >248</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30216" >249</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33192" >244</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33202" >245</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33204" >246</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33208" >247</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33212" >248</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33216" >249</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30215" >250</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30222" >251</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30224" >252</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30227" >253</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30230" >254</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33215" >250</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33222" >251</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33224" >252</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33227" >253</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33230" >254</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30232" >255</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30236" >256</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30240" >257</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33232" >255</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33236" >256</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33240" >257</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-postlong-user-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30235" >258</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33235" >258</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29015" >259</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32015" >259</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29045" >260</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32045" >260</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14048" >261</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30162" >262</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30166" >263</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33162" >262</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33166" >263</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-footnote-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14054" >264</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30183" >265</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33183" >265</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14024" >266</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28040" >267</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30100" >268</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31092" >269</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31040" >267</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33100" >268</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34092" >269</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-long-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14038" >270</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30127" >271</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33127" >271</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29012" >272</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29016" >273</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29018" >274</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32012" >272</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32016" >273</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32018" >274</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-nolong-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29042" >275</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29046" >276</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32042" >275</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32046" >276</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28099" >277</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30203" >278</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31099" >277</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33203" >278</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sc-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30223" >279</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33223" >279</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29022" >280</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32022" >280</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29050" >281</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32050" >281</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14050" >282</a> <br /></span>
@@ -25775,31 +25969,31 @@
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-footnote-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14056" >283</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30186" >284</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33186" >284</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14026" >285</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28050" >286</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30103" >287</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31050" >286</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33103" >287</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-long-desc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14040" >288</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30130" >289</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33130" >289</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29019" >290</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29023" >291</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29025" >292</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32019" >290</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32023" >291</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32025" >292</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-nolong-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29047" >293</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29051" >294</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32047" >293</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32051" >294</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-postfootnote</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30207" >295</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33207" >295</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">short-sm-postfootnote-desc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30226" >296</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33226" >296</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\abbreviationsname</span></span></span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4223" ><span
@@ -25806,7 +26000,7 @@
class="cmti-10">297</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\abbrvpluralsuffix</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31043" ><span
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34043" ><span
class="cmti-10">298</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item">acronym styles (glossaries):<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
@@ -25884,7 +26078,7 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4153" >322</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\apptoglossarypreamble</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49010" ><span
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52010" ><span
class="cmti-10">323</span></a> <br /></span>
<p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">B</span>
@@ -25895,10 +26089,10 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4224" >326</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4225" >327</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4226" >328</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35004" >329</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50082" >330</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62003" >331</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62004" >332</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38004" >329</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53086" >330</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65003" >331</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65004" >332</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmtt-10">bib2gls</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-2" >333</a>, <a
@@ -25935,504 +26129,503 @@
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11006" >364</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17016" >365</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-18012" >366</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19087" >367</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19088" >368</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21007" >369</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21008" >370</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21022" >371</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21035" >372</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21038" >373</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22028" >374</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22029" >375</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22030" >376</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-23022" >377</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35130" >378</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-36005" >379</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39009" >380</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40001" >381</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40002" >382</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40004" >383</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40005" >384</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40006" >385</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40007" >386</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40008" >387</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40009" >388</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40011" >389</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40014" >390</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40016" >391</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40023" >392</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41001" >393</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41002" >394</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41003" >395</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41004" >396</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41005" >397</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41006" >398</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42001" >399</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42002" >400</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42004" >401</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42005" >402</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42006" >403</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42007" >404</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42010" >405</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42013" >406</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43004" >407</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43017" >408</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43024" >409</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43025" >410</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43026" >411</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43032" >412</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43033" >413</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43034" >414</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43038" >415</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43039" >416</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44002" >417</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45002" >418</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45004" >419</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45009" >420</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45011" >421</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45013" >422</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45017" >423</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45024" >424</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45026" >425</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45027" >426</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46003" >427</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46006" >428</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46007" >429</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46028" >430</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46036" >431</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46045" >432</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46115" >433</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47001" >434</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47002" >435</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47011" >436</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47013" >437</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47026" >438</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47027" >439</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47028" >440</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48001" >441</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48002" >442</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48003" >443</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48005" >444</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48023" >445</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50066" >446</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51007" >447</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51017" >448</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-52014" >449</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54043" >450</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54045" >451</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54048" >452</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54049" >453</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54052" >454</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54053" >455</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-56002" >456</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-56013" >457</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-62010" >458</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63001" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">459</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22075" >367</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22076" >368</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24007" >369</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24008" >370</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24022" >371</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24035" >372</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24038" >373</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25028" >374</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25029" >375</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25030" >376</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26022" >377</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38131" >378</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39005" >379</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42009" >380</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43001" >381</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43002" >382</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43004" >383</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43005" >384</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43006" >385</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43007" >386</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43008" >387</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43009" >388</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43011" >389</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43014" >390</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43016" >391</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43023" >392</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44001" >393</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44002" >394</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44003" >395</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44004" >396</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44005" >397</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44006" >398</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45001" >399</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45002" >400</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45004" >401</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45005" >402</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45006" >403</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45007" >404</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45010" >405</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45013" >406</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46004" >407</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46017" >408</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46024" >409</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46025" >410</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46026" >411</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46032" >412</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46033" >413</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46034" >414</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46038" >415</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-46039" >416</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47002" >417</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48002" >418</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48004" >419</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48009" >420</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48011" >421</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48013" >422</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48017" >423</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48024" >424</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48026" >425</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48027" >426</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49003" >427</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49006" >428</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49007" >429</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49028" >430</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49036" >431</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49045" >432</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-49115" >433</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50001" >434</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50002" >435</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50011" >436</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50013" >437</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50026" >438</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50027" >439</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50028" >440</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51001" >441</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51002" >442</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51003" >443</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51005" >444</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51023" >445</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53024" >446</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53070" >447</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54007" >448</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-54017" >449</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55014" >450</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57043" >451</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57045" >452</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57048" >453</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57049" >454</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57052" >455</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-57053" >456</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59002" >457</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59013" >458</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-65010" >459</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66001" ><span
+class="cmbx-10">460</span></a> <br /></span>
</p><p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">C</span>
<span class="index-item">categories:<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">abbreviation</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10004" >460</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24024" >461</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25007" >462</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35008" >463</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38015" >464</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10004" >461</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27024" >462</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28007" >463</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38008" >464</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41015" >465</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">acronym</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3028" >465</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17035" >466</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24022" >467</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25006" >468</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35009" >469</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35023" >470</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3028" >466</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17035" >467</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27022" >468</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28006" >469</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38009" >470</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38023" >471</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">general</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9037" >471</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9066" >472</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17034" >473</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17038" >474</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35007" >475</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35022" >476</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35182" >477</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37040" >478</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9037" >472</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9066" >473</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17034" >474</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17038" >475</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38007" >476</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38022" >477</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38184" >478</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40040" >479</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
-class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17004" >479</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">index</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-6030" >480</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35012" >481</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38012" >481</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">number</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35018" >482</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38018" >482</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">symbol</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9045" >483</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35015" >484</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38015" >484</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item">category attributes:<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">accessaposplural</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35138" >485</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35148" >486</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35158" >487</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35162" >488</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38139" >485</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38149" >486</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38159" >487</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38163" >488</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">accessinsertdots</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35137" >489</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35141" >490</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38138" >489</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38142" >490</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">accessnoshortplural</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35139" >491</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35159" >492</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38140" >491</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38160" >492</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">aposplural</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12036" >493</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28047" >494</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35071" >495</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35079" >496</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35149" >497</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35153" >498</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35155" >499</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35157" >500</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31047" >494</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38071" >495</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38079" >496</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38150" >497</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38154" >498</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38156" >499</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38158" >500</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">discardperiod</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9032" >501</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35042" >502</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35049" >503</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35052" >504</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35070" >505</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38042" >502</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38049" >503</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38052" >504</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38070" >505</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">dualindex</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35118" >506</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39002" >507</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39015" >508</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39031" >509</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39038" >510</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39041" >511</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-61003" >512</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38119" >506</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42002" >507</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42015" >508</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42031" >509</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42038" >510</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42041" >511</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64003" >512</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">entrycount</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-10003" >513</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35085" >514</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35089" >515</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37002" >516</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37007" >517</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37019" >518</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37023" >519</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37024" >520</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37028" >521</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37029" >522</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37033" >523</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38085" >514</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38089" >515</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40002" >516</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40007" >517</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40019" >518</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40023" >519</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40024" >520</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40028" >521</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40029" >522</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40033" >523</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">externallocation</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7061" >524</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7065" >525</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35129" >526</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-44003" >527</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38130" >526</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47003" >527</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">firstshortaccess</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35169" >528</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38170" >528</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">glossdesc</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17005" >529</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35094" >530</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35104" >531</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38094" >530</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38105" >531</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">glossdescfont</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17006" >532</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35101" >533</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35113" >534</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38102" >533</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38114" >534</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">glossname</span>  <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17003" >535</a>, <a
href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17021" >536</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35103" >537</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38104" >537</a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-subitem">    <span
+class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span>  <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17004" >538</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17022" >539</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38110" >540</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38113" >541</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58011" >542</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
-class="cmss-10">glossnamefont</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17022" >538</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35109" >539</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35112" >540</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55011" >541</a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">glosssymbolfont</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17008" >542</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35111" >543</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17008" >543</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38112" >544</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">headuc</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13059" >544</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34006" >545</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34008" >546</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35080" >547</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13059" >545</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37006" >546</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37008" >547</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38080" >548</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">hyperoutside</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7019" >548</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35116" >549</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7019" >549</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38117" >550</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">indexname</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17027" >550</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35106" >551</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39001" >552</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39013" >553</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-61004" >554</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-17027" >551</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38107" >552</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42001" >553</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42013" >554</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64004" >555</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">indexonlyfirst</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7007" >555</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35037" >556</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-39039" >557</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7007" >556</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38037" >557</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-42039" >558</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">insertdots</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24013" >558</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35064" >559</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35066" >560</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35144" >561</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27013" >559</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38064" >560</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38066" >561</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38145" >562</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">linkcount</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35090" >562</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38003" >563</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38016" >564</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38090" >563</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41003" >564</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41016" >565</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">linkcountmaster</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35092" >565</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38004" >566</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38092" >566</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41004" >567</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">markshortwords</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35061" >567</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35068" >568</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38061" >568</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38068" >569</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">markwords</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30247" >569</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30250" >570</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30253" >571</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31032" >572</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35054" >573</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35062" >574</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33247" >570</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33250" >571</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33253" >572</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34032" >573</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38054" >574</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38062" >575</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nameshortaccess</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35163" >575</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38164" >576</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nohyper</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35034" >576</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35183" >577</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35184" >578</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38034" >577</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38185" >578</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38186" >579</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">nohyperfirst</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30148" >579</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31021" >580</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31023" >581</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35025" >582</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35032" >583</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33148" >580</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34021" >581</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34023" >582</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38025" >583</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38032" >584</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">noshortplural</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12037" >584</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24014" >585</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28048" >586</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35074" >587</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35075" >588</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35160" >589</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-12037" >585</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27014" >586</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31048" >587</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38074" >588</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38075" >589</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38161" >590</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">pluraldiscardperiod</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35048" >590</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35053" >591</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38048" >591</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38053" >592</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">recordcount</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48015" >592</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48017" >593</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48019" >594</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48021" >595</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51015" >593</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51017" >594</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51019" >595</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51021" >596</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">regular</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9010" >596</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9019" >597</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9022" >598</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26004" >599</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28005" >600</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28014" >601</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28091" >602</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28093" >603</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28096" >604</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29001" >605</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29111" >606</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30001" >607</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30030" >608</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30050" >609</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30053" >610</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30076" >611</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30088" >612</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30091" >613</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30120" >614</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31022" >615</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31053" >616</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31057" >617</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31061" >618</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31065" >619</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31081" >620</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35024" >621</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35173" >622</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35186" >623</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35189" >624</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35190" >625</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35193" >626</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48031" >627</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9010" >597</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9019" >598</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9022" >599</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29004" >600</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31005" >601</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31014" >602</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31091" >603</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31093" >604</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31096" >605</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32001" >606</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32111" >607</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33001" >608</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33030" >609</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33050" >610</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33053" >611</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33076" >612</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33088" >613</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33091" >614</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33120" >615</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34022" >616</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34053" >617</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34057" >618</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34061" >619</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34065" >620</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34081" >621</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38024" >622</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38174" >623</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38188" >624</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38191" >625</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38192" >626</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38195" >627</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-51031" >628</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">retainfirstuseperiod</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35050" >628</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38050" >629</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">tagging</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25002" >629</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25005" >630</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-25008" >631</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35082" >632</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28002" >630</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28005" >631</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28008" >632</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38082" >633</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">targetcategory</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35127" >633</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38128" >634</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">targetname</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35124" >634</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35126" >635</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38125" >635</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38127" >636</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">targeturl</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15002" >636</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35122" >637</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35125" >638</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-56006" >639</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-61009" >640</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15002" >637</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38123" >638</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38126" >639</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-59006" >640</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-64009" >641</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">textformat</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7020" >641</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7023" >642</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9028" >643</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11018" >644</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35115" >645</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7020" >642</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7023" >643</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9028" >644</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-11018" >645</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38116" >646</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">textshortaccess</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35166" >646</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38167" >647</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">unitcount</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37034" >647</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40034" >648</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">wrgloss</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7015" >648</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35039" >649</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7015" >649</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38039" >650</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLS</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37015" ><span
-class="cmti-10">650</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40015" ><span
+class="cmti-10">651</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSformat</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37017" ><span
-class="cmti-10">651</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40017" ><span
+class="cmti-10">652</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37016" ><span
-class="cmti-10">652</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40016" ><span
+class="cmti-10">653</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\cGLSplformat</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37018" ><span
-class="cmti-10">653</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40018" ><span
+class="cmti-10">654</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmtt-10">convertgls2bib</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-40003" >654</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-43003" >655</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\csGlsXtrLetField</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50028" ><span
-class="cmti-10">655</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53030" ><span
+class="cmti-10">656</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\CustomAbbreviationFields</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31006" ><span
-class="cmti-10">656</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34006" ><span
+class="cmti-10">657</span></a> <br /></span>
</p><p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">D</span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">datatool </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50042" >657</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53044" >658</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">datatool-base </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >658</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50041" >659</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50062" >660</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50065" >661</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9" >659</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53043" >660</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53066" >661</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53069" >662</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\dGLS</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47022" ><span
-class="cmti-10">662</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50022" ><span
+class="cmti-10">663</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\dGls</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47020" ><span
-class="cmti-10">663</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50020" ><span
+class="cmti-10">664</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\dgls</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47018" ><span
-class="cmti-10">664</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50018" ><span
+class="cmti-10">665</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\dglsdisp</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47025" ><span
-class="cmti-10">665</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50025" ><span
+class="cmti-10">666</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\dglslink</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47024" ><span
-class="cmti-10">666</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50024" ><span
+class="cmti-10">667</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\dGLSpl</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47023" ><span
-class="cmti-10">667</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50023" ><span
+class="cmti-10">668</span></a> <br /></span>
+<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
+class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl</span></span></span>  <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50021" ><span
+class="cmti-10">669</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
-class="cmtt-10">\dGlspl</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47021" ><span
-class="cmti-10">668</span></a> <br /></span>
-<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\dglspl</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-47019" ><span
-class="cmti-10">669</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50019" ><span
+class="cmti-10">670</span></a> <br /></span>
</p><p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">E</span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\eglssetwidest</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19079" ><span
-class="cmti-10">670</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22067" ><span
+class="cmti-10">671</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\eglsupdatewidest</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-19083" ><span
-class="cmti-10">671</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-22071" ><span
+class="cmti-10">672</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span class="obeylines-h"><span class="verb"><span
class="cmtt-10">\eGlsXtrSetField</span></span></span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50025" ><span
-class="cmti-10">672</span></a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53027" ><span
+class="cmti-10">673</span></a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item">entry location  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63004" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">673</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63024" >674</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63035" >675</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66004" ><span
+class="cmbx-10">674</span></a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66024" >675</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-66035" >676</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">entrycounter </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-55020" >676</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-58020" >677</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmtt-10">equation </span>(counter)  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4130" >677</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4155" >678</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7043" >679</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45008" >680</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-45021" >681</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4130" >678</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4155" >679</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7043" >680</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48008" >681</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-48021" >682</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">etoolbox </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5" >682</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35179" >683</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38010" >684</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50021" >685</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50037" >686</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50051" >687</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50052" >688</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50060" >689</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50064" >690</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50069" >691</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-50071" >692</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-5" >683</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-38181" >684</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-41010" >685</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53021" >686</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53039" >687</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53055" >688</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53056" >689</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53064" >690</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53068" >691</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53073" >692</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-53075" >693</a> <br /></span>
</p><p class="theindex"> <span
class="cmbx-10">F</span>
<span class="index-item"><span
@@ -26439,4302 +26632,4343 @@
class="cmtt-10">\false </span>options<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmss-10">groups</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15016" >693</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-15016" >694</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item"><span
class="cmss-10">fancyhdr </span>package  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-21049" >694</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24049" >695</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item">file types<br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmtt-10">bib</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4109" >695</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4109" >696</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmtt-10">glg-abr</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4216" >696</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4216" >697</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmtt-10">glo-abr</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4218" >697</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4218" >698</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-subitem">    <span
class="cmtt-10">gls-abr</span>  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4217" >698</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-4217" >699</a> <br /></span>
<span class="index-item">first use  <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3017" >699</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7005" >700</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9015" >701</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9043" >702</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9044" >703</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9047" >704</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9049" >705</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9054" >706</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9058" >707</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9061" >708</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9063" >709</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9065" >710</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13008" >711</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13019" >712</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13020" >713</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13021" >714</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13022" >715</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13026" >716</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13030" >717</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13034" >718</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13048" >719</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13049" >720</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14069" >721</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14070" >722</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24005" >723</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24010" >724</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-24025" >725</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26017" >726</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-26019" >727</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28006" >728</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-28020" >729</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29003" >730</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30003" >731</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30055" >732</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30093" >733</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30122" >734</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30147" >735</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30149" >736</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30156" >737</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30196" >738</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-30200" >739</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31044" >740</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31048" >741</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31052" >742</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31056" >743</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31060" >744</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31064" >745</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35027" >746</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35029" >747</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-35051" >748</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-37039" >749</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-61001" >750</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63005" ><span
-class="cmbx-10">751</span></a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63014" >752</a>, <a
-href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-63016" >753</a> <br /></span>
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-3017" >700</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-7005" >701</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9015" >702</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9043" >703</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9044" >704</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9047" >705</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9049" >706</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9054" >707</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9058" >708</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9061" >709</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9063" >710</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-9065" >711</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13008" >712</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13019" >713</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13020" >714</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13021" >715</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13022" >716</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13026" >717</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13030" >718</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13034" >719</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13048" >720</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-13049" >721</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14069" >722</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-14070" >723</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27005" >724</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27010" >725</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-27025" >726</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29017" >727</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-29019" >728</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31006" >729</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-31020" >730</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-32003" >731</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33003" >732</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33055" >733</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33093" >734</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33122" >735</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33147" >736</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33149" >737</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33156" >738</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33196" >739</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-33200" >740</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34044" >741</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34048" >742</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34052" >743</a>, <a
+href="glossaries-extra-manual.html#dx1-34056" >744</a>, <a
@@ Diff output truncated at 1234567 characters. @@
More information about the tex-live-commits
mailing list.